-A A +A

NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY GAZETTEER FOR ANTARCTICA

Document Type: 
CREST
Collection: 
NIS
Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): 
CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9
Release Decision: 
RIF
Original Classification: 
U
Document Page Count: 
339
Document Creation Date: 
October 25, 2016
Sequence Number: 
1
Case Number: 
Content Type: 
REPORTS
File: 
AttachmentSize
PDF icon CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9.pdf31.62 MB
Body: 
APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 - ~ < f ~ . ~ ~ ~ :i ,  i~ "j i NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY ANTARCTICA , ~ . GAZI;TTEER ~ , CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY Washington, D. C. January 1956 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDPO'1 -00707R000'1 0008000'1 -9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 CENTR,AL INTELLIGGNCE AGENCY WASHINGTON 25, D. C. ~ r'. . 'Y ~ APRIL 1957 . ~�i;;~; ~ , CORRGCTION TO THE NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURYEY: ANTARCTICA CA7_ETTEER, JANUARY 1956 Euch user ehould .nake the indicated chnnges in his copy of the gezetteer. ' Page Column Paragraph--Line Reads Should Read - 3 1 last--2 Board Meredith fioard, Mereditli 12 1 first--7 Nathanial Nathaniel J 20 1 last-- 2 Beckman Beckmann 20 1 last--5 Salveson Salvesen 23 1 second--24 slighting sighting 31 1 first--14 Canisto Canisteo 34 1 third--2 Covandonga Covadonga 34 1 last--10 Belleny Balleny - Page Cclumn Entry--Line Reads Should Read 50 2 Bailey Mount--1 BAILEY MOUNT BAILEY, MOUNT 59 1 Bertram Glacier--2 Scott Polar Inst. Scott Polaz Research - Inst. 59 2 Bienvenue, Cape--4 14C�15' E. 140�31' E. 63 1 Black Ridge--1 BLACK RIDGE BLADE RIDGE , 65 1 Bolle, Mont-1 BOLLE, MONT BOLLE, MOUNT - 72 2 Bmce Cape-�-1 BRUCE CAPE BRUCE, CAPE 89 1 Colbeck, Cape--4 1908 1902 101 1 Davis Islets--S Budd Coast 3:nox Coast 106 2 Detroit Plateau--4 Russel GI. Russell Gl. 111 1 Dowrtshire, Cape--1 DOWNSHIRE, Cape DOWNSHIRE, CAPE 111 2 Urygalski Mountains--4 72�50' S. 72000 ' S. 112 1 Dudley, Mount--3 side sides 126 1 Ferrar Glacier--29 medcal medial 131 1 Fort Rock--2 Greenwhich I. Greenwich l. FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY i APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102109: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 ~ ; Page Column Entry-Line Reads Should Read 131 1 Fort William--2 Greenwhich I. Greenwich I. - 132 1 Fox Mount--1 FOX MOUNT F~X, MOUNT - 135 2 Frost GlxieT�--7 boaswain boatswain 143 1 Grace, Cape--9 J. Gist J. Grace 143 1 Graham Coast--8 1831 1832 148 2 Habecmehl Peak--3 Mulilig-Hofman Muhlig-Hofmann - 154 1 Hatree, Cape--1 HATREE, CAPE HARTI'EE, CAPE (nove to wrrect alph. place] _ 157 2 1lerd Point--5 R. D. Hard R. D. [ierd - 163 1 Horsburg Point--1 HORSBURG POIN'T HORSBURGH POINT 173 1 Johansen I:slands--3 720 07' W. 72�52' W. y 174 1 Jomfruene Island--12 probably probable t8"? 2 KreitzerGlacier--6 720 451 E. 710 45' E. 183 2 Kukri Hills--9 Guriklia Gurkha _ 192 2 Lichen Peak--i 20 mi. 6 mi. 194 2 Little America--3 Little America I. Little America I, - 201 2 Madigan, Nunatak--1 MADIGAN, CIUNATAK MADIGAN NUNATAK 209 2 McLennan Mount--1 McLENNAN MOUPIT A4cLENNAN, MOUNT - 211 2 Mentzel, Mount--4 72� 19 , S. 71019, S. 211 2 Mercury Glacier--3 flowin@. W. Ilowing E. 224 2 Neumayer Channel-1 George von Neumayer Georg von Neumayer - 224 2 Neumayer Escarpment-2 11,800 ft. 8,100 ft. 224 2 Neumayer Escarpment--4 L-fter "Schwabenland" in,ert t aeiopted: Magnier Peak. MAHONY, MOUNT: massive mountain, abcut 5,300 ft. in el,, forming a buttress between the Cot- ton and Miller Glaciers, in Victoria Land; in aUout 77�11'S., 161�43'E. Charted and named Uy the BrAE, 1910-13, under Scott. MAIGNAN POINT: point markina the NE. end of Cholet Islet and the W. side of the entrance to Purt Charcot, l,ying immediately N. of the NW. part of ~ooth I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in about 65�03'S., 64'02'W. First charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot. Named by Charcot foi� F. Maignan, a seaman of the exp. ship Franqais 201 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEGGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA who lost his life in a ship accident shortly after the expedition's departure from Le Havre. Not adopted: Cape Maignan. MAIN ISLAND: isiand about 2 mi, long and 1.5 mi. wide, which is the largest of the Willis Is., off the W. end of South Georgia; in 54�01'S., 38�16'W. - Disc. in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Ccok. It was charted by DI permnr..el in the period 1926-30, and so named because it is the principal island in the ' group. Mainland: see Coronation Island. MAINSAIL ROCK: rock lying about 0.6 ini. SW. 'A of Spine It. in Sandefjord Bay, South Orkney Is.; - in 60�37'S., 46�03'W. It is easternmost of a chain of three rocks trending in a NW.-SF. direction off the SE. side of Monroe I. The rock was named by DI personnel folloving their survey in 1933. - MAI YOINT: point marking the E. side of the = entrance to Maiviken, a small bay in Cuiuberland - West Bay, South Georgia; in 54�14'S., 36�30'W. 'lhe point was charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, un- der Nordenskjold. The name derives from associ- ation with Maiviken, named by the SwedAE for _ May Day, May 1, 1902, the day they entered the bay. MAITLAND GLACIER: glacier flowing along the - NW. flank of Mt. Hitchcock into the S. side of ~ Mobiloil Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.: in 7a about 68�48'S., 65�15'W. This glacier may appear indistinctly in an aerial photograph taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, but it was more clearly shown in aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and the USAS in 1940. Named by the Committee in 1952 for O. Maitland Miller of the American Geographical Soc., who by utilizing Wilkins' and Ellsworth's photo- graphs assisted in constructing the flrst recon- naissance map of this area. MAIVIKEN: cove indenting the N. end of the _ promontory separating the E. and W. arms of Cumberland Bay, South Georgia; in 54�14'S., 36�30'W. Charted by tne Swed.AE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold, and named after May Day, May 1, 1902, the day on which they entered the cove. Not - adopted: May Cove. Mai Viken Glen: see Bore Valley. MALING PEAK: peak, about 1,400 ft. in el., which is southernmost cf two conspicuous peaks situated about 0.5 mi. NW. of Cape Vik on the S. _ coast of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�40'S., 45�42'W. Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS. -M A Named by tY,e Br-APC for Derek H. Maling, FIDS meteoro:ogist at Signy I. in 1948 and 1949, who ma.?~e a survey triangulation of Signy I. and the S. coast of Coronation Island. MALLORY POINT: steep rocky point projecting seaward from the coastal ice cliffs, midway along the W. side of Vincennes Bay, on Knox Coast; in about 66�55'S., 108�48'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and namea by the US-ACAN for Ens. CYiarles W. Mal- lory, USN, construction officer with USN Op. Wml., 1947-48, who gave close support to the shore parties which established astronomical control from Wil- helm II Coast to Budd Coast. MAMELON ISLET: islet about 1.5 mi. long, ly- ing about 11 mi. ENE. of Cape NortYirop, off the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�19'S., 64�49'W. Charted in 1947 by the FIDS and so named be- cause of its resemblance to a small, rounded hill or fort. MANCHOT ISLET: low rocky islet lying in the entrance to Port Martin, about 0.3 rni. N. of Cape Margerie, off Adelie Coast; in 66�4q'S., 141�24'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51, and so named because a large Adelie pen- guin rookery was located on the islet_ Manchot is the French word for penguin. Not adopted: Ile de:. Manchots [French]. Manchots, Ile des: see Manchot Islet. MANGIN, MOUNT: mountain about 6,700 ft. in el., standing about 14 mi. SSW. of Mt. Bouvier, on the E. side of Adelaide I.; in 67�25'S., 68�29'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Louis A. Mangin, noted French botanist. MANOURY ISLET: islet lying about 1.5 mi. S. of Gand I. at the N. end of Schollaert Chan., in the Palmer Arch., in 64`26'S., 62�50'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and nained for G. Manoury, secretary of the expedition. MANSFIELD POINT: point marking the E. side of the entrance to Norway Bight, on the S. coast of Coronation I., South Orkney Is_ ; in 60�39'S., 45�46'W. First surveyed by DI personnel in 1933. Resurveyed by the FIDS in 1948--49. Named by the Br-APC for Arthur W. Mansfield of the FIDS, meteorologist at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1951; leader, meteorologist and biologist at Signy I. in 1952. MARBLE POINT: rocky promontory of ma:ble lying about 4 mi. N. of Cape Bernacchi, in front of the S. end of Wilson Piedmcnt Gl., in Victoria Land; 202 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF .4NTARCTICA in about 77�26'S., 163�48'E. First charted by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, and so named be- cause of +he marble found there. Not adopted: Marble Cape. Marescot, Cape: see Marescot Ridge. - MARESCOT RIDGE: ridge comprised of numer ous ice-covered hills, the highest about 3,700 ft. in el., extending in a NNE.-SSW. direction for about - 4.5 mi., standing 11 mi. E. of Cape Roquemarel, on the NW. coast of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�32'S., 58�32'W. Disc. by a Fr. exp., 1837-40, under D'Urville. D'Urville charted this feature as a cape, - which he named for Jacques Marescot Duthilleul, - an ensign on the exp. ship Astrolabe. The ridge was charted by the FIDS in 1946. Not adopted: Cape Marescot. Margaret Bay: see Marguerite Bay. Margaret Goodenoicgh Glacier: see Goodenough Glacier. Margaret Wade, l'do2int: see Fitzsimmons, Mount. MARGERIE, CAPE: low, ice-covered cApe, = marked by prominent rock outcrops at its NW. and - NE. ends, lying midway between Cape Mousse and Lacroix Nunatak and bounded on the N. by nu- merous rocky islets, on Adelie Coast; in 66�49'S., 141�24'E. Charted by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14, who named this feature for Emamiel de Margerie, French geographer and geologist. Cape - Margerie served as the main base site for FrAE parties under Liotard, in 1950-51, and Barr6, in 1951-52, until fire destroyed the main buildings of - their base, known as Port Martin, in January 1952. Not adopted: Cape de Margerie. M�rgreaves Glacier: see Hargreaves Glacier MARGU^RITE BAY: an extensive bay on the W. - side of Palmer Pen., which is bounded on the N. by Adelaide I., and on the S. by Wordie Ice Shelf, George VI Sound, and Alexander I Island; centered in about 68�30'S., 68�30'W. Disc, in 1909 by the FrAE under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, who named the bay for his wife. Not adopted: MargareZ Bay. _ MARIAN COVE: cove indenting the W. side of King George I. about midway between Collins Hbr. and Potter Cove, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�12'S., 58�46'W. The name seems to have been first used by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson in a 1921 report based upon his investigations of King George I. in 1913-14, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers. Not adopted: Marion Cove. Marie, Pointe: see Marie Island. MARIE BYRD LAND: that portion of Antarctica lying E. of Ross Ice Shelf and Ross Sea and S. of the Paciflc Ocean, extending eastward approxi- mately to a line between the head of Ross Ice Shelf and Eights Coast. The inclusion of the area be- tween thQ Rockefeller Plateau and Eights Coast is based upon the leading role of R. Adm. Richard E. Byrd, USN, in all explorations of this area. Pend- ing more deflnite inapping which may make it pos- sible to draw boundaries along lines of natural de- marcation, the E. limit of this land has been arbi- trarily adopted. The name was originally applied by Byrd in 1929, in honor of his wife, to the NW. part of the area, the part that was explored in that year. MARIE ISLAND: irregulai-shaped island, about 2 mi. long, lyirig immediately N. of Cape Evensen, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�07'S., 65�46'W. The name "Pointe Marie," after the elder sister of Dr. ,7ean B. Charcot, was given by Charcot's FrAE, 1903-5. It was used for a point on the coast close N. af Cape Evensen, in about 66''07'S. After the FrAE, 1908-10, Charcot applied the name "Pointe Marie" for the most southerly tip of an island, "Ile Waldeck-Rousseou," !ying off the coast in approximately the same latitude. In correlating their surveys with those of Charcot, the BGLE, 1934-37, identified "Ile V;'aldeck- Rousseau" as Waldeck-ftousseau Peak on the main- land of Palmer Pen. The most prominent feature near this peak requiring a name is the island now described. The name Marie Island for this feature preserves Charcot's naming in this locality. Not adopted: Pointe Marie [I'rench]. MARIHOLM; the highest and easternmost islet in a small group which lies about 0.3 mi. S. of Moe I., in the South Orkney 3s.; in 60�45'S., 45�42'W. The islet was named on a chart based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Is. by Capt. Petter Sprlle in 1912-13. Not adopted: Hariholm [Norwegian]. MARINA POINT: low rocky promontory which forms the extreme NW. point of Galindez I. in the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�16'W. First surveyed in 1930-36 by the BGLE under Rymill. Named 'oy members of the BGLE for Princess Marina, now Duchess of Kent, who was married in November 1934, while the expedition ship Penola was enroute to the Argentine Is. The name did not appear on pub- lished BGLE maps but since has becoine Estab- lished in usage. 203 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA MARIN DARBEL BAY: large bay indenting the W. coas} of Palmer Pen. between Capes Bellue and Rey; in 66�35'S., 65`55'W. It was disc. and roughly charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, who gave it this name. The bay was further charted in 1931 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. Not adopted : D..rbel Bay, Marin-Darbel Fiord. Marin-L+arbel Fiord: see Niarin Darbel Bay 164"21'E. Disc. in February 1900 by the BrAE under C. E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Sir Clements Markham. MAnn, IMIOLT*T'T: sharp dark peak about 5 mi. SW. of Johnston Pk. in Enuerby Land; in about 66�15'S., 52121'E. Disc. in January 1930 by the BANZARE under Mawson, and named for James W. S. Marr, zoologist to the exp. who had also been a member of a Br. exp. under Shackleton, 1921-22. MARION, MOUNT: mountain probably over 1,500 ft. in el., standing about 15 mi. WNW. of Mt. Martine, on the N. coast of Charcot I., in about 69�49'S., 74�37'W. Disc. on Jan. 11, 1910 by the FrAE under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him for his daughter, Marion. Not adopted: Marion Mountain, Marion Peak. Marion Cove: see Marian Cove. - MARIS NUNATAK: small coastal nunatak pro- truding above the terminus of Rogers Gl., about 2.5 mi. ENE. of Whisnant Nunatak on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 69�58'S., 72�33'E. De- lineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in March - 1947, and named by him for R. L. Maris, air crew- man on USN Op. Hjp. photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14� and 164�, - east longitude. Mark, Niount: see Hawthorne, Mount. MARKHAM, MOUNT: triple-peaked massif about 15,100 ft. in el., standing prominently above the surrounding lesser peaks and lying S. of Shackleton Inlet, along the W. edge of Ross Ice _ Shelf; in about 82'59'S., 160�30'E. Disc. in De- ' cember 1902 by the BrNAE under Scott. Named for Sir Cle:nents Markham who, as Pres. of the Royal Geogn.phical Soc., 1893-1905, planned the exp. and chose Scott as its leader. Not adopted: Markham Mountai*s. MARKHAM BAY: bay about 16 mi. wide and ~ indenting 5 mi., lying between Ekelof Pt. and Hamilton Pt. on the E. side of James Ross I.; in 64`17'S., 57�18'W. Possibly first seen by a Br. : exp. linder Ross, who explored this area in 1842-43. First charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under ~ Nordenskjold, who named it for Sir Ciements - Markham. Not adopted: Clements Markham Bay. Markh,am Island: see Clements Markham Island. MAftKHAM ISLAND: high island with vertical sides, about 1 mi. in diameter, lying S. of Oscar I. and aiaout 20 mi. W. of Cape Washington, along - the coast of Victoria Land; in about 74�46'S., MARR BAY: bay lying between Cape Valavielle and Fraser Pt. along the N. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is., in 60�42'S., 44�31'W. First charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, under Bruce. Named for James W. S. Marr, member of the Dis- covery Committee zoological staff, by personnel on the Discovery II following their survey of the South Orkney Is. in 1933. MARR BLUFF: rock bluff, about 3,500 ft. in el., standing immediately N. of Wager Gl. on the E. coast of Alexander I Island: in 69�47'S., 69�20'W. Surveyed by the FIDS in 1948 and named by them for John E. Marr, English geologist and prof. of geology at Cambridge Univ., 1917-30. MARRET GLACIER: channel glacier about 4 mi. wide and 4 mi. long, flowing NE, from the con- tinental ice to Adelie Coast, close E. of Cape Robert; in about 66�26'S., 137�44'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-AC?.N for Mar:o Marret, leader of the FrAE, 1952-53, whose party extended reconnaissance of the coastal features to the W. side oi Victor Bay. Marret previously served with the 1948 French exp. to Greenland, the unsUCCessful FrAE venture to Antarctica in 1948-49, and as radio-operator and cine-photog- rapher with the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51. MARR ICE PIEDMONT: large ice piedniont which covers western half of Anvers in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�33'S., 63�40'W. This feature was presumably first seen by a Ger. exp. under Dallmann, 1873-74, and was first roughly sur- veyed by the FrAE, 1903-5, and FrAE 1908-10, both under Charcot. It was named by the Br-APC for James W. S. Marr, British marine biologist, who was first commander of the FIDS, 1943-45, and leader of the base at nearby Port Lockroy. Marr was also a member of the BANZARE under Mawson, 1929-31, and Shackleton's expedition of 1921-22. MARSDEN, MOUNT: peak about 2,100 ft. in el., standing about 4 mi. SSW. of Mt. Rivett, in the Gustav Bull Mtns. on the Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�52'S., 66106'E. Early in January 1930, 204 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA the BANZARE under Mawson sighted land in Lhis area and made an aerial oUservation flght. The exp. landed on neai�by Scullin Monolith on Feb. 13, 1931 and named tY,is peak, probably for Ernest Marsden, Sec. of tlie Dept. nf Scientific and Indus- ti�ial Research of New Zealand. MARTEL INLET: inlet forming the NE. head of Admiralty Bay, King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�04'S., 58'=22'W. Probably named by the FrAE under Charcot, who charted Admiralty Bay in December 1909. Not adopted: Fiord Mai�tel [Fi�ench]. MARS GLACIER: glacier c-o the E. coast of Alexander I Island, about 4 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, flowing S. into the ice shelf of George VI Sound between Two-Step Cliffs and Phobos Ridge; in 71�53'S., 68 24'W. The coast in this vicinity _ was first explored from the air and partially pho- _ tographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and was roughly surveyed from the ground in � 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. This glacier _ was fii�st sui�veyed in 1949 by the FIDS, and was _ named by them after the planet Mars. NiARSHALL BAY: semi-circular bay aboiit 2 mi. wide, lying between Capes Vik and Hansen along the S. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60'39'S., 45 39'W. The Uay was roughly cllarted in 1912-13 by Petter Sprlle, Norwegian whaling captain. Recharted in 1933 by DI per- sonnel on the Discoaery II, and named for Dr. E. H. bfarshall, sui-oeon ana member of the Marine Esecutive Stnff of the Discovery Committee. MARSHALL MOUNTAINS: group of mountains aUout 10,000 ft. in el., standing on the W. side of Beardmore Gl. between Berwick and Swinford Glaciers, in the Queen Alexandra Range; in about 84'40'S., 165`20'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, and named for Dr. Eric Mar- shall, surbeon and cartographer to the expedition. MARSHALL PEAK: peak about 4,000 ft. in el. which is ice covered except foi� its rocky NE, side, standing about 6 mi. NW. of the head of Palmer Inlet, en the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71'09'S., 61 32'W. This coast was first explured in 1940 by members of the USAS but the peak was first charted by a joint pai�ty consisting of inembers of the RARE and FIDS in 1947. Named by the FIDS tor Norman B. Marshall, zoologist at the FIDS Hope Bay base in 1945-46. MARSTON, MOUNT: whaleback-shaped moun- tain aUout 3,900 ft. in el., standing alor,b the N. side of DZackay Gl. and ovcrlooking Granite Hbr. on the E., and Cleveland Gl. on the W., in Victoria Land; in about 76'55'S., 162'16'E. First charted by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, who namecl it for George E. Maiston, artist with the expedition. Not adopted: Whaleback. Martel, Fiord: see Martel Inlet. Martello Rock: see Martello Tower. MARTELLO TOWER: i�ock about 30 ft. in el. lying in King George Bay about 2 mi. NNW. of Cape Lions Rump. in the South Shetland Is.; in about 62�05'S., 58�08'W. Charted during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it after the fortified towers by that name. Not adopted: Martello Rock. MARTIN, MOUNT: mountain about 4,500 ft. in el. with conspicuous rock exposures on its SE. side, standing immediately N. of the head of Anthony Gl. on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69` 40'S., 62-59'W. The mountain lies on the fringe of the area explored by the BGLE in 1936, and was photographed from the air by the USAS in 1940. During 1947 the mountain was photo- graphed from the air by members of the RARE, under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by Ronne for Orville Martin, electronics engineer who was of assistance in planning and obtaining� radio equip- ment necessary for Ronne's expedition. MARTIN, POINT: point about 0.8 mi. NNV6'. of Cape Burn Murdoch, on the SW. side of Scotia Bay, southern Laurie I., in the South Orkney Ts.; in 60�47'S., 44�41'W. Charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, under Bruce, and named for J. Martin, able-bodied seaman on the exp. ship Scotia. MARTIN, PORT: anchorage lying immediately off Cape Margerie, at the end of Adelie Coast; in 66�49'S., 141�24'E. Disc. in 1950 by the FrAE under Liotard, and aamed in conjuction with the exp. base established on Cape Margerie. Named for Andre-Paul (J. A.) Martin, second-in-command of the exp., who died enroute to the Antarctic. MARTINE, MOUNT: rugged massif with black jagged peaks and steep slopes, aboui 2,000 ft. in el., standinb at the NE. corner of Cliarcot I.; in about 69`55'S., 73`57'W. Disc. on Jarl. 11, 1910 by the FrAE under Dr. Jean B. Carcot, and named by him for his daughter, Martine. Not adopted: Martin bIountain, Martine Mountain. Martin Glacier: see East Balch Glacier. MARTIN GLACIER: glacier, about 3 mi, wide and 9 mi. long, which flows W. and then N"'J, from the S. side of Mt. Lupa to the SE. corner of Ry- 205 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OI' ANTARCTICA mill Bay where it joins the Bertrand Ice Piedmont, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�28'S. 66'55'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveytd in 1948-49 by the FIDS and named far James H. Martin, member of the BANZARE under Mawson, 1929-31, and first mate - of the Penola during the BGLE, 1934-37. MARTIN ISLANDS: g_oup of small islands lying close NE. of the Pitt Is., marking the NE. extrem- ity of the Biscoe Is.; in 65�28'S., 65�18'W. Disc. _ by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Captain NIartin, Argentine Navy. Nlartin Mo2cntain: see Martine, Mount. MARTIN PENINSULA: ice-covered peninsula � about 20 mi. wide, projecting about 70 mi. N. into Amundsen Sea from its mountainous base on the - Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land; in about 74�20'S., 112�00'W. Photographed fror.i the air in Febi�uary 1940 by the USAS, and later deline- ated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in December 1946. Named by the US-ACAN for Col. Lawrence Martin, USA (Ret.) American geographer and authority on the history of Ant- arctic exploration. MARTIN REEF: isolated roi,'_,, lying awash, about 9 mi. N. and slightly to tht W. of Cape Fletcher, off Mac-Robertson Coast; i.: about 67�34'S., 65�33'E. This reef was apparently en- countered by Capt. Carl Sjovold in the Norwegia,: whale catcher Bouvet III in January 1931, and by the BAN7,ARE under Mawson in February 1931. MARTINS HEAD: prominent headland about 900 ft. in el. between King George '-)ay and Ad- miralty Bay, on the S. coast of :~ing George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�10'S., 52�13'W. The name dates back to at least 1820, when it was de- scribed by Edward Bransfield, Master, RN, dur- ing his exploration of these islands. Not adopted: Martin's Iiead. 1V.TARUJUPU PEAK: conspicuous nunatak stand- ing above the main flow of Ochs Gl., about 2 mi. W. uf Mt. Ferranto which marks the SW. end of the Fosdick Mtns., in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�29'S., 145�35'W. Disc. and so named by R. Adm. Byrd on the ByrdAE flight of Dec. 5, 1929. Marujupu combines the letters fi-om the names of three daughters and a son of Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Sulzberger. The daughters are Marian, Ruth, and Judy; Punch is the nickname of son Arthur. The Sulzbergers were patrons of the ex- pedition. Mary Lotcise Ulmer, Mount; Mary Ulmer, Moicnt: see Ulmer, Mount. MASCART, CAPE: cape forming the NE. tip of Adelaide I., in 66�43'S., 67�42'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Eleuthere Mascart, French physicist and Dir. of the Bureau Central Meteorologique. MASON INLET: ice-filled inlet which recedes about 15 mi. SW. between Cape Mackintosh and the coastline south of Cape Herdman, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�57'S., 60�25'W. First seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the USAS. During 1947 the inlet was photographed from the air by the RARE, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by the FIDS for D. P. Mason, their surveyor on the joint British-American seldge journey during the charting of this coast in 1947. Massif: for names beginning thus see under the specific part of the name. For example, for Massif Cot lais see Calais, Massif. (Massif is a French word for "mountain mass.") MASSON ISLAND: ice-covered island about 15 mi. long and about 1,500 ft. in el., lying NW. of Hendersen I. within the area covered by Shackle- ton Ice Shelf, off Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�11'S., 96�21'E. Disc. in February 1912 by the AAE under Mawson, who named it for Prof. Sir David Orme Masson of Melbourne, Australia, a member of the AAE Advisory Committee. Not adopted: Mission Island. MASSON RANGE: high broken chain of moun- tains, consisting of Nordkammen Crest, Mekam- men Crest, and Sorkammen Crest, forming a part of the Framnes Mtns. on Mac-Robertson Coast. Having several peaics over 3,000 ft. in el., the range extends in a N.-S. direction about 12 mi.; centering i: about 67�50'S., 62�52'E. Disc. and charted by the BANZARE, 1929-31, cnder Mawson, and named for Prof. Sir David Orme Masson, a member of the advisory committee for this exp. as well as the AA.E, 1911-14, under Mawson. Math� Bay: see Matha Strait. MATHA STRAIT: strait lying between Adelaide I. and the S. end of the Biscoe Is.; in 66�34'S., 67�35'W. The strait takes its name from Matha LZa, , the name originally applied by Charcot, leade: of the FrAE, 1908-10, to the water feature as he conceived it. The BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, recognizing that it is really a strait rather than a bay, cilanged t:le name to Matha Strait. Named for Lt. A. Matha, second-in-command of the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot. Not adopted: Matha Bay. 206 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA MATHESON GLACIER: glac?er about 11 mi. long, situated about 3 mi. S. of Ashton Gl. and flowing in an E. direction to the W. sidc of Lehrke Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 70�47'S., 62�00'W. First sighted by members of the USAS who explored this coast by land and from the air in December 1940. First charted by a joint party consisting of inembers of the RARE and FIDS in 1947. Named by the FIDS for J. Matheson, a mem- ber of the FIDS at the Port Lockroy and Hope Bay bases, 1944-46. MATHIEU ROCK: ice-free rock, lying midway between Cape Bickerton and Rock X, at the E. side of the entrance to Victor Bay, close off Ad6lie Cuust; in 66�20'S., 136�49'E. Photographed from the air by USN Operatiori Highjump, 1946-47. Cha*ted by the FrAE under Marret, 1952-53, and named for Claude Mathieu, French astronomer of the 19th century. Matin, Mount: see Peary, Mount. MATTHES GLACIEft: glacier about 9 mi, long, flowing E. into Whirlwind Inlet between Demorest and Chamberlin Glaciers, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�30'S., 65�38'W. Disc. by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and photo- graphed from the air by the USAS in 1940. Charted by the FIDS in 1947 and named for Frangois E. Matthes, glaciologist and then chief geologist with the U. S. Geological Survey. Matthews Point: see Harrison Point. MATTHEWS POINT: point forming the W. side of the entrance to Undine Harbor, along the S. coast and near the W. end of South Georgia; in 54�02'S., 37�59'W. This point was charted in the period 1926-30 bv DI personnel and named for L. Harrison Matthews, British zoologist, member oi the staff of the Discovery Investigations, 1924-35, who worked at Soui;h Georgia in 1924-27. MAUD BANK: submarine bank, 650 fathoms be- low the surface, in the Atlantic Ocean about 300 mi. N. of Princess Martha, Coast; in about 65�00'S., 2�35'E. Disc. by a Nor. exp. under Isachsen in the Norvegia, Jan. 20, 1931, and named by him for Roald Amundsen's ship, the Maud. MAUDE, CAPE: conspicuous dark bluff starsd- ing NW. of the mouth of Beardmore Gl., at the head of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 83018'S., JE8�15'E. Disc. and named by the BrAE under Shackleton in December 1908. MAUR.T,_-�E CHANNEL: strait about 1.5 mi. wide between Bellingshausen and Cook Islands, in the South Sandwich Is.; in 59�26'S., 27�05'W. The existence of this strait was first notect by a Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen in 1820. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for H. G. Maurice, a member of the Dis- covery Committee. MauricP Faure Isl�nds: see r aure Islands. MAURY BAI': open bay, about 25 mi. wide and 12 mi. long, indenting Sanzare Coast between Cape Lewis and Stuart Pt.; in about 66�30'S., 125�00'E. The bay is believed to be generally ice filled and is marked by prominent tongues extending seaward from Blair, Bell and Power Glaciers. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the i'S-ACAN 2'or William L. Maury, lieutenant on the brig Porpoise of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. MAUR� GLACIER: gia^ier about 3 mi. wide, flowing in an ENE. direction to the SW. corner of Violante Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�40'S., 61�32'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the USAS. During 1947 the glacier was photographed from the air by the RARE, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by the FIDS after Matthew F. Maury, 1806-73, Anierican naval r' ,er and hydrographer, and distinguished promot of maritime research and Antarctic ex- ploration. MAWSON, CAPE: low, ice-covered cape forming the E. extremity of Charcot I.; in about 70�03'S., ?3�30'W. Disc. by Sir Hubert Wilkins, Dec. 29, 1929, in a flight made around the island from the William Scoresby, and named by him for Sir poug- las Mawson, Australian Antarctic explorer and leader of the AAE, 1911-14, a..! the BANZAR,E, 1929-31. MAWSON GLACIER: glacier about 5 mi, wide, descending to the Ross Sea, in about 76�12'S., 162�30'E., where it forms the Nordenskjold Ice Tongue. First charted by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackletor., who named it for pouglas Mawson, physicist with the exp., who was later to become the leader of two other Antarctic expeditions, 1911- 14 and 1929-31. May, Cape: see William Henry May, Cape. Maybelle Horiick Sibley, Mount; Maybelle Hor- lick Sidley, Mount; Maybelle Sidley, Mount: see Sidley, Mount. May Cove: see Maiviken. MAY GLACIEft: channel glacier about 5 mi. wide and 6 mi. long, flowing NNW. from the conti- nental ice, and terminating in a prominent tongue 207 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRdPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA about 7 mi. WSW. of Cape Carr, on Clarie Coast; in about 66�00'S., 130�40'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Wllliam May, passed midshipman on the tender Flying Fish of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. MAY C3LACIER TONGUE: glacier tongue about ~ 5 mi. wide and 3 mi. long, extending NW. from May Gl., near the W. end of Clarie Coast; in about � 65�55'S., 130�40'E. Delineated from aerial photo- graphs taken by USN Op. Hjp.,1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for William May of tre USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. MAYO, CAPE: bare rock cliff forming the E. end - of a flat, ice-covered platform about 1,400 ft. in el., _ situated about 3 mi. N. of Miller Pt. on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�53'S., 63�25'W. Disc. by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight, Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him for William B. Mayo of the Ford Motor Co. It has been more fully deflned on the basis of information resulting from flights by Lin- coln Ellsworth in 1935, and from flights and sledge journey along this coast by members of the East Basa of the USAS in 1940. MAYR RANGE: range of mountains projecting through the icecap immediately N. of the Sauter Range on the piedmont of New Schwabenland. From a maximum summit level of about 9,800 ft. in about 72�10'S., 3�30'E., one limb of the ranoe projects roughly W. for about 12 mi. while a sec- ond extends roughly N. for about 25 mi. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Rudolf Mayr, pilot of the Passat, one of the flying boats used by the expedition. - McCARROLL, CAPE: cape forming the S. side - of the entrance to Richthofen Valley, on the E. ~ coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�00'S., 62�33'W. This feature was probably Srst seen by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold. It was sighted by - Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, _ and named by him for H. G. McCarroll of Detroit, - Michigan. - McCLARY RIDGE: small, crescent-shaped ridge, standing about 5 mi. SSE. of Mt. Hayes at the S. side of Cole Pen., on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�55'S., 64�03'W. In December 1947 it was charted by FIDS and was photographed from the air by RARE under Ronne. Named by Ronne for George B. McClary of Winnetka, Ill., contributor to the expedition. McCLINTOCK, MOUNT: mountain in the Bri- tannia Range, about 10,500 ft. in el., forming part of the N. wall of Barne Inlet, along the W. side of Ross _ Ice Shelf; in about 80�12'S., 157�35'E. Disc. by the BrNAE,1901-4, under Scott, and named by him for Adm. Sir Leopold McClintock, RN, a member of the Sh:y Committee for the expedition. McCORMICK, CAPE: conspicuous cliff near the NE. extremity of Victoria Land, overlooking Ross Sea about 12 mi. S. oi Cape Downshire; in about 71�55'S., 171`05'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Robert McCormick, the surgeon on one of the exp. ships, thE Erebus. McCOY, MOUNT: high table-topped massif with dark, snow-free, vertical walls, at the head of Emory Land Gl., on Ruppert Coast; in about 75�50'S., 140�45'W. Disc. by members of West Base of the USAS, 1939-40, and named for Janies C. McCoy, chief pilot at the West Base. Not adopted: Mount Alma McCoy. McDONALD BAY: open bay about 7 mi. wide at its entrance between Adams It. and the Haswell Its., lying immediately W. of Mabus Pt., along Queen Mary Coast; in about 6F�35'S., 93�05'E. Charted by the AAE under Mawsen, 1911-14. Named by the US-ACAN for Cdr. Edwin A. Mc- Donaid, USN, commander of the U.S.S. Burton Island, flagship o: the two icebreakers which sup- ported the USN Gp. Wml. parties which established astronamical stations along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, ltnox and Budd Coasts during the 1947-48 summpr season. McI30N?.LD GLACIER: glacier about 17 mi. wide, descending from ice-covered hills 1,000 to 2,000 ft. in el. and terminating at the sea in per- pendicular ice wa11s, 100 to 150 ft. in el., on Caird Coast; in about 75�20'S., 26�00'W. Disc. by a Br. exp., 1914-16, under Shackleton, and named by him for AUan McLonald, who was instrumental in raising a fund and chartering the schooner Emma in an attempted rescue of the party marooned on Elephant I. by the loss of Shackletoi:'s ship, the Endurance. Not adopted: Allan McDonald Glacier. McDONALD ISLANDS: small islan3 group can- sisting of an island and several islets and rocks, situated about 23 mi. W. of Heard ]f.; in about 53�02'S., 72�36'E. Named for Captain McDonald of the British ship Samarang who disc. the islands in January 1854. McDONALD POINT: point marking the W. end of Islay, an island in the William Scoresby Arch. off Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�22'8., 59�43'E. The name appears to have been applied by mem- bers of the William Scoresby who charted this area in February 1936. 208 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHTC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA McELROY, MOUNT: mountain about 6,000 ft. in el. standing NW. of Nantucket Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen., in about 74�12'S., 63�04'W. Disc. by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne who named it for T. P. McEiroy, of Boston, who con- tributed the radio and communication instruments for the expedition. McFARLANE STRAIT: strait lying between Greenwich and Livingston Islands, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�31'S., 59�58'W. The name ap- pears on an 1822 chart by Capt. George Powell, a British sealer, and is now well established in inter- national usage. Not adopted: Detroit de Mac- Ferlane [French], Duffs Straits, McFarlane's Strait, Yankee Sound. Mclntosh Cove: see Mackintosh Cove. McINTYRE, MOUNT: a group of low connecting ridges extending in an E.-W. direction, with rock = wal;s facing generally N., protruding above the ice of the south polar plateau to about 9,700 ft. in = ei., standing about 9 mi. S. of Mt. Weaver and S. of the head of Robert Scott Gl.; in about 87�08'S., 152�05'W. Disc. in December 1;"34 by the ByrdAE geologicai party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Marvin H. McIntyre, secretary to the President of the United States at that time. McKASKLE HILLS: group of moderately low, rocky hills, about 1.5 mi. long and 1 mi. wide, stand?ng between Mistichelli Hills and Bogers Gl. on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 70�O1'S., 72�15'E. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in March 1947, and named by him for H. A. McKaskle, air crewman on USN Op. Hjp. photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14' and 164�, east longitude. _ McKERCHER, MOUNT: mountain rising to about 7,000 ft. in el., which is ma:ked by promi- - nent outliers on its NW. and NE. sides, standing at the E. side of Robert Scott Gl. opposite the junction of Bartlett Gl., in the Queen Maud Range; in about 8607'S., 149'45'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin 331ackburn, and nan:ed for Miss Hazel McKercher, _ secretary to R. Adm. Byrd during the period of this expedition. McKinley, Mount: see Grace McKinley, Mount. McLEAN NUNATAKS: group of th:ee nunataks at the W. side of the head af Mertz Gl., on the George V Coast; in about 67149'S., 143�56'E. Disc. in 1912 by the AAE under Mawsori, and named foi� Archie L. McLean, medical officer and aacteriologist with the expedition. 209 McLENNAN MOUNT: mountain about 5,800 ft. in el., standing at the N. side of Taylor Giacier Dry Valley and furming the NE. wall of Canada Gl., in Victoria Land; in about 77�35'S., 162�49'E. Charted and named by the BrAE, 1910-13, under 5cott. McLEOD GLACIER: glacier, about 1 mi. long, flowing in a SSE. direction into Clowes Bay on the S. side of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60144'S., 45�38'W. Named by the Br-APC in 1954 for Mi- chael McLeod, following a survey by the FIDS i:i 1947. On Dec. 12, 1821, the cutter Beaufoy under Michael 112cLeod sailed to a position at lnast 60 mi. W. of the South Orkney Is., where a chart annota- tion indicates that land was sighted, probably Coronation Islane. McLEOD HILL: rounded, ice-covered hill, about 5,900 ft, in el., which forms a prominent landmark 1 mi. E of the head of Northeast Gl., on the W. side of Palmer Pen.; in 68�05'S., 66�30'W. First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE, and re- surveyed by the USAS, 1939-41. It was resurveyed in 1946 by the FIDS and named for Kenneth A. McLeod, FIDS meteorological observer who, during July-DecemUer 1947, occiipied with a member of the RARE the plateau meteorological station 1 mi, E. of this hill. Not adopted: Glacier pome, The Dome. McMURDO SOUND: a sound at the junction of the Ross Sea and Ross Ice Stielf, lying between Ross I. and Victoria Land; in about 77�30'S., 165�00'E. Disc. in February 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Lt. Archibald Mc- Murdo of the Terror, one of the exp, ships. Not adopted: McMurdo Strait. McMurdo Strait: see McMurdo Sound. McNAB, CAPE: cape, about 1,160 ft. in el., form- ing the S. end of Buckle I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66�49'S., 163�10'E. Named for John McNab, 2d mate of the schooner Eliza Scott, who made a sketch of the Balleny Is. when they were disc., in 1839. Not adopted: Cape nZacnab. McNAMARA ISLAND: the more northern of the two Fletcher Is., lying near the W. end of Bellings- hausen Sea, about 40 mi. E. of Cape Palmer, off Eights Coast; in about 71�45'S., 94�45'W. Disc. by the USAS in a flight from the Bear on Feb. 27, 1940. Named by R. Adm. Byrd for John McNa- mara, boatswain on the J�cob Ruppert of the ByrdAE, 1933-35. McNEILE GLACIER: narrow glacier flowing northward to the SE, side of Almond Pt. where it enters Charcot Bay, on the NW. coast of Palrr:er APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF 4NTARCTICA  Pen.; in 63�52'S., 59022'W. Charted in 1948 by the FIDS and named for S. St. C. McNeile, surveyor at the FIDS Hope Bay base in 1948-49. MEIER, CAPE: cape forming the W. side of the entrance to Norway Bight, on the S. side of Coro- na+ion I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�39'S., 45�54'W. The cape appears named on a chart by Capt. Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Island;s in 1912-13. MEIKLEJOHN GLACIEA: glacier, about 11 mi. long and 4 mi. wide, flowing SW. from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Pen. to George VI Sound, imme- diately S. of Moore Pt.; in 70�32'S., 67�44'W. In its lower reaches the S. side of this glacier merges with Millett Gl. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, and later named for Ian F. Meiklejohn, radio operator of the BGLE, 1934-37. MEINARDUS GLACIER: extensive glacier flow- ing in an ENE. direction to a point immediately E. of Mt. Barkow where it is joined from the NW. by Haines Gl., and then E. to enter New Bedford Inlet close W. of Court Nunatak, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�22'S., 61�52'W. Disc. and pho- tographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the RARE under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by the FIDS for Wilhelm :Vieinardus, German meteorologist and L.limatologist and author of many publications including the meteorological results of the GerAE under Grygalski, 1901-3. MECHANICS BAY: bay, which is about 1 mi. wide and recedes 0.5 mi., lying immediately E. of Saddle Pt. on the N. coast of Heard I.; in 53�O1'S., 73�31'E. Named by American sealers after the schooner Mechanic, a tender to the Corinthian in Capt. Erasmus Darwin Rogers' sealing flaet which landed at Heard I. in 1855. The name appears on a chart by the Br. exp. under Nares, which visiied the island in the Challenger in 1874 and utilized the names then in use by the sealers. MEKAMMEN CREST: mountain about 3,900 ft. in el., lying close SE. of Nordkammen Crest and ex- tending 5 mi. in a N.-S. direction, in the Masson ftange of the Framnes Mtns. on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�50'S., 62�55'E. It was mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by a Nor. exp. under Chri: ten- sen in January 1937. The name is descriptive, meaning "middle comb." Not adopted : Mekam- men [Norwegian], Middle Crest. MELBA PENINSULA: ice-covered peninsula be- tween Reid Gl. and the Bay of Winds, fronting on Shackleton Ice Shelf, on Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�35'S., 98�10'E. Disc. by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14, who named it for Dame Nellie Melba, of iJtelbourne, a patron of the expedition. MELBOURNE, MOUNT: conspicuous volcanic r,one, about 8,500 ft. in el., back of Cape Washing- ton, and between Terra Nova Bay and Wood Bay, in Victoria Land; in about 74�25'S., 164�50'E. llisc. in January 1841 by a B:. exp. under R.oss, who named it for Lord Viscount Mplbourne, British Prime Minister when the exp. was being planned. M'Cormik, Cape: see McCormick, Cape. McVitie, Cape: see Hatree, Cape. MEADE ISLANDS: small group of islets lying in the N. entrance to McFarlane Str., in the South Shetland fs.; in 62�26'S., 60�07'W. Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery 11. MEARES CLIFF: steep cliff, about 880 ft. in el., lying about 2 mi. E. of Ponting Cliff, on the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71�13'S., 168�33'E. First charted in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, and named for Cecil H. Meares who had charge of the dogs on this ex- pedition. ~ MEEK CHANNEL: channel about 0.75 mi. long and 0.1 mi. wide, sEparating Galindez I. from Grotto I. and the Corner Is., in the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�15'W. Charted in 1935 by the BGLE under Ry- mill, and na:ned for William McC. Meek, marine architect and surveyor, who was of assistance in preparing the exp. ship Penola for the voyage. MEFJELL MOUNTAIN: mountain standing be- tween Mt. Walnum and Mt. Bergersen in the cim- tral part of the Sor Rondane Mtns., inland from Princess Ragnhild Coast; in about 72�10'S., 24�00'E. Disc. and photographed from the air by a Nor. exp. under Christensen on February 6, 1937 and n�med Mefjell (middle mountain) because of its ceritral location in the mountain group. Not adopted: Mefjell [Norwegian], Middle Mountain. MEGALESTRIS HILL: rock hill, about 110 ft. in el., in the S. part of Petermann I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�11'S., 64�11'W. Charted and named by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10. Megalestris is an obsolete name for the South Polar skua. Melbourne Glacier: see Campbell Glacier. 210 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Melchior, Ile: see Melchior Islands. Melville's Island: see Laurie Island. _ Melchior, Puerto: see Melchior Harbor Melchior Archipelago; Melchoir Archipelago: see Melchior Islands. MELCHIOR HARBOR: small harbor in the Mel- chior Is., Palmer Arch., formed by the semi-circular - arrangement of Delta, Alpha, Beta, Kappa and Gamma Islands; in 64�19'S., 62�59'W. The narrie, derived from the name of the island group, was probably given by DI personnel who roughly sur- veyed the harbor in 1927. The harbor was sur- veyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948. Not adopted: Puerto Melchior [Spanish]. MELCHIOR ISLANDS: group of many low, ice- covered islands lying near the center of Dallmann Bay in the Palmer Arch.; in 64019'9., 62�57'W. First seen but left unnamed by a Ger, exp. under Dallmann, 1873-74. They were resighted and roughly charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5. Charcot named what he believed to be the larre easternmost island in the group "Ile Melchior" after Vice Admiral Melchior of the French Navy, but later surveys proved Charcot's "Ile Melchior" to be two islands, now called Eta Is!and and Omega Island. The name Melchior Is- lands has since become established for the whole island group now described, and of which Eta Island and Omega Island form the eastern part. The island group was roughly surveyed in 1927 by DI pecsonnel in the Discovery, and was resur- veyed by Argentine expeditinns in 1942 and 1943, and again in 1948. Not adopted: Ile Melchior [French], Melchior Archipelago, Melchoir Archi- pelago. MELSOM ROCKS: group of isolated rocks about 3 mi N. of Despair Rocks, and some 8 mi. W. of Penguin Pt., the NW. end of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�31'S., 46�11'W. Prob- ably sighted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in De- cember 1821. Named for Capt. H. G. Melsom, manager of the Thule Whaling Co., by Capt. Petter Sorlle, who conducted a running survey of the South Orkney Is. in 1912-13. MELVILLE, CAPE: cape forming the SE. end of King George I., in the Souti: Shetland Is.; in 62�O1'S., E7�33'W. This name was applied to the NE. cape of King George I. on some early charts, but in recent years has consistently been used for the SE. cape. The name dates back to at least 1820 w;len it was described by Edward Bransfield, Master, RN, during his explorations of South Shet- land Islands. Not adopted: South Foreland. MELVILLE PEAK: prominent peak surmounting Cape Melville, the SE. end of K:ng George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�00'8., 57�39'W. This peak, which was probably known to early sealers in the area, was charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10. It probably takes its na.me from nearby Cape Melville. MANIER ISLAND: island about 1 mi. long and wide, which is largest in a small island group lying near the mouth of Flandres Bay and about 4 mi. NE, of Cape Renzrd, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�59'S., 63�37'W. The island group was disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, who gave them the name "Iles Wnier." The name M6nier is here applied to the largest of these islands. Not adopted: Guyou Island. MENTZEL, MOUNT: mountain about 8,700 ft. in el., situated about 7 mi. ENE. of Ritscher Peak in the NE, portion of the Wohlthat Mtns., in New Schwabenland; in about 72�19'S., 13145'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it for the pres. of the Deutschen Forschungsge- meinschaft (German Research Society). MERCER BAY: small bay marked by Geikie Gl. at its head, at the SW. end of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia; in 54�16'S., 36�40'W. The bay appears on a sketch map of Cumberland Bay by Lt. Samuel A. Duse of the SwedAE, 1901-4. The name is first used on a chart based upon survey work by DI personnel in 1926-30. Yrobably named for Lt. Cdr. G. M. Mercer, RNR, captain of the DI research ship William Scoresby, which engaged in whale marking and oceanographic work off South Georgia in 1926-27. MERCUftY GLACIER: glacier on the E. coast of Alexander I Island, about 6 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, flowing W. into George VI Sound between Waitabit Cliffs and Keystone Cliffs; in 71034'S., 68�14'W. The coast in this vicinity was first ex- plored from the air and partially photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and was roughly charted from the ground in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. This glacier was first sur- veyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, and was named by them after the planet Mercury. MERRITT ISLET: rocky islet about 0.7 mi. long and about 120 ft. in el., lying close off Knox Coast about 4 mi. NW. of Robinson Gl.; in 66�28'S., 107111'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named for Everett L. Merritt, photogrammetrist with the Navy Hydrographic Office, who served as surveyor 211 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA with the USN Op. Wml. parties which established astronomical control along Wilhelm II, Iinox and Budd Goasts during January-February 1948. MERSEY SPIT: a spit on the S. coast of King George I., about 0.5 mi. N. of Penguin I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�04'S., 57�55'W. Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. MERTON PASSAGE: narrow passage between Right Whale Rocks and a small rock about 0.1 mi. N. of Bariff Pt., at the E. side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, South G'eorgia; in 54�14'S., 36�24'W. The name Merton, the former name for Right Whale Rocks, was applied to this passage by DI personnel as a result of surveys during the period 1926-30. Pen.; in 69�20'S., 68�36'W. First seen from the air and photographed by the BGLE in 1936, and later roughly mapped from the photographs. The islets were visited and surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the FIDS, and so named by them because there is mica in the schists which form them. bIICHAEL, MOUNT: active volcanic mountain about 2,600 ft. in el., surmounting Saunde:a I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 57�48'S., 26�28'W. The island waa disc. by a Br. exp. under Cook in 1775, but the mountain was presumably first charted in 1820 by a Russ. exp. under Bellings- hausen. Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery 17 and named fur Michael J. de C. Carey, son of Cdr. W. M. Carey, RN (Ret.), cap- tain of the Discovery II at the time of the survey. Merton Rocks: see Right Whale Rocks. MERTZ GLACIER: valley glacier averaging over 20 mi. in width and flowing about 40 mi. from the inland plateau to the sea, lying W. of Ninnis Gl. on George V Coast; in about 67�30'S., 144�45'E. Disc. by the AA.E under Mawson, 1911-14, who named it for Xavier Mertz, who perished on Jan. 7, 1913, while on a sledging journey about 100 mi. SE. of Main Base. MERTZ GLACIER TONGUE: glacier tongue about 45 mi. long and 20 mi. wide, forming the seaward extension of Mertz Glacier along George V CoasS;; in about 67�10'S., 145�30'E. Disc. and named by the AAE, 1911-14, under Mawson. Named after Mertz Glacier. Not adopted: Mertz Glacier Ice Tongue. MERZ PENINSULA: irregular, ice-covered pen- insula, about 15 mi. long in an E.-W. direction and averaging 25 mi, wide, projecting from the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�15'S., 61'05'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the RARE under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by the FIDS for Alfred Merz, 1880-1925, noted German oceanographer and orig- inal leader of the Ger. exp. in the Meteor, 1925-26. METHUEN COVE: cove betweeu Cape Anderson and Cape Whitson, along the S. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�46'S., 44�33'W. Charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, who named it for H. Methuen, accountant of the expedition. MICA ISLETS: group of about four mainly ice- covered islets lying 7 mi. W. of Mt. Guernsey and 6 mi. NE. of Cape Jeremy, off the W. coast of Palmer Michailo$'s Island: see Cornwallis Island. MICHELSEN ISLAND: small island in the South Orkney Is., joined to the S. end of Powell I. by a narrow isthmus of o:.casionally submerged boulders; in 60�45'S., 45�02'W. The island appears to be first chs.rted and named on a map by Capt. Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a run- ning survey of the South Orkney Is, in 1912-13. Not adopted: Michelsens Island. MICKLE ISLET: islet about 1 mi. SE. of F.lag- staff Pt., close off the W. side of Ross I.; in about 77�34'S., 166�11'E. Charted and named by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9. Not adopted: Mickle Island. Middle Crest: see Mekammen Crest. Middle Island: see Day Island. MIDDLE ISLET: islet about 1.5 mi. S. of Fore- land Islet and about midway along the E. coast of King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 61�57'S., 57�36'W. Charted in 1937 by DI per- sonnel on the Discovery II, and so named because of its position. Middle Mountain: see Mefjell bZountain. MIKHAYLOV POINT: small promontory mark- ing the S. extremity of Visokoi I., South Sand- wich Is.; in 54�44'S., 27�12'VJ. The descriptive name Low Point was given for this fcature by DI personnel following their survey of 1930, but this name has been rejected because there is a Low Point at nearby Vindication Island. The name Mikhaylov Point was recommended by the Br-APC in 1953 and is for Pavel N. Mikhaylov, artist aboard the Vostok during the Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen, 1819-21. Milhaylov made an ex- 212 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 - GEOGRAPNLC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA ce112nt series of sketches of the Sout;i Sandwich Islands. Not adopted: Low Point. _ Mikkelsen, Mount: see Caroline Mikkelsen, IvIount. � MIKKELSEN BAY: bay, about 15 mi, wide at its mouth and indenting 9 mi., entered between - the Bertrand Ice Piedmont and Cape Berteaus along the W. coast cf Palmer Pen.; in 68�42'S., 67�10'W. First seen from a distance in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot, but not recognized as a large bay. First sur-reyed in 1936 by the BGLE _ under Rymill, and resurveyed by the FIDS in 1948-49. The name was proposed by members of BGLE for Ejnar Mikkelsen, Danish Arc:ic explorer and Inspector for East 3reenland, 1934-50. MIKKELSEN HARBOR: small bay lying imme- diately E. of Cape Skottsberg, along the S. side _ of Trinity I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 63�52'S., 60�44'W. Disc. by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4. It was not named at the time but probably some 15 years later, perhaps = after Klarius Mikkelsen, Norwegian whaling cap- tain. Not adopted: Huseason Harbor, Mikkelson Harbor. Mikkelsen Island: see Watkins Island. MIKKELSEN ISLETS: small group of islets lying off the SE, coast of Adelaide I., about 2 mi. SE. of the Leonie Is.; in 67�38'S., 68�11'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Otto Mikkelsen, Norwegian diver who inspected the damaged hull of the exp. ship Pozcrquoi Pas? at Deception Island. MIKKELSEN PEAK: the highest peak, about 1,550 ft. in el., of the Scullin Monolith, on Mac- Robertson Coast; in about 67�47'S., 66�37'E. In January and February 1931 severai Norwegian whale catchers, exploring along this coast, made sketches of the shore from their vessels and named this mountain for Capt. Klarius Mikkelsen, master of the lorlyn. Not adopted: Klarius Mikkelsen Fjell [Norwegian], Mount Klarius Mikkelsen, Scullin Monolith. Mikkelson Harbor: see Mikkelsen Harbor MILL, MOUNT: mountain about 2,000 ft. in el., standing about 2 mi. W. of Mt. Balch on the NE. shore of Waddirigton Bay, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�04'W. First charted by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, for Hugh Robert Mill, British geographer, Antarctic historian, and author in 1905 of The Seige oj the Sozctlz Pole. Nat adopted: Mill Peak. MILL COVE: cove entered between Cape Ander- son and Valette I., along the S. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�46'S., 44�35'W. Cha,rted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, who named it for H',igh Robert Mill. MILLER, MOUNT: mountain in the Queen Alex- andra Range about 11,600 ft. in el., standing about 11 mi. SW. of iVit. Tripp, which lies midway be- tween Shackleton Inlet and Beardmore Gl., on the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 83�15'S., 165�40'E. Disc. and named by the BrAE, 1907-9, unde i� Shackleton. MILI,ERAND ISLAND: island about 3 mi. in diameter, lying about 4 mi. S. of Cape Calmette, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�O9'S., 67�13'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, who probably named it for Alexandre Millerand, French statesman. MILLER GLACIER: glacier about 1 mi. wide, described by Griffith Taylor as a transection glacier, lying in a transverse trough and connect- ing Cotton Gl. and Debenham Gl., in Victoria Land; in about 77008'S., 161�53'E. Disc. in January 1912 by the BrAE Western Geological Party under Griflith Taylor, and named by him, probably for M. J. P4ilier, Mayor of Lyttleton, shipwright who repaired the exp. ship Terr� Nova prior to its voy- age S. from New Zealand. MILLER POINT: black rock cape about 670 ft. in el., overlooking the ?1. side of the terminus of Casey Gl., on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�56'S., 63�23'W. Disc. by Sir Hubzrt Wilkins in a flight on Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him for George E. Miller, of Detroit, Michigan. It has been more fully defined as a result cf flights by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and by the flights and sledge journey along this coast from East Base by members of the USAS in 1940. MILLETT GLACIER: heavily crevassed glacier, about 13 mi. long and 7 mi. wide, flowing W. from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Pen. to George VI Sound, immediately N. of Wade Pt.; in 70'37'S., 67�40'W. In its lower reaches the N. side of this glacier merges with Meiklejohn Gl. It was first surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, and later named for Hugh M. Nlillett, chief engineer of the Penola during the BGLE, 1934-37. MILL GLACIER: glacier about 15 mi. wide, flow- ing in a NW. direction along the N. side of the Do- minion Range and entering the E. side of Beard- more Gl.; 85�10'S., 16g�00'E. Disc. in December 1908 by the BrAE under Shackleton, who named it for Hugh Robert Mill. 213 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 - GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTAR(:TICA - MILL INLFT: ice-filled inl.et which recedes about - 8 mi. in a NW.-SE. direction, and is some 20 mi. wide at its entrance between Cape Robinson and Monnier Pt., along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in - 66�56'S., 64120'Vi. Charted by the FIDS in 1947 and named for Hugh Robert Mill. Photographed from the air during 1947 by the RARE under Ronne. Not adopted: Sullivan Inlet. MILL ISLAND: ice-domed island abou'l. 1,ni. long and 15 mi. wide, lying about 22 mi. N. of Thomas I., off the W. end of Knox Coast; in about 65�37'S., 100�48'E. Disc. in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for Hugh Robert Mill. MILL PEAK: prominent, detached peak about 5,750 ft. in el., lying about 32 mi. S. of Cape Simp- son and about 11 mi. S. of Pearce Peak, inland from Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�59'S., 61�12'E. Disc. in Feb. 17, 1931 by the BANZARE under Maw- son, who named it for Hugh Robert Mill. MILLS, MOUNT: peak about 7,400 ft. in el., at the N. end of the Don.inion Range; in about 85�13'S., 166�00'E. Disc. by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, and named for Sir James Mills, chairman of the Union Stcamship Co., whc jointly with the Govt. of New Zealand paid the cost of towing the exp. ship Nimrod to the Antarctic in 1908. MILWARD PATCH: large patch of kelp about 2 - mi. N. of the E. part of Bird I., off the W. tip of _ South Georgia; in about 53�58'S., 38�03'W. Mil- ward Patch was charted in 1930, along with other nearby navibational hazards, by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for C. A. Mil- - ward, Chief Officer of the William Scoresby at the time of tne survey. � - MIMAS PEAK: sharp conspicuous peak which appears from George VI Sound to be the most dis- tant nunatak at the head of Saturn Glacier, situ- ated about 12 mi. W. of Deimos Ridge in the SE. part of Alexander I Island; in about 71�56'S., 69�23'W. This peak was first seen and photo- graphed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and was mapped from these photographs by W. L. G. Joerg. It is probably the highest peak in the range discovered ~here by Ellsworth. The peak was seea from a distance in 1949 by the FIDS . and roughly positioned. Named by RIDS for its - association with Saturn Glacier; Mimas being � one of the satellites of Saturn. MINERAL HILL: round-topped hill, about 1,400 ft. in el., with ice-free, talus-covered slopes, stand- ing about 4 mi. S. of the head of Hope Bay and 3 mi. E. of the NE. end of Duse Bay, at the NE. enG of Palmer Pen.; in 63`29'S., 57�03'W. Probably first seen by the SweciAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4. First cha= 6ed by the FIDS in 1946, who so named it because small quantities of reddish mineral in the rock gave the surfaces a conspicu- ous color. MINNA BLUFF: long, iarrow, bold peninsula, about 25 mi. long ar.d 5 mi. wide, projecting SE. from Mt. Discovery into the NW. portion of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 78�40'S., 167�05'E. Uisc. and named by the BrNAE ander Scott in September 1902. MINNEHAHA ICEFALLS: small, heavily cre- vassed ice fall descending the steep W. slopes of Mt. England, and forming a S. tributary to New Gl. rlose W. of its terminus at Granite Hbr., in Vic- toria Land; in about 77�02'S., 162�26'E. Charted and named by the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13. MIN'TO, MOUNT: peak about 10,000 ft. in el., standing at the SW. side of Robertson Bay in the Admiralty Range, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�35'S., 169�20'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a B:. exp. under Rcss, who named it for Rt. Hon. Earj Minto, then First Lord of the Adm:ralty. MIR,OUNGA FLATS: small, partially enclosed tidal area in the inner, northwestern corner of Borge Bay, Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�42'S., 45�37'W. Its E. lir:iit is iormed by the Thule Its.; i�s N. and W. limits by Signy I. The tidal area dries at low water. Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel. Resurveyed iil 1947 by the FIDS, and so named by them because elephant seals (Mirounqa leonina) are found there in large num- bers during the moulting period. Nlission Island: see Masson Island. MISTICHELLI HILLS: group of moderately low, rocky hills, about 2 mi. long and 1 mi. wide, which lie midway between McKaskle Hills and Peterson Ice Falls and front on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 70�02'S., 72�07'E. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. H;p. in March 1947, and named by him for G. Mistichelli, air crewman on USN Op. Hjp. photo- graphic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14� and 164�, east longitude. MISTY PASS: pass about 2,300 ft, in el., lying between the head of Broad Valley and a valley descending N. to Bransfield Str., situated about 7 mi. SE. of Cape Ducorps on Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�29'S., 57�59'W. Disc, by the FIDS in 1946, and so named because clouds pouring E. through the pass had been noted by the survey party to herald bad weather. 214 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAPIES OF ANTARCTICA MITCHELL ISLaND: rocky island about 2.5 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, lying immediately S. of Bailey and Clark Islands which, collectively, form the group of three principal islands at the NE. end of the Windmill Is. that lie close against Budd Coast; in 66�20'S., 110�30'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in February 1947 which indicate that these three islands are connected by a steep snow ramp to the continental ice overlying Budd Coast. Prominent and moraine deposits overlie and parallel the upper margin of this snow ramp about 1 mi. from :ts outer edg�e on Clark, Bailey and Mitchell Islands. Named by thr. US-ACAN for Capt. Ray A. Mitchell, USN, captain of the U.S.S. Cacapon, tanker of the western task group of USN Op. Hjp., Task Force 68, 1946-47. MITCHELL PEAK: solitary pyramidal peak, about 1,200 ft. in el., standing at the E. end of Guest I., which lies W. of Paul Elock Bay along the coast of ldarie Byrd Land; in about 76�25'3., 147�25'W. Sighted by the ByrdAE during a flight rn Dec. 5, 1929 over the NW. coast of Marie Byrd i,and. Named by Byrd for Hugh C. Mitchell, mather:iatician of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, and member of the National Geographic Soc. committee of experts which determined that Byrd reached both the North and South Poles by airplane in 1926 and 1929, respectively. Not adopted: Hugh biitchell Peak. Mitchells Island: see Robert Island. Mobiloil Bay: see Mobiloil Inlet. MOBILOIL INLET: ice-filled inlet, nurtured by several NE. and E. flowing glaciers, lying between Rock Pile Peaks on the W. and Hollick-Kenyon Pen. on the E., along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�35'S., 64�30'W. Disc. by Sir Hubert Wilkins in a flight on Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him after a produc,t of the Vacuum Oil Co of Australia. Not adopted: Mobiloil Bay. MOE ISLAND: island about 1 mi. long, sepa- rated from the SW. end of Signy I. by Fyr Chan., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�45'S., 45�41'W. The name appears on a chart by Capt. Petter SySrlle in 1912-13. Probably named for Thoralf Moe of Sandefjord, Norway, a whaling captain working in Antarctic waters in that period.  MOFFETT GLACIEA: glacier about 5 mi. wide and 20 mi. long, flowing in a NE. direction into Amundsen Gl. between Mt. Ellsworth and Mt. Breyer, in the Queen Maud Range; in about 85�541S., 160�30'W. Disc. by the ByrdAE on the South Polar Flight in November 1929. Named by Byrd for R. Adm. William A. Moffett, USN, first Chief of the Bureau of Aeronautics of the Navy Department. MOHN 3ASIN: a major depression in the surface of the south polar plateau, extending from the N. slopes of Mounts Fridtjof Nansen and Don Pedro Christophersen for about 120 nii, to the S., and in- cluding the rebion of Devils Gl., with a width of about 20 mi.; its deepest portion lies in about 86"30'8., 167�00'W. Disc, in December 1911 on the journey to the South Pole by the Noi�. 2xp. un- der Amundsen. Named by the US-ACAN ior Prof. Henrik Mohn, Norwegian meteorologist and authoi� of the meteorological report of the Nor. exp. under Amundsen. MOHN PEAKS: two ice-covered peaks, the iiorth- ern and southern about 4,200 and 4,000 ft. in el., respectively, standing about 9 mi, WSW. of the head of Mason Inlet, on the E. cuast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�07'S., 61�16'W. First seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. Dur- ing 1947 the peaks were photographed from the air by the RARE under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted them from the ground. Named by the FIDS for Henrik Mohn. Moldaenke Berg: see Hodges, Mount. MOLLYHAWK ;SLET: small, tussock grass covered islet, lying between Seaward Rock and Crescent It., about 2 mi. SE. of Cape Buller, in the N. part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�O1'S., 37�19'W. Cliarted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, A.merican naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. It was surveyed in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who named it Mollyhawk Island in as- sociation with Albatro:;s I., Prioii I. and other nat- ural history names in the Fay of Isles given by Murphy in 1912-13. The name Mollyhawk Islet is approved because of the small size of the feature. Not adopted: Mollyhawk Island. MOLTKE HARBOR: bay about 1 mi. wide in the NW. side of Royal Bay, along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�31'S., 36�04'W. Charted by a Ger. exp. under Schrader, based at Royal Bay in 1882-83, and named after the exp. ship Moltke. MOLTKE NUNATAK: nunatak standing at the S. side of Wiedenmann (si., about 25 mi. S. of Duke Ernst Bay, on Luitpold Coast; in about 78�20'S., 35�00'W. Disc. in January-February 1912 by the GerAE under Filchner, and named for Gen. Hel- muth von ivIoltke, Chief of the German General Staff and Sec. of State for Home AffairF. Not adopted: Moltke Nunataks. Monaco, Cape: see Albert de Monaco, Cape. 215 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEDGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA MONFLIER, CAPE: cape at the N. side of the en- trance to Pendleton Str., forming the SW. end of Rabot I., in the Biscoe Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65`55'S., 66�22'W. Charted and named Uy the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10. Not adopted: Cape Montflier. MONSIMET COVE: cove about 0.5 mi. W. of Herve Cove, lyino along the S. side of Ezcurra Inlet, in Admiralty Bay, King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�10'S., 58�34'W. First charted by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for a member of the expedition. MONIQUE, MOUNT: mountain with a ridge-like summit, about 2,000 ft. in el., standing about 14 mi. W. of Mt. Marion on the NW. coast of Charcot I.; in about 69�55'S., 75�15'W. Disc. on Jan. 11, 1910 by the FrAE under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him for his daughter Monique. Not adopted: Monigue Mountain, Monique Mountain, Monique Peak. Mo,aiqice Mountain: see Monique, Mount. MONK ISLETS: group of islets and rocks ex- tending in a N.-S. chain for about 0.5 mi., lying about 3 mi. S. of Cape Meier off the S. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60041'S., , 45�54'W. First charted and named on a map by Capt. Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a - running survey of the South Orkne,y Is. in 1912-13. - Not adopted: Munken [Norwegian]. MUNNIER POINT: low, mainly ice-covered point forming the SW. side of the entrance to Mill Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer PPn.; in 67�06'S., 64�45'W. During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the RARE under Ronne, and charted from the ground by the FIDS. Named by the FIDS for Franz R. v. Le Monnier, Austrian polar bibliog- rapher. MONOLITH, THE: pinnacle rock, broad at the base and tapering to a point, about 255 ft. in el., lying about 1.5 mi. SE, of Cape McNab, Buckle I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66�50'S., 163�11'E. So named because of its shape. Morarce Island: see Snow Island. MONROE ISLAND: largest of the Larsen Islands, lying off the W. end of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60'36'S., 46�03'W. The Larsen lands were disc. by Capt. George Powell aad Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821, and appar- ently first named on a chart by the Norwegian whaler Capt. Petter Sorlle in 1912-13. The Larsen Islands were recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named the largest island in the group Larsen Island. Because of confusion of these names, t::e island was renamed by the Br- APC for the sloop James blonroe, which was com- manded by Captain Palmer at the time of its dis- covery and anchored in this vicinity in December ] 821. Not adopted: Larsen Island. Montag2te Island: see Montagu Island. MONTAGU ISLAND: island about 9 mi. lor.g and averaeing 5 mi. wide, lying midway betwec:n Saunders and Bristol Islands, in the South Ssrid- wich Is.; in 58�25'S., 26�20'W. Disc. in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Cook, who named it for John Mon- tagu, the fourth Earl of Sandwich and First Lord of the Admiralty. Not adopted: Montague Island. MONTEAGLE, MOUNT: high, sharp peak stand- ing NW. of Cape Sibbald and W. of Lady Newnes Ice Shelf, in Victoria Land; in 73�50'S., 166�00'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Baron Monteagle, Chancellor of the Exchequer, 1835-35. Montflier, Cape: see Monflier, Cape. MONTRAVEL ROCK: roc : about 8 mi. NE, of Cape Legoupil and about 5 mi. off the NW. coast of Loais Philippe Pen.; in 63�13'S., 57�42'W. Disc. by a Fr. exp. under D'Urville, 1837-40, and named by him for Ens. Louis Tardy de Montravel of the exp. ship Zelee. Monts Solw�y: see Solvay Mountains. Mont2cra, lle: see Saddle Island. MONUMEIr'T, THE: isolated rock pillar on the NW. side of Red I., about 1,600 ft. in el., which is level with the main summit of the island and has the appearance of a monument. It lies in Prince Gustav Chan. about 3 mi. off the SE. coast of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�44'S., 57�53'W. The island was disc. by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4. The Monument was charted and named by the FIDS in 1945. MOODY POINT: pcint which forms the E. end of Joinville I., off the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�18'S., 54�59'W. Disc. by a Br. exp. under Ross, 1839-43, and named by him for Lieutenant Gover- nor Moody of the Falkland Islands. Not adopted: Cape Moody, Point Moody. MOON BAY: bay about 8 mi. wide which recedes 4 mi. between High Pt. and Pin Pt., on the E. side of Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 62�35'S., 60�00'W. This bay was known to sealeis in the area as early as 1822. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery 17, and prob- ably named by them for nearby :ialf Moon Island. 216 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAII4ES OF ANTARCTICA MOONEY, MOUNT: ridge-shaped mountain on the E. side of Robert Scott Gl., about 4 mi. S. of Mt. Bowlin, in the Queen Maud Range; in about 86�31'S., 146�55'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for James E. Mooney, who as- sisted this and other Byrd expeditions. Not adopted: Mount English. 14IOORE, CAPE: dark headland forming the W. side of the entrance to Smith Inlet, on the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 70�50'S., 167�15'E. Lisc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Thomas E. L. Moore, mate on the exp. ship Terror. Bay, South Georgia; in 54�19'S., 36129'W. Charted by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4, who so named it because of the large glacial m)r;:ine at its entrance. Not adopted: Mormnefjorci [Nor- wegian], Moranen Fjord [German], bToranen Fjord. MORAINE VALLEY: a north-south trending valley filled with morainic debris, about 0.75 mi. long, which drains into Elephant Flats on the E. side of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45"37'W. In summer a stream, fed by the ice slopes at its S. end, runs in this valle;�. Named by the FIDS following their survey of 1947. Moore Bay: see Moore Embayment. MOORE EMBAYMENT: an embayment in the coast S. of Minna Bluff, along the NW. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 79�S., 163'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4. Adm. Sir Arthur Moore, Naval Commander-in-Chief at Cape Town, placed the resources of the naval dockyard at Cape Town at the disposal of the Discovery for much- needed repairs before the ship proceeded to New Zealand. Not adopted: Moore Bay. MOORF POINT: rocky point surmounted hy a small peak, marking the N. side of the mouth of Meiklejohn Gl. on Palmer Pen. and fronting on George VI Sound; in 70�30'S., 67�53'W. First sur- veyed in 1936 by the BGT,E under Rymill, and later named for James I. Moore, second engineer of the Penola during the BGLE, 1934-37. MOORING POINZ': point on the S. side of Borge Bay, about 0.3 rri. W. of Berntsen Pt., on Signy I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�36'W. The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey of Borge Bay by DI personnel on the Discovcry, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers. Moraenef jord; Mordnen Fjord: see Moraine Fjord. MORAINE COVE: small cove at the N. end of Mikkelsen Bay along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�35'S., 67�07'W. A moraine descends te the cove from the SW. end of Pavie Ridge. The name derives from the provisional name "Moraine Point," used by Prof. Robert L. Nichols of the RARE, who examined the geology of this area in 1947. The name Moraine Cove retains the spirit of the naming by Nichols, and is considered more essential for reference purposes than a name for the moraine itself. MORAINE FJORD: inlet aUout 3 mi. long ~:'~n a reef (a terminal moraine) extending across its entrance, forming the W. head of Cumberland East Mordrins Island: see Elephant Island. MORENCY ISLEt : islet about 1 mi. in diameter, lying close W. of Steele I. and abolit 12 mi. SSE. of Cape Sharbonrieau, off the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�02'S., 61"n'W. Disc. by members of the East Base of the uoAS who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940. Named for Anthony J. L. Morency, tractor driver for the East Base. Not adopted: Morency Island. MORENO, POINT: point at the E. side of the en- traiice to the small cove at the head of Scotia Bay, on the S. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 6"0�Y5'S., 44�42'W. Charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, and named for Francisco P. Moreno, noted Argentine scientist and director of the Museo de la Plata. MORENO ISLAND: narrow island about 1 mi. long, lying about 1.5 mi. NW. of Cape Sterneck, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�03'S., 61 � 15'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99, and named by him for Francisco P. Moreno. MURETON POINT: point about 1 mi. N. of Re- turn Pt., at the W. end of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�37'S., 46�02'W. The point was roughly charted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel B. Palmer in 1821. Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who charted the is- lands in 1933. MORi1ING, MOUNT: dome-shaped mountain, aUout 5,800 ft. in el., with three slightly elevated sharp peaks, lying on the E. side of Koettlitz Gl., a'.ong the W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 78�30'S., 163�35'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named it for the Morning, relief ship to the expedition. Morrel Islaiad; Morrell Islaizd: see Thule Island. 217 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRA:'NIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Morrell Coast: (in about 69�"0'S., 62�00'W.) the decision of May 1947 has been VACATED. The ap- plication of coast names to parts c;.f islands is now considered inappropriate. MORRIS, CAPE: flat-topped prornontory about 330 ft. in el., forming the NW. end of Robert I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�22'S., 59�47'W. The name appears to have been applied by L': personnel on the Discavery II, who charted the cape in 1935. MOSBY GLACIER: glacier about 5 mi. wide at its mouth, flowing in a SE. direction to the NW. corner of New Bedford Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�09'S., 61�3G'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. During 1947 it was photographed frorr~ the air by the RARE under Ronne, who in con- junction with the FIDS approsimately charted its terminus from the ground. Named by the FIDS for 116,kon Mosby, Norwegian meteorologist and oceanographer. MORRIS GLACIER: glacier flowing in a N. di- rection to the head of Sea Leopard Fjord,in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�05'S., 37'16'W. Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for Edward Lyman Morris, a botanist who was then head of the Dept. of Natural Science at the Brooklyn Museum. MORRISON, MOUNT: mountain about 5,900 ft. in el., standing about 4 mi. N. of Mackay Gl, on the W. side of Cieveland Gl., in Victoria Land; ia about 76�54'S., 161�38'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named it for J. D. Morrison of the Morning, relief ship to the expedition. MORRISON GLACIER: glacier about 7 mi. long, flowing in a S. direction along the E. side of Bastion Peak to the head of Cabinet Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�10'S., 63�32'W. Charted in 1947 by the FIDS, who named it for Rt. Hon. Her- bert Morrison, M.P., British Sec. of State for Home Affairs aiid Home Security and member of the War Cabinet. Photographed from the air during 1947 by the RARE under Ronne. MORSE POINT: point marking the E. side of the entrance to Antarctic Bay on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�05'S., 36�54'W. The point appears roughly charted on maps dating back to about 1900. It was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in the period 1925-31, and resurveyed by the SGS, 1951-52. Named by the Br-APC after the Britisli sealing vessel Morse, whxch was working in South Georgia in 1799-1800, probably the first British sealer to do so. She was based at Antarctic Bay when encountered by Edmund Fanning, who pub- lished an account of the meeting. Morton Strait: see Hell GatPS. MORTON STRAIT: strait between Snow I. on the SW., and Rugged and Livingston Islands on tlte NE., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62"39'S., 61�201h The strait was named on a chart by James Weddell, published in 1825, and is now established interna- tional usage. Not adopted: Hell Gates, Mortons Strait. MOSE, CAPE: low, ice-covered cape which marks the E. side of the entrance to Porpoise Bay and forrns the division between Banzare and Claire Coasts, Wilkes Land; in about 66�00'S., 130�05'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for William H. Mose, pursers steward on the brig Porpoise of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. MOSE GLACIER: channel glacier about 2 mi. wide and 5 mi. long, flowi.ig NW. from the conti- nental ice to the E. side of the entrance to Porpoise Bay, about 3 mi. SSW. of Cape Mose, on Banzare Coast; in about 66�05'S., 130�05'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for William H. Mose of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. MOSSMAN INLET: narrow ice-filled inlet which recedes about 10 mi. between Cape Kidson and the SW. end of Kemp Pen., along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�17'S., 60�32'W. This inlet was first seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the RARE under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by the FIDS for Robert C. Moss- man, 1870-1940, British meteorologist and clima- tologist and member of the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4. MOSSMAN PENINSULA: narrow peninsula about 3 mi. long, extending S. from the W. part of Laurie I. and separating Scotia and Wilton Bays, in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�46'S., 44�43'W. The peninsula was disc. in 1821 by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer, and roughly charted on Powell's map of 1822. Ytecharted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, and named by him fcr Robert C. Mossman. Mossyface, Cape: see Canwe, Cape. Motesicdden: see Well-met, Cape. MOUBRAY Br1Y: bay lying between Cape Roget on the N. and Cape Christie on the S., along the N. part of E. coast of Victoria Land; in about 72'11'S., 218 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 _ GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA 170`30'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, and named by him for George H. Moubray, t,he clerk-in-charge of the exp, ship Terror. MOULTON, MOUNT: linear mountain in the cen- _ tral portion of the Hal Flood Range, in Marie Byrd Land; in aout 76"04'S., 134�30'W. Disc. by the USAS on aerial flights in 1940 and named for Richard S. Moulton, chief dog driver of the USAS West Base, and member of the PaciBc Coast Survey Party which sledged to tlie W. end of the Hal Flood Range in Decemher 1940. Moiint Pisgala Island: see Smith Island MnUREAUX POINT: point which fc,rms the N. tip of the small peninsula marking the N. ettremity of Liege I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 63�58'S., 61 �46'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, who named it for T. Moureaux, director of the Parc Saint-Maur Observatory, near Paris. MOUSSE, CAPE: small rocky cape, fringed by many small islets and rocks, and backed by moraine close to the S., protruding through the icecap about 2.2 mi. NE. of Cape Margerie, on Adelie Coast; in 66�48'S., 141�28'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51, and so named because several patches of lichens were found on the ex- posed rocky surfaces. Not adopted: Cap des Nlousses [French]. iYlousses, Cap des: see Mousse, Cape. MOYES, CAPE: ice-covered point with prominent rock exposures on its seaward flank, lying midway between Cape Dovers and Roscoe Gl. on Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�39'S., 96�`:4'E. Disc. by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14, and named by him for Morton H. Moyes, meteorologist with the AAE Western Base party. MOYES ISLETS: small group of islets about 2.5 mi. SE. of Cape-Pigeon Rocks, in the W. part of Watt Bay, off George V Coast; in about 67�02'S., 143�51'E. Disc. in 1912 by the AAE under Mawson, ~ anc'. named by him for Morton H. Moyes. _ MOYES PEAK: small rock peak about 2,700 ft. in el., projecting slightly above the icecap close N. ' of Pearce Peak, some 18 mi. S. of Cape Simpson, on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�45'S., 61�14'E. Disc. in February 1931 by the BANZARE under Mawson, and named by him for Cdr. Morton H. Moyes, RAN, in charge of echo sounding and car- tographer of the exp. The approximate position of this peak was verified in aerial photographs taken by the USN Op. Hjp. on Feb. 26, 1947. Muhlig-Hofman Mountains: see Muhlig-Hof- mann Mountains. MUHLIG-HOFMANN MOUNTAINS : major group of associated mountain features lying in the central part of the New Schwabenland piedmont in front of the edge of the polar plateau; centering in about 72�00'S., 5�00'E. The group has a longitudinal ex- tent of approximately 50 to 90 mi. and includes such major features as tkie Luz, Gablenz, NTayr, and Bundermann Ranges. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the di- vision director of the German Air Ministry. Not adopted: Muhlig-Hofman Mountains, Muhlig-Hof- mann Mountains. MULOCK INLET: re-entrant about 10 mi. wide, in the W. part of Moore Embayment between Cape Teall and Cape Lankester, along tne W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 79�08'S., 160�40'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named it for Lt. George F. A. Mulock, RN, surveyor with the ex- pedition. Munken: see Monk Islets. ]VIURCHISON, MOUNT: mountain about 1,860 ft, in el., lying on the W. side of Mertz Gl. about 8 mi. SW. of Buchanan Bay, on George V Coast; in about 67118'S., 144�15'E. Disc. in 1912 by the AAE under Mawson, who named it for Roderick Mur- chison of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition. MURCHISON, MOUNT: high peak lying W. of the N. end of Lady Newnes Ice Shelf, in Victoria Land; in about 73�28'S., 166`20'E. Disc. in Janu- ary 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, then general secretary of the British Association. Micrdoch Nunat�k: see Burn Murdoch Nunatak. MURPHY, MOUNT: massive, snow-covered mountain with steep, rocky slopes, rising to about 7,300 ft. in el. at the head of Amundsen Sea, on the Walgreen G'oast of Marie Byrd Land; in about 75�00'S., 108�15'W. Delineated from aerial photo- graphs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in December 1946. Named by the US-ACAN for Robert Cushman Murphy of the Americun Museum of Natural His- tory, noted authority on Antarctic and Sub-Antarc- tic bird life. While serving on the whaler Daisy during the 1912-13 summer, he investigated wild life and charted the Bay of Isles region of South Georgia. MURPHY BAY: bay about 7 mi. wide lying im- mediately NW. of Cape BaCe, along George V Coast; in about 67�42'S., 146�20'E. Disc. in 1912 by the AAE under Nlawson, whu named it for Herbert D. Murphy, a member of the expedition. 219 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA MUftRAY, CAPE: the W. extremity of a group of islands which lie about 0.5 mi. W. of the penin- sula separating fiughes Bay and C1larlotte Bay, off the W. coast of Palzner Pen.; in 64`'18'S., 61�41'W. First charted by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99, n+ho thought it to be part of Palmer Pen. Named by De Gerlache for Sir John N;urray, Brit- ish marine zoologist and oceanographer, and an ardent advocate of Antarctic research. MURRAY, CAPE: low bluff lying approximately midway between Barne and Mulock Inlets, along the W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 79�35'S., 159�55'E. Disc. by the BrnAE under Scott,1901-4. George R. M. Murray was temporary director of the scientiflc staff and accompanied the exp. ship Dis- covery as far as Cape Town. MURRAY, MOUNT: sharp granite peak showing evidence of glaciation, standing about 5 mi. SE. of Mt. Smith on the N. side of Mawson Gl., in the Prince Albert Mtns. in Victoria Land; in about 76�08'S.. 162�00'E. First charted by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, who named it for James Murray, biologist with the expedition. MURRAY GLACIER: glacier about 2.5 mi. wide, with a face on Colbeck Bay but flowing mainly W. of Duke of York I. to merge with Dugdale Gl. at the S. end of Robertson Bay, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�36'S., 170�00'E. First charted by the BrAE under C. E. Borchgrevink, 1898-1900, who named it for Sir John Murray. Not adopted: Sir John Murray Glacier. Murray Gletscher: see Pur�ris Glacier. MURRAY ISLETS: .F.'uup of islets about 1.2 mi. SSE. of Cape Whitsor, off the S. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney ls.; in 60�47'S., 44�31'W. Disc. in 1823 by Matthew Bi�isbane, who explored the S. coast of Laurie I. under the direction of James Weddell. Probably named for James Murray o; London, maker of the chronometer used on Wed- dell's voyage. Not adopted: Murrys Isles. Prfurray Menolith: see Torlyn Mountain. :3 MURRAY MONOLITH: the detached front, aUout 1,250 ft. in el., of Torlyn Mtn., lying about 2.5 mi. E. of Scullin Monolith on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�47'S., 66�55'E. Early in January 1930 the BANZARE under Mawson sighted land in this area, and an airplane flight was made from the exp. ship Discovery for observation. On Feb. 13, 1931 Mawson landed on nearby Scullin Monolith. Named for Sir Hubert Murray, Pres. of the Aus- tralian and New Zealand Assn. for the Advance- ment of Science, 1930-32. Not adopted: iviount Torlyn. MTtrry Peak: see Nemesis, Mount. Miirrys Isles: see Murray Islets. MUSHROOM ISLAND: ice-covered islet lying about 10 mi. WSW. of Cape Berteaux, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�53'S., 67�53'W. First charted by the BGLE under Fcymill, 1934-37, and so named because of its resemblance to a mushroom cap. MUSSELMAN, CAPE: black rock promontory forming the S. side of the entrance to Palmer In;et, (in the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�17'S., 61�00'CV. Disc. by the USAS who explored this coast by land and from the air from East Ba.Se in 1940. Named for Lytton C. Musselman, member of the East Base party which sledged across Dyer Plateau to the Eternity Mountains. MUTTON COVE: anchorage about 0.5 mi. E. of Beer I., situatzd near the center of a small group of islets about 8 mi. W. of Ferin Head, aff the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�00'3., 65�43'W. Charted by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, and at the suggestion of ~i. R. E. D. Ryder, RN, captaiii of the exp. ship Penola, named Mutton Cove, a name which recalled his early days in a training ship at Devonport. Mutton Cove Island: see Beer Island. Mutton Island: see Grass Island. 1Vabbodden: see Tilley Nunatak. Iv'ACHTIGAL PEAK: rocky peak on a spur pro- jecting narthwards from the SE. extremity of the Allardyce Range, South Georgia. It rises to 3,800 ft. ir.l, el, and stands at the W. side of the head of Cook Gl., about 4.5 mi, E. of Nordenskjold Peak; in 54�29'S., 36�14'W. The name "Kleine Pic" (meaning Little Peak) was given to this feature by a Ger. exp., 1882-83, under Schrader. At the same time the name "Dr. Nachtigal Gletscher" or "Nachtigal-Gletscher" was given to the southern arm of Cook Gl., for Dr. Gustav Nachtigal (1834- 85), G�erman physician and explorer of Africa. The SCiS, 1951-52, identified both of these features, but reported that a separate name is not needed for the southern arm of Cook Gl. Since the name "Kleine Pic" (Little Peak) is not particularly descriptive or distinctive for the peak now described, the name has been rejected by tre Br-AI'C. The Br-APC recommended in 1954 that, for the sake of historical coritinuitp, the name Nachtigal Peak be applied to this feature. Not adopted: Kleine Pic. 220 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA NAESS GLACIER: small glacier, which is separated fm::, Chapman Gl. to the N. by a rocky ridge, flowing from the W. coast of Palmer Pen. into George VI Sound; in 70�22'S., 67�55'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, and later named for Erling D. Naess, Mgr. of the Vest- fold Whaling Co., who was of great assistance to the BGLE, 1934-37. NAMELESS GLACIER: glacier immediately N. of Newnes Gl., descending steeply from the Cape Adare peninsula into the E. part of Robertson Bay, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71036'S., 170�17'E. Charted and named in 1811 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott. This was the only one of the Robertson Bay glaciers left unnamed by C. E. Borchgrevink, who headed the BrAE, 1898-1900. NAMELESS POINT: point at the NW. side of the entrance to Right Whale Bay, near the W. end of the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�00'S., 37�41'W. The point was charted and probably named by DI personnel in the period 1916-30. Nan Andersmi, Cape: see Anderson, Cape. NANSEN, MOUNT: tabular mountain, about 7,800 ft. in el., with precipitous walls, lying N. of Reeves Gl. in Victoria Land; in about 74�35'S., 162�45'E. Disc. and named by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott. Named for Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, noted Norwegian Arctic explorer, from whom Scott obtained much practical information fc,i� his expe- dition. Nansen Bank: see Fridtjof Nansen Banks Nansen Harbour: see Stromness Harbor NANSEN ISLAND: island about 15 mi. long, in a NE.-SW. direction, and 5 mi. wide, lying about 1.1. mi. SW. of Rabot I. in the Biscoe Is.; in about 66�09'S., 66�54'W. First charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, undec Charcot, and named by him for Fridtjof Nansen. 1Vansen Rocks: see Fridtjof Nansen Banks. NANSEN SHEET: extensive sheet of ice about 30 mi. long, in a N.-S. direction, and 10 mi. wide, fed by the Larsen, Reeves, Priestley, and Campbell Glaciers and abutting against the N. side of Dry- galski Ice Tongue along the coast of Victoria Land; in about 74�30'S., 163�10'E. This feature was explored in December 1908 by the South Magnetic Polar Party of the BrAE under Shackleton, and further explored in January and February 1912 by ttie Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott. Frank Debenham, geologist with Scott's exp., applied the name Nansen Shcet to this feature in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Soc., Vol. 75, April 1920. NANTUCKET INLET: inlet about 6 mi. wide which recedes about 13 ni. in a NW. direction between the Smith and Bowman Peninsulas, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen., in 74'35'S., 61�45'W. Disc. by members of the USAS in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940, and named for Nan- tucket Island, Mass., home of early New England whalers of the first half of the 19th century. Not adopted: Fran Inlet, Inner-Taylor Inlet. NAPIER BIRKS, MOUNT: conspicuous, pyra- mid-shaped mountain about 3,800 ft. in el., at the N. side of the mouth of Crane Glacier, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�18'S., 62�11'W. In 1928 Sir Hubert Wilkins gave the name Mount Napier Birks, after Napier Birks of Adelaide, Australia, to two conspicuous, black peaks which he observed and photographed from the air as lying close N. of his Crane Channel. This coast was charted by the FIDS in 1947, biit it has not been possible to identify Wilkins' 14fount Napier Birks Since Crane Channel has now been defi- nitely identi8ed as Crane Glacier, it is recom- mended that the name Mount Napier Birks be given to this conspicuous mountain lying close N. of the mouth of the glacier. NAPIER MOUNTAINS: group of more-or-less separated peaks, the highest about 6,000 ft. in el., extending about 40 mi, in : NW.-SE. direction and centering about 45 mi. S. of Cape Batterbee, in Enderby Land; in about 66�35'S., 53�30'E. Iyisc. ii: January 1930 by the BANZARE under Mawson. The Hon. John Mellis Napier was a judge of the Supreme Court of South Australia, 1924-42. Not adopted: Napier Range. Napier Range: see Napier Mountains. NARES, MOUNT: rounded mountain about 7 mi. SW. of Mt. AlUert NIarkham, on the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 81�32'S., 157�25'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named it for Sir George S. Nares, captain of the Challenger, 1872-74, during part of its cruise, leader of the Arctic exp., 1875-76, and member of the Ship Committee for Scott's expedition. Narrow Isle: see Gibbs Island. NARROWS, THE: narrow channel between Pourquoi Pas I. and Blaiklock I., connecting Bigourdan and Bourgeois Fjords, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�36'S., 67�12'W. Disc. and given this descriptive name by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. 221 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA NASH, MOUNT: mountain aUout 4,200 ft. in el., standing about 13 mi, WNW. of the head of Keller Inlet and 12 mi. NNE. of Mt. Owen, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 74�14'S., 62�20'W. Disc. Uy the RARE, 1947-48, uizder Ronne, who named it for H. H. Nash, of Pittsburgh, Pa., a contributor to the expedition. Nasudden: see Naze, The. NATTRISS HEAD: small but prominent rock headland marking the S. side of the entrance to Drygalski Fjord on the SE. coast of South Georgia; in 54�50'S., 35'55'W. Charted by the GerAE, 1911- 12, under Filchner. It was named Nattriss Point after E. A. Nattriss, of the Crown Agents for the Colonies, following survey by DI personnel in 1927. Tlie name Nattriss Head is approved for this fea- ture Uecause the term head is a more suitable descriptive term than point, and because accept- ance of this form will avoid confusion with Nattriss Point (also named for E. A. Nattriss) on Saunders I. in the South Sandwich Islands. Not adopted: Nattriss Point (q.v�). Is.; in 62 28'S., 60" 23'W. Thc name was applied prior to 1930, probably by whalers who frequented DesolaWion Hbr. and who at times ran their vessels to sea via this passabe to escape severe easterly gales. Not adopted: Neck-or-Nothing Passage. Needle, The: see Spire, The. NEEPLE PEAK: sharply pointed black peak about 1,200 ft. in el., standing about 5 mi. ENE. of Barnard Pt. on the S. coast of Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 62�43'S., 60�12'W. The peak was named on a chart based upon a survey of DI personnel in 1935. Neil Peak: see Neill Peak. NEILL PEAK: mountain about 1,575 ft. in el., slanding aUout 4 mi. SW. of Scullin Monolith, on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�50'S., 66�36'E. Disc. on Feb. 13, 1931 by the BANZARE under Mawson, who presumably applied the name. Not adopted: Heil Peak, Neil Peak. Neilsen Glacier: see Nielsen Glacier. NATTRISS POINT: point which marks the E. tip of Saunders I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in ;37'48'S., 26�22'W. Charted in 1930 by DI person- nel and named by them for E. A. Nattriss. Nattriss Point: see Nattriss Head. NAUTILUS HEr1D: prortiinent headland, about 3,200 ft. in el., near the NE. e:ctremity of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�39'S., 67�07'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS who named it after the submarine Nautilus in Jules Verne's Ttventy Thousand Leagues Under the Sea. Other features on Pourquoi Pas I. are named for characters in this book. Navy, Mount: see Butler, Mount. Navy Range~ see Colbert Range. ~ NAZE, THE: nminsula on the N. coast of James - Ross I. which marks the S. side of the E. entrance to Sidney Herbert Sound and extends about 5 mi. NE. toward the south-central shore of Vega I., situated S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�57'S., 57 32'W. Disc. and named "Nasudden" by the SwedAE ,1901-4, under Nordenskjold. The recommencled form is the English version used by - Nordenskjold. Not adopted: Nasudden [Swedish]. NECK OR NOTHING PASSAGE: narrow pas- ~ sage leading from Desolation Hbr. Uetween the S. end of Desolation I. and a small group of islets about 0.2 mi. southward, in the South Shetland NEKO HARBOR: small bay in the inner NE. corner of Andvord Bay, along the W. coast of Pal- mer Pen.; in about 64�49'S., 62�37'W. First seen and roughly charted by the BeIgAE under De Ger- lache, 1897-99. Named after Messrs. Chr. Salve- sen's floating factory Neko, which operated in the South Shetland Is. and Palmer Pen. area fo: many seasons between 1911-12 and 1923-24, and often used this bay. The name was pubiished by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1921, follow- ing his visit to this area in 1913. NELSON CHANNEL: channel between Candle- mas and Vindication Islands, in the South Sand- wich Is.; in 57�03'S., 26�43'W. Probably flrst sighted by Capt. James Cook, discoverer of these islands in 1775. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and named for Lt. A. L. Nelson, RP:R, who was chief ofHcer and navigator of the st:ip. Not adopted: Nelson Strait. NELSON CLIFFS: cliffs about 1,770 ft. in el., standing on the N. shore of Victoria Land, about 7.5 mi. NW. of Atkinson Cliffs; in about 71�14'S., 168�45'E. First charted in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, and named for Edward W. Neison, biologist of the expedition. idot adopted: Nelson Cliff. NELSON ISLAND: island about 10 mi. long and abouL 7 mi. wide, lying W. of King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 62�17'S., 59�02'W. The name dates back tc at ?east 1821 and is now established international usage. Not adopted: 222 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Leipzig Island, Nelson's Island, Nelson's Isles, O'Cain Island, Strachans Island. Nelson Strait: see Nelson Channel. NELSON STRAIT: strait lying between Nelsun and Robert Isla.nds, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�22'S., 59�15'W. Probably first charted in 1821 by Capt. Nathaniel B. Palmer, American sealer, who named it Harmony Strait. Capt. George Powell named it King George's Strait in 1822, while James Weddell, Master, RN, named it Parrys Straits on his :hart of 1825. It has since become known as Nelson Strait, probably taking its name irom NeIson lsland, which it adjoins on the east. Not adopted : Harmony Strait, King George's Strait, Parrys Straits. NEIVIESIS, MOUNT: mountain, about 2,600 ft. in el., which lies 2 mi. NE. of the seaward extrem- ity of Roman Four Promontory and close N. of Neny Fjord, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�12'S., 66�54'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The name Mount Nemesis is believed to have been first given by members of the USAS, 1939-41. Not adopted: Murry Peak, Nemesis Peak, Nemisis Mountain. Nemisis Mmcntain: see Nemesis, Mount. NEMO COVE: small cove 6 mi. SW. of Nautilus Head on the SE. side of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�43'S., 67�17'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS and named after Captain Nemo, designer and captain of the Nauti- ius in Jules Verne's Tzventy Thotcsand Leagues Under the Sea. NEMO PEAK: conspicuous peak about ?,800 ft. in el., standing about i mi. NE. of Nipple Peak in the N. part of Wiencke I., in the Palmer Arch., in 64�46'S., 63�16'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE, 1897- 99, under De rerlache. The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 su:vey by DI personnel in the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming. NENY BAY: small indentation in the W. coast of Palmer Pen. which is bounded on the W. by Neny Island, and on the NW. and SE. respectively by Stonington I. and Roman Four Promontory; in 68�12'S., 66�58'W. The bay was first charted by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-47. The name, derived from Neny Island, was suggested by mem- bers of East Base of the USAS, 1939-41, who referred to it as Neny Island Bay. Not adopted: Neny Island Bay. Neny Fjord: see Little Thumb. NENY FJORD: bay about 10 mi, long in an E.-W. direction and 5 mi. wide, between Red Rock Ridge and Roman Fuur Promontory along the W. coast oP Palmer Pen., in 68�16'S., 66�50'W. This coast was first explored in 1909 by Dr. Jean B. Charcot who, it appears, gaee this name to the channel between Horseshoe I. and Camp Pt., in 67�55'S., 67�15'W. The BGLE made a detailed survey of this area in 1936-37, and in correlating their work with that of Charcot applied the name Neny P'jord to the bay between Red Rock Ridge and Roman Four Yromontory, which is probably about 20 mi. S. of the position originally implied by Charcot. The name has become established in this latter position through international accept- ance and use. Neny Giacier: see Neny Trough. Neny Gl�civr Islcnd: see Pyrox Islet. NENY ISLAND: island about 1.5 mi, long and about 2,200 ft. in el., lying about 1 mi. WNW. of Roman Four Promontory and directly N. of the mouth of Neny Fjord, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�12'S., 67�03'W. Disc. by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, and named after nearby Neny Fjord. Not adopted: Neny Islands. Neny Island B�y: see Neny Bay. NENY MAT"TERHORN: sharp, pyramid-shaped peak, more than 4,000 ft. in el., standing near the NW. end of the Blackwall Mtns. on the S. side of Neny Fjord, Palmer Pen.; in 68�20'S., 66�51'W. First roughly surveyed in 1936-37 by the BGLE under Rymill, and resurveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS. The name was apparently first used by members of the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, and the FIDS, and derives from its location near Neny Fjord, and its resemblance to tl:e Swiss Matter- horn. NENY TftOUGH: glacier-filled valley which extends from the head of Neny Fjord, Palmer Pen., eastward for about 4 mi., and tnen SE, for at least 25 mi.; centering near 68�22'S., 66�15'W. It is probably more than 3,000 ft. in el. at its highest point about 9 mi. S. of Beehive Hill, from which divide one glacier flows NW. to Neny Fjord; the other flows SE. for an undetermined distance. The NW. mouth of the feature was flrst surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under ftymill, but its great extent was not then known. The trough itself was first seen from the air in May 1940, and was sledged through in January 1941 by members of the USAS. The treugh was named by USAS for its association with Neny Fjord, its NW. terminus. Not adopted: Neny Glacier, Ner_; Val]ey. 223 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GF.OGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Neny Valley: see Neny Trough. NEPTUNE GLACIEFt: glacier on the E. coast of Alexander I Island, about 11 mi. long and 4 mi. wide, flowing E. into George Vi Sound to the S. of Triton Pt.; in 71�44'S., 68�17'W. The coast in this vicinity was flrst explored from the air and partially ghotographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935. The glacier was roughly sur- veyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The name, after the planet Neptune, was given by FIDS following their survey in 1949. NEPTUNES BEI.LOWS: channel on the SE. side of Deception I. forming the entrance to Port Foster, in tne South Shetland Is.; in 63�00'S., 60�34'W. The name was appended by early American sealers because of the strong gusts experiens:ed in this narrow channel. Not adopted: Passe du Chal- lenger [French]. NEPTUNES WINDOW: narrow gap between two rock pillars, situated close E. of Whalers Bay on the SE. side of Deception I., in the South Shet- land Is.; in 62�59'S., 60�33'W. So named by Lt. Cdr. D. N. Penfoid, RN, following his survey of Deception I., in 1948-49, because weather and ice conditions in the approach to Neptunes Bellows could conveniently be observed from this gap. NESS, MOUNT: northernmost of the Batterbee Mtns., about 6,200 ft. in el., standing about 9 mi. NNE. of the summit of Mt. Bagshawe and 14 mi. inland from George VI Sound on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�20'S., 66�52'W. This moun- tain was 8rst seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W. L. G. Jcerg. It was surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under ftymill, and later named for Mrs. Patrick Ness, who con- tributed towards the cost of the BGLE, 1934-37. Neufortuna Bay: see Ocean Harbor. NEUMAYER, MOUNT: most southern of the peaks lying between David and Larsen Glaciers, in Victoria Land; in about 75�16'S., 162�13'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named it for Dr. Georg von Neumayer, German geophysicist, who was active in organizing South Polar exploration. NEUMAYER CHANNEL: channel about 16 mi. long, in a NE.-SW. direction, and about 1.5 mi. wide, separating Anvers I. from Wiencke I. and Doumer I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�47'8., 63�30'W. The SW. entrance to this channel was seen by Dallmann, leader of the Ger. exp., 1873-74, who named it Roosen Channel. The Be1gAE, 1E97-99, under De Gerlache, sailed through the channel and named it for George von Neumayer. The second name has been accepted by the US-A(;AN because of more general usage. lvot adopted: Roosen Channel. NEUMAYER ESCARPMENT: northeast-facing escarpment, rising to about 11,800 ft. in el., on the E. side of a projection of the polar plateau in New Schwabenland. The N. side of this projection overlooks Penck Trough. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Georg von Neumayer. NEUMAYER GLACIER: large glacier flowing to the W. side of Cumberland West Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�15'S., 36�41'W. Charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Norden- skjold, and named for Georg von Neumayer. Neu-Schwabenland: see New Schwabenland. NEWALL, MnUNT: peak over 6,000 ft. in el., rising about 10 mi. NNW. of Taylor Glacier Dry Valley, on the coast of Victoria Land; in about 77�32'S., 162�40'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named it for one of the men who helped raise funds to send a relief ship for the expedition. Not adopted: Mount Newell. NEWARK BAY: bay about 2 mi. long, entered at the SE. end of Fanning Ridge, along the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�21'S., 36�56'W. The presence of this bay seems to have been first noted in 1819 by a Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen, who roughly charted a small inlet in this approxima.te position. The name appears to have been given in about 1927, and is now weli established in international usage. NEW BEDFORD INLET: ice-fllled inlet about 20 mi. long, in an E.-W. direction, and averaging 15 mi. wide, lying between Cape Kidson and Cape Brooks along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�22'S., 61�15'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members oi the USAS, and named after New Bedford, Mass., the center of the Nc^r England whaling industry in the mid- dle of the 19th century. Not adopted: Douglas Inlet. Newell, Mount: see Newall, Mount. NEWELL POINT: point marking the easternmost of the N. extremities of Robert I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�20'S., 59�34'W. The point was charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. New Fortuna Bay; New Fortune Bay: see Ocean Harlior. 224 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA NEW GLACJER: small glacier flowing ENE. from the ice-covered plateau at the S. side of Mackay Gl., terminat:ng at the SW side of Granite Hbr. immediately N. of Mt. England, in Victoria Land; in about 77�O1'S., 162�28'E. Charted and named by the BrAE, 1910-13, under Scott. NEW HARBOR: bay about 10 mi. wide - nd indenting the coast far a distance of about 8 n.i., lying between Cape Bernacchi and Butter Pt. along the coast of Victoria Land; in abottt 77�35'S., 164�50'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, and so named because this new harbor was found while the DiscovPry was seeking the farthest possible southern anchorage along the coast of Victoria Land. ~ New Narbor Glacier: see Ferrar Glacier. New Harbour Dry Valley: see Taylor Glacier Dry Valley. New Harboicr Neights: see Barnes, Mount. Newnes, Cape: see Nunez, Cape. Newnes Glacier: see Frank Newnes Glacier. NEWNES GLACIER: valley glacier flowing into the S. part of Robertson Day, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�39'S., 170�16'E. First charted in 1899 by the BrAE under C. E. Borchgrr;;vink, who named it for Sir George Newnes, spons�or of the expedition. Not adopted: Sir George Newnes Gla- cier. NEW PLYMOUTH: small embayment bordered with an extensive line of beaches, lying S. of Start Pt. at the W. end of Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�35'S., 61�08'W. The name dates back to at least 1822 and is now established international usage. Not adopted: President's Harbor, Rugged Harbor. ' NEW ROCK: rock about 300 ft. in el. lying about 0.75 mi. off the SW. coast of Deception I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 63�01'S., 60�44'W. The name of the rock derives from its relatively recent charting in about 1929. Not adopted: Roca - Nueva [Spanish], Rocher Nouveau [French]. NEW SCHWABENLAND: that portion of Queen Maud Land that lies between 12�00'W. and 16�00'E., and consists of the upland area marking - the edge of the continental plateau back of Prin- cess Astrid Coast and Princess Martha Coast. This area was sur�ieyed from the air and mapped photo- _ gramrraetrica!ly by the GerAE, 1938-39, under : R:iscl;er. The name has a dual signiflcance honoring both the exp. ship, the Schwabenland, 225 and the province of that name in Germany. Not adopted: Neu-Schwabenland [German]. New South Shetland: see South Shetland Islands. NEW ZEALAND, MOUNT: prominent peak about 30 mi. WNW. of Mt. Melbourne, standing to the W. of Mt. Queensland, in Victoria Land; in about 74�05'S., 163�30'E. Disc, by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named this peak because of the generous assistance given the exp, by both govt. and people of New Zealand. NEYT, CAPE: promontory on the NE. shore of Liege I., about 2 mi. S. of Moureaux Pt., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�00'S., 61�45'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE, 1897-99, under De Ger'.ache, and named by him for General Dleyt, a supporter of the expe- dition. NIBLETS, THE: group of rocks between Harp Islet and Beer I., lying about 8 mi. W. of Ferin Head, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�00'S., 65'44'W. Charted and named by the BGLE, 1934- 37, under Rymill. Nicholas, Cape: see Nicholas, Mount. Nicholas, Cape; Nicolas, Cape: see Nicolas Rocks. NICHOLAS, MOUNT: mountain, about 4,800 ft. in el., standing about 5.5 mi. SSW. of Cape Brown and forming the N. limit of the Douglas Ftange on the E. side of Alexander I Island; in 69�22'S., 69�50'W. This feature was first seen and roughly charted from a distance in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot, who named it "Ile Nicolas II" after Nicholas II, then reigning tsar of ftussia. The FrAE maps showed it as an island, or possible headland, separated by a channel from Alexander I Island. The coast in this vicinity was photo- graphed from the air in 1937 by the BGLE, but Charcot's name, which was altered to "Cape Nicholas," was applied in error to the seaward bulge of Mt. Calais about 13 mi. to the NNW. Further surveys in 1948 by the FIDS have defl- nitely identified the feature originally named "Ile Nicolas II" by Charcot as the mountain described. Not adopted: Cape Nicholas, Ile Nicolas II [French]. NICHOLL HEAD: iiold W. extremity of the ridge, about 3,000 ft. in el., separating Dogs Leg Fjord and Square Bay, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�47'S., 67�O6'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS and naxned for Timothy M. Nicholl, FIDS base leader at the Argentine Is. in 1948 and 1949. APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEUGRt1PNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Nicolas II, Ile: see Nicholas, Mount. IJICOLAS ROCKS: group of rocks marking the NW. extremity of the Larsen Is., about 4 mi. NW. of Return Pt., Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�35'S., 46�06'W. Disc. by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in December. 1821. Named Cape Nicolas by Powell after the feast day of Saint Nicholas, Docember 6, the ap- proximate day of discovery. Powell's spelling "Nicolas" has been retained because of long usage, but the term rocks is considered more descriptive of the feature. Not adopted: Cape Nicholas, Cape Nicolas. PTIELSEN EAY: a recession about 5 mi. wide in the coast line of Mac-Robertson Coast, lying be- tween Cape Daly and Strahan Gl.; in about 67�33'S., 64�19'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson in February 1931. Not adopted: Nielson Bay. NIELSON GLACIER: glacier flowing into the SE. pai�t of Relay Bay, in the Robertson Bay area of northern Victoria Land; in about 71�31'S., 169�40'E. First charted by the BrAE, 1898-1900, under C. E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Prof. Yngvar Nielsen, of Christiania University. Not adopted: Neilsen Glacier, Ungvar Neilsen Glacier, Yngvar Nielsen Glacier, Yugvar Nielson Glacier. Nielson Bay: see Nielsen Bay. NIGG ROCK: rock about 500 ft. in el., lying 0.5 mi. NW. of Route Pt., off the NW. tip of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is., in 60�43'S., 44�51'W. The rock was probably first sighted by Capt. Georgt Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in 1821. Charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, under Dr. William S. Bruce, who named it after the birthplace of his wife in Scotland. Not adopted: Eigg Rock. NILSEN, MOUNT: peak standing NW. of Mt. Helen Washington in the Rockefeller Mtns., on Edward VII Pen.; in about 78�03'S., 155�25W. Disc. in 1929 by the ByrdAE, and named by Byrd for Captain Nilsen, of the Norwegian whaler, C. A. Larsen, which towed the City of Nezv York through the pack ice. Nilsen Mountains: see Thorvald Nilsen Moun- tains. NILS LAR.SEN GLACIER: glacier descending in a westerly direction to the N. side of Norvegia Bay where it forms a short glacier tongue project- ing into the sea, on the W. coast of Peter I Island; in about 68�47'S., 90�42'W. In February 1929 a Nor. exp. under Nils Larsen carried out a series of investigations of this island. Named for Nils Larsen. NIMROD, MOUNT: peak about 10,500 ft. in el., standing about 8 mi. SE. of Mt. Saunders, in the N. part of the Dominion Range; in about 85�24'S., 168�40'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, and named after the exp. ship Nimrod. NIMROD GLACIER: major glacier, about 10 mi. wide in its lower reaches and of undetermined length, which descends from the interior high- lands to the head of Siiackleton Inlct, at the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 82"25'S., 161�00'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946- 47. The name Nimrod Glacier, given by the US-ACAN, is in association with Shackleton Inlet and is for the Nimrod, exp. ship of the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton. NINNIS GLACIER: heavily hummocked and crevassed glacier descending steeply from the high interior to the sea in a broad valley, on George V Coast; in about 6E�25'S., 14 7�05'E. Disc. by the AAE, 1911-14, under Mawson. Named for Lt. B. E. S. Ninnis, who lost his life on the far east sledge journey of the exp. on Dec. 14, 1912. Ninnis Glacier Ice Tongzie: see Ninnis Glacier Tongue. DTINNIS GLACIER TONGUE: glacier tongue which is the seaward extension of Ninnis Glacier, averaging about 20 mi, wide and projecting sea- ward at least 75 mi. in December 1912 at the time of discovery, off George V Coast; in about 67�40'S., 148�00'E. Disc. by the AAE, 1911-14, under Maw- son, and named after Ninnis Glacier. Not adopted: Ninnis Glacier Ice Tongue. NIPPLE PEAK: peak about 2,200 ft. in el., stand- ing about 1 mi. NE. of Channel Gl., in the N. part of Wiencke I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�47'S., 63�17'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE, 1897-99, under De Gerlache. Charted and named in 1944 by the FIDS. NIVEA, ;v10UNT: conspicuous, snow-topped mountain, about 4,200 ft. in el., standing at the head of Sunshine Gl., Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�35'S., 45�20'W. A number of rock towers lie on the NW. side. First surveyed by the FIDS in 1948-49, and named by them after the snow petrel (Pagodroma nivea) which breeds in this area. NIZNIK ISLET: islet in the N. part of George VI Sound, lying riear the coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69�47'S., 68�,',0,1V. Disc. by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for the Theodore T. 226 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Niznik family of Baltimore, Md., contributors to the expedition. Not adopted: Niznik Island. NOBBY: rock at the SE. end of the Clerke Rocks, lying some 45 mi. ESE. of the SE, end of South Georgia; in 55�02'S., 34�38'W. The Clerke Rocks were disc. by Capt. James Cook :n 1775. Nobby was nrobably given this descriptive name by DI personnel, who madP surveys of the South Georgia area in the period 1926-30. ~ NOBBY NUNATAK: nunatak about 1,000 ft. in el. oii the SE. shore of Hope Bay, star.ding 1 mi. S. of Lake Boeckella and 1 mi. E. of Mt. Flora, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�25'S., 56�59'W. This area was first explored by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the SwedAE, 1901-4. Nobby Nunatak was first charted and named by the FIDS in 1945. The name is descriptive. NOBLE, MOUNT: peak about 4,000 ft. in el., standing about 2 mi. W. of Gibbor. Bay in the E. portion of Coronation I., in the South Orkne,y Is.; in about 60�40'S., 45�18'W. Although presumably fii�st sighted Uy Capt. Nathaniel Palmer and Capt. Geoi�oe Powell in 1821, the peak was named by James Weddell in 1823 for his friend James Noble of Edinburgh, orientalist. NOBLE PEAK: peak about 1,800 ft. in el., stand- ing 1 mi. SW. of Lockley Pt. and marking the NE. end of a prominent ridge on the NW. side of Wiencke I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�48'S., 63�25'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE, 1897-99, under De Gerlache. The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming. NOBLE ROCKS: gcoup of about 19 rocks that form the easternmost group in the De Dion Its., lying in Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�52'S., 68�41'W. The De Dion Its. were first sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. Noble Rocks were sur- veyed in 1949 by the FIDS, who so named them because of their association with Emperor Islet. NOEL HILL: conspicuous slate knob at the S. side of Marian Cove, Kinb George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 62'13'S., 58'44'W. The name is used by the Scottish geologist David Fergu- son in a 1921 report based upon his investigations of King Gcorge I. in 1913-14, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers. Nogood Lagoon: see Littie Jason Lagoon Nordenskiold Barrier: see Nordenskjold Ice Tongue. Nordenskiold Glacier: s?e Nordcnskjold Glacier. Nordenskiold Glacier Tongice; Nordenskidld Ice Barrier; Nordeiaskidld Ice Tongtce; Nordenskiold Tongzce: see Nordenskjold Ice Tongue. NORDENSKJbLD COAST: that portion of the E. coast of Palmer Pen. extc,nding from Cape Loiig- ing, in 64133'S., 58�50'W., to Cape Fairweather, in 65�00'S., 61�05'W. The name was proposed in 1909 by Edwin Swift Balch, for Dr. Otto Norden- skjold, Swedish geographer and leader of the SwedAE, 1901-4, along this coast in 1902. Not adopted: Terre Otto Nordenskjold [French]. NORDEIvSKJOLD GLACIER: large glacier flow- ing northward to the head of Cumberland East Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�22'S., 36�23'W. Charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, and named for Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the expedition. Not adopted: Nordenskiold Glacier, Nordenskjold Glacier. NORDENSKJtSLD ICE TONGUE : glacier tongue about 5 mi, wide, forming an extension of Mawson Gl. along the coast of Victcria Lanu; in about 76�12'S., 162�30'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, at which time it extended about 20 mi. into Ross Sea. Scott named it for Dr. Otto Nordenskjold. This feature had become well estab- lished by the name Nordenskjold Ice Tongue prior to initiation of systematic application of common specific names to a glacier and its glacier tongue. Although this feature is a glaci�r tongue, the generic term ice tongue is retained in the name to reduce ambiguity. ;dot adopted: Nordenskiold Barrier, Nordenskiold Glacier Tongue, Norden- skiold Ice Barrier, Nordenskiold Ice Tongue, Nor- denskiold Tongue. NORDENSKJbLD PE.9K: conspicuous, partly snow-covered mountain, aliout 7,100 ft. in el., standing near the head of Nordenskjold Glacier, in the Allardyce Range of Seuth Georgia; in 54�29'S., 36"22'W. The name derives froin nearby Nordenskjold Glacier, and was given by David Ferguson, ScottisY: geologist who visited South Georgia in 1911-12. NORDKAMMEN CREST: massive mountain about 3,400 ft. in el., which extends 4 mi. in a N.-S. direction and forms the N. portion of the Masson Range of the Framnes Mtns., on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�47'S., 62"52'E. It was mapped and named by Norwegian carto;raphers from aerial photographs taken on a Nor, exp. Li:der Christen- sen in January 1937. Til,~ name is deacriptive, meaning "north comb." Not adopted: Nordkam- men [Norwegian], North Crest. 227 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA NORMANNA REEF: reef lying near the center of the S. entrance to The Sound in the Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�21'S., 62�59'W. The name ap- pears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel, but this may reflect an earlier naming by whalers. The name presumably derives from the Normanna Whaling Co. of Sandefjord, Norway, or one of its ships. ,i NORMANNA STRAIT: strait about 1 mi. wide betwen Signy I. and Coronation I., in the 8outh Orkney Is.; in 60�41'S., 45�38'W. Disc. by Matthew Brisban.e, who roughly charted the S. coast of Coronation I. under the direction of James Weddell in 1823. The name appears on a chart of these islands by Capt. Peter SOrlle in 1912-13, and is prob- ably named after the Narmanna Whaling Co. of Sandefjord, Norway, operators of the floating fac- tory ship llormanna. NORSEMAN POINT: easternmost point of Neny I., iying in Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�12'S., 67�00'W. First surveyed in 1936 by tlie BGLE under Rymill. Named by the - FIDS after the Norseman airplane which landed near the point to relieve the FIDS party on Stoning- ton I. in February 1950. North, Cape: see Alexandra, Cape. NOftTH, CAPE: cape marking the northernmost point of South Georgia, near the W. end of the is- land; in 53�58'S., 37�44'W. This name was flrst applied to the NW. tip of South Georgia on a map by Capt. James Cook in 1775. Since 1912 the name _ has become well established for the northernmost point of the island, which is in keeping with the geographical position inferred by the name. Not adopted: North Cape. NORTH, CAPE: vertical, snow-covered cliff over 200 ft. in el., about 19 mi. WNW. of Yule Bay, in Victoria Land; in about 70�35'S., 165�30'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, and so named be- cause this was the northernmost land cahich his ~ exp. saw along this coast. NORTHAMPTON, MOUNT: high peak standing between Mt. Vernon Harcourt and Mt. Brewster, - in the Admiralty Range, in northern Victoria Land; in about 72�38'S., 169�15'F. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for the Marquis of Northampton, then pres. of the Royal _ Society. North Anchor�ge: seP Visca Anchorage. NORTH BAY: cove forming the N. head of Prir.ce Olav Hbr., along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37�09'W. Probably named by DI person- nel who charted Prince Olav Hbr. in 1929. NORTHCLIFFE GLACIER: glacier descending into Robinson Bay, on Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�45'S., 98�48'E. Disc. by the AAE,1911-14, under Mawson, and named for Lord Nc:thcliffe, of Lon- don, a patron of the expedition. North Crest: see Nordkammen Crest. NORTHEAST uLACIER: steep, heavily-crevassnd glacier, about 13 mi. long and 5 mi. wide at, :+~s mouth, which flows from McLeod Hill westward and then SW. into Marguerite Bay between the Debenham Is. and Roman Four Promontory; in 68�09'S., 66�58'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1940 by mem- bers of the USAS, who flrst used this glacier as a sledging route, and so named by them because it lies at the NE. side of their base at Stonington Island. Nut adopted: North East Glacier. NORTHERri7 FOOTHILLS: low hills at the S. end of the peninsula surmounted by Mt. Abbott, in Victoria Land; in about 74�57'S., 163�55'E. So named by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, because during fleld operations In- expressible Island, on the opposite side of Evans Cove, was originally referred to as the Southern Foothills. NORTH FORELAND: cape forming the NE. ex- tremity of King Geor, ;2 I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�53'S., 57�40'W. Named on Oct. 16, 1819 by Capt. ::'illiam Smith in the brig Williams. Since this v?as the easternmost point which he saw on this �rip, he named it after the headland in England which forms its most easterly land. Not adopted: Cape North Foreland. North Foreland, Cape: see North Foreland. North Fork: see Taylor Glacier. North Island: see Hansen Island. NORTH POINT: the N. tip of Signy I., in the South Orkney Is., in 60�41'S., 45�38'W. The name appears on a chart bas�d upon a survey of the South Orkney Is. by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933. NORTHROP, CAPE: conspicuous, rocky bluff about 3,800 ft. in el., forming the N. side of the en- trance to Whirlwind Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�24'S., 65�16'W. Disc. by Sir Hubart Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and namad for 228 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 C FOGRAPHIC NAMES GF ANTARCTICA Jack Northrop, designer of thz Lockheed airplane used on the expedition. The cape was photo- graphed by the USAS in 1940 and charted by the FIDS in 1947. Norths Coast: (in vicinity of 127�45'E.) t:e de- cision of May 1947 has been VACATED, since the configuration of the coast does not permit delimita- - tion of a segment of adequate length, and the name Norths Highland has been reapplied to the highland terminating in Cape Goodenough, in approximately the position given by Wilkes. See: Norths High- land. _ NORTHS HIGHLAND: ice-cavered upland, ris- = ing to several thousand it. in el., close S. of Cape Goodenough, surmounting the central portion of Banzare Coast between Maury and Porpoise Bays; centering in about 66�45'S., 126�15'E. The name North's High Land, after James H. North, acting master on the brig Porpoise, was applied to an ele- vated coastal area by the L'3EE under Wilkes, 1838-42. Subsequently, because of inadequate data _ regarding the nature of this feature, the narr.e Norths Coast was applied to a restricted coastal area in the vicinity of 127�45'E. Identification of Norths Highland is based upon correlation of Wilkes' chart with the US-ACAN reconnaissance map of 1955 compiled from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp.,1946-47. The name Norths Highland is adopted for this recently verified up- land region in 126�15'E. in keeping with Wilkes' original naming. Not adopted: North's High Land, North's Land. - North's Land: see Norths Highland. NOR'iHSTAR ISLET: low rocky islet 1 mi. MV. of the W. tip of Neny I., lying in Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�11'S., 67�07'W. First roughly charted in 1936 by the ` BGLE under Rymill. Surveyed by the FIDS in ' 1947, and named by them for the U.S.M.S. North Star, one of the ships of the USAS, 1939-41, which visited Marguerite Bay in 1940. North Undine H�rbour: see Undine Harbor - NORVEGIA, CAPE: prominent cape at the NE. side af the entrance to Seal Eay, on Princess Martha Coast; in about 71�20'S., 12�20'W. Disc. by a Nor. - exp. under Riiser-Larsen in February 1930 wYiile on an airplane flight frem the Norvegia, the ship in - which the exp, was made. The cape was nar.ied by Riiser-Larsen for the ship. Norwegian research vessel which visited Peter I Island in February 1928. NORWAY BIGHT: bay about 4 mi. wide, indent- ing the S. coast of Coronation I. between Cape Meier and Mansfield Pt., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�37'S., 45�49'W. The name appears on a chart by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain who made a running survey of the South Orkney Is. in 1912-13. Not adopted: Norway Fjord. Norway Fjord: see Norway Bight. NORWAX ROCKS: reef of rocks about 4 mi. S. of Bernacchi Head, the SE. extremity of Franklin I., in Ftcss Sea; in about 76�17'S., 168�22'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under. ftoss. Named by C. E. Borchgrevink, native of Noi�way, leader of the BrAE, 1898-1900. NOVILLE, MOUNT: moiintain standing about 8 mi. S. of Mt. Blackburn on the E. side of Scott Gl., in the Queen Maud Range; in about 86�26'S., 145�30'W. Disc. by the (3eological Party uf the ByrdAE in 1934, and named for George O. Noville, executive officer of the expedition. N,.rville Mountains: see 3iudson Mountains. NOVILLE PENINSULA: peninsula projecting N. from Thurston Pen. anci terminating in Cape Palmer; in about 71�45'S., 96�50'W. This penin- sula was delineated from ;ierial photographs made by the USId Op. Hjp. in Dec:ember 1946. Named for George O. Noville. Novoliskigletscher: see Novosilski Glacier. NOVOSILSh! BAY: bay, about 1 mi. wide, lying 8 mi. SE, of Leon Head, E:iong the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�39'S., 36�19'W. Disc. by a Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen in 1819 and named for Lt. Paul Novosiiski of the Mirnyy, which accom- panied Bellingshausen's flagship the Vostok. Not adopted: Nowoselskji Bai [German*J. NOVOSILSKI GLACIER: glacier, about 6.5 mi. long and 3 mi. wide, flowing in a westerly direction from the SW. slopes of the Salvesen Range to No- vosilski Bay on the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�40'S., 36�18'W. First surveyed and named by a Ger. exp., 1928-29, under Kohl-Larsen. The name derives from the nearby Novosilski Bay. Not adopted: Novoliskigletscher [German]. Nowoselskji Bai: see Novosilski Bay. NORVEGIA BAY: small bay between Cape ingrid NOZAL PEAK: ice-covered peak probably over and the projecting glacier tongue of Nils Larsen 2,000 ft. in el., standing 1 mi. N. of Shackleton Peak Gl., along the W. coast of Peter I Island; in about and about midway between Regnard Peaks and the - 68�48'S., 90�44'W. Named after the Norvegia, the SE. flank of Mt. Scott, on the W. coast of Palmer 229 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTAItCTICA - Pen.; in 65�11'S., 63�56'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Nozal, seaman, later lieutenant on the exp. ship Po2irqzcoi P�s?. N. Persson Island: see Persson Island. N. Perssons b: see Yersson Island. J Ntcnes, Cape: see Nunez, Cape. NUSEZ, CAPE: cape about 2 mi. S. of Queen Maud Bay, on the S. coast of South Georgia; in - 54�16'S., 37�24'W. The name dates back to at least 1912, and was probably given by whalers who frequented this coast. Not adopted: Cape Newnes, ' Cape Nunes, Cape Nunez. - NUSEZ POINT: the W. tip of the peninsula lying between Beascochea Bay and Leroux Bay,on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�33'S., 64�15'W. Disc. by the Fi:AE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Captain Ni " inez, Argentine Navy. Not adopted: Nunez Point, Nunez Point. - NUTT, CAPE: ice-covered cape, marked by sev- eral rocky ridges at its NE. end and by a small group of rocky islets close ui: its NW. end, which - forms the W. side of the entrance to Vincennes Bay, on Knox Coast; in about 66�42'S., 108�20'E. - The pocition of Cape Nutt correlates closely with the eastern end of Wilkes' "Knox's High Land," as charted as a coastal landfall by the USEE in 1810. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Cdr. David C. Nutt, USNR, research assistant in geography at Dartmouth College, who served - as marine biologist with USN Op. Wml., 1947-48. � Nutt has recently served as leader of oceanographic expeditions to Labrador in 1949 and summers fol- lowing. NYGREN POINt: rocky poirt, about 4 mi. 5E. - of Cape Broms, on the SW. coust of James Ross I., in 64�23'S., 58�13'W. First seen and surveyed in 1903 by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, who named it Cape Nygren after G. Nygren, Swedish chemist who contributed toward the cost of the expedition. It was resurveyed by the FIDS in 1952. Point is considered a more suitable descrip- tive teim for this feature than cape. Not adopted: _ Cape Nygren. Oakley, Cape: see Oakeley, Cape. ' OATES COAST: that portion of the coast of Ant- arctica lying W, of Victoria Land, approximately between 157�E. and 164�E. Disc. in February 1911 by Lt. Harry Pennell, RN, captain of the BrAE exp. sliip Terra Nova, and named by him for Capt. Law:ence E. G. Oates who, witY: Capt. Robert F. Scott and three BrAE companions, perished on the return from tYie South Pole in 1912. The area im- mediately westward of this coast and major por- :ions of Oates Coast have not been explored by land or sea parties, but have been photographed from the air, in part, Ly USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Not adopted: Qates Land. Oates Land: see Oates Coast. GBELISK, CAPE: cape marking the N. side of the entrance to Rohss Bay, on the W. side of James Ross I., situated S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 64�G8'S., 58�27'W. Disc. and named 'ay ihe SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold. The name is descriptive of a conspicuous rock pinnacle about 2 mi. within the headlana, which is visible from northwestward and southward. Not adopted: Obelisk Point, Pointe Obelisque [French]. Ohelisque, Pointe: see Obelisk, Cape. O'TRIEN ISLAND: small rocky island about 1,700 ft. in ei., lying auout 2 mi. SW. of Aspland I., in the SoutYi Shetland Is.; in about 61�33'S., 55�59'W. TYie name dates back to at least 1822 ai:d is now established international usage. Not adopCed: O'Brien's Island. O'BRIEN PEAK: peak about 2,800 ft. in ei., marking the N. end of the ridge at the E. side of the terminus of Amundsen. Gl., at the head of the Ross Ice Shelf; in about 85�27'S., 157�05'W. Disc. by the Geological Sledging Party of the ByrdAE, 1928-30, and named for John S. O'Brien, surveyor with the geological party. OBSERVATION BLUFP': the eastern summit, about 360 ft in el., of the ice-free ridge which forms the N. side of Paal Hbr, in Sigiiy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�36'W. The area was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1933. The bluff was surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS, and so named by them because it marks the position from which daily sea ice observations were made. OAKELEY, CAPE: dark bold headland forming - the E. side of the entrance to Smith Inlet, in north- ~ ern Victoria Land; in about 71`00'S., 167�40'E. - Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Heiiiy Oakeley, mate on the exp. ship Erebus. Not adopted: Cape Oakley. OBSERVATIGN HILL: conical hill about 750 ft. in el., surmounting Cape Armitage at the S. end of Hut Point Pen., on Ross I.; in about 77�51'S., 166�40'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, and so named because it forms an excellent lookout station. ' 230 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 _ GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Observatorio, Isla: see Gamma Island. _ O'Cain Island: see Nelson Island. Oceana Insel: see Oceana Nunatak OCEANA NUNATAK: one of the Seal Nunataks, lying at the NW. corner of Robertson I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�08'S., 59�SO'W. Disc. by a Nor. whaling exp. under C. A. Larsen in ~ December 1893, and na:ned after the Oceana Co. of Hamburg, a sponsor of the expedition. ilot adopted: Oceana Insel [German]. OCEAN HARBOR: deeply mdented bay on the N. coast of South Georgia which is entered 1.5 mi. W. of Tijuca Pt.; in 54�2Q'\V., 36�16'W. The names New Fortune Bay and Neufortuna Bay, probably for the Fortur�, Norwegian-Argentine whaling vessel which participated in establishing the first permanent whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia in 1904-5, were used for this feature in 1922 by Filchner, following the GerAE, 1911-12. Following a survey of the island in 1951-52, the SGS reported that the feature is known to whalers and sealers as Ocean Harbor, a name derived from _ the Ocean Whaling Co. which at one time had a station there. The name Ocean Harbor is ap- _ proved for this feature on the basis of locai usage, - and also to avoid confusion of the name New Fortuna Bay with Fortuna Bay, only 26 mi, to the northwest. Not adopted: Neufortuna Bay, New Fortuna Bay, New Fortune Bay. OCHS GLACIER: glacier fiowing tu Paul Block - Bay between Mt. Iphigene and Mt. Avers, in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�30'S., 145�35�W. Disc. by 1 the ByrdAE in 1929, and r.amed for Adolph S. rJchs, publisher of the Nezu i'ork Times, patron of the Expedition. Not adopted: Adolph Ochs Glacier. O'CONNOR NUNATAKS: group of rock expo- sures rising above the ice at the upper rim of Balchen Gl., in the N. part of the Edsel Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�24'S., 143�21'W. Disc. by members of the USAS in aerial flights over this area in 1940 and named for Ray- mond O'Connor, a member of the West Base of the USAS, 1939-41. O'CONNORS ROCK: rock about 0.1 mi. SW. of Stenhousc Bluff, King George I., lying in Visca An- chorage in the N. part of Admiralty Bay, in the South Shetland Is.; 62�02'S., 59�22'W. Fiist charted by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot. Named for Midshipman W. i. O'Connor, RNR, who assisted in a sketch survey of Visca Anchorage in the Discovery in 1927. ODIN, MOUNT: saddle-top mountain, consisting of two ice-covered peaks about 4,800 ft. i: el., situ- ated close SW. of Frigga Peak on the divide be- tween Anderson and Sleipnir Glaciei�s, on the E. coast of Palmer PPn.; in GG' 26'S., 64�03'W. Dur- ing 1947 the peak was photographed from the air by the RARE and charted from the ground by the FIDS. Named by the FIDS after the Norse god Odin, the mythological husband of Frigga. Odom Bay: see Odom Inlet. ODOM INLET: inlet about 9 mi. long, between Cape Howard and Cape MacDonald along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�30'S., 61�20'W. Disc. by members of the USAS who explored this coast from East Base both by land and from the air in 1940. Named for Howard Odom, radio operator at the East Base. Not adopted: Odom Bay. OFFICE BOYS, THE: group uf rocks at the NE. end of the Clerke Rocks, lying some 45 mi. ESE. of the SE. end of South Georgia; in 55�O1'S., 34`39'W. Clerke Rocks were disc. by Capt. James Cook in 1775. The Office Boys were charted and probably named by DI personnel who made surveys in the South Georgia area in the period 1926-30. OHLIN ISLAND: small island, about 500 ft. in el., lying 6 mi. WNW. of Tower I., off the NW. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 63�31'S., 60�06'W. Disc. by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold, and named by him for Axel Ohlin, zoologist with the expedi- tio;:. Not adopted: Bailys Island. C`:rr1MA BAY: bay about 3 mi. wide, which in- dents Ross Ice Shelf for about 4 mi., lying about 80 mi. NE. of the Bay of Whales; in about 77�52'S., 158�40'W. Disc. Uy the BrNAE under Scott in 1902. Named by the Japanese exp. under Shirase, 1911-12, for Count Okuma, Premier of Japan. Not adopted: Hal Flood Bay. Olaj Bjaaland, Moicnt: see Bjaaland, Mount. Olav Prydz Bickt: see MacKenzie Bay; Prydz Bay. OLAV ROCKS: small group of rocks, lying about 0.6 mi. ESE. of Cape Crewe, off the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�03'S., 37�07'W. Charted by DI personnel during the period 1927-30, and so named because the rocks serve as a guide to vessels entering Prince Olav Harbor. The incorrect spell- ing, "Prince Olaf Rocks," appearing on the charts by DI personnel has been corrected. A shortened form of the original name is approved. Not adopted: Prince Olaf Rock, Prince Olaf Rocks, Prince Olav Rocks. `l31 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGftAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA OLD MANS HEAD: dark headland marking the S. side of the entrance to Wiist Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�22'9., 60�45'W. Disc. a.nd photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the USAS. During 1947 the head- land was photographed from the air by the RARE, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. This descriptive name was given by the FIDS. Ole Engelstad, Mount: see Engelstad, Mount; Wilhelm Christophersen, Mount. OLIPHANT ISLETS: group of small ice-free islets and rocks lying S. of Gourlay Pen., the SE. extremity of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60045'S., 45�36'W. Dove Channcl extends through this group in a general E.-W. direction. The group was roughly chartad in 1912-13 by Petter Sprlle, Norwegian whaling captain, and again in 1933 by DI personnel. Surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS and i-iamed by them for Prof. Marcus L. E. Oliphant, then prof. of physics, Birmingham Univ.; later Dir. of the Research School of Physical Sciences, Australian National Univ., who gave assistance to ihe FIDS in obtaining equipment. OLIVINE POINT: the southern end of the low- lying peninsula which forms the E. limit of Iceberg Bay on the S. coast of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�41'S., 45�29'W. Surveyed by the FIDS in 1948-49, and so named by them because the mineral olivine occurs in the igneous dikes inter- secting the peninsula just N. of the point. OLSTAD GLACIER: heavily crevassed glacier decending to the W. side of Peter I Island, about 2.5 mi. S. of Tofte Gl.; in about 68�53'S., 90�43'W. Peter I Island was circumnavigated by the Norwe- gian whale catcher Odd I in January 1927, and ' charted by the Norvegia in February 1929. They nan:ed the glacier for Ola Olstad, Norwegian blolo- gist who, transported by various whaling ships, conducted research in South Georgia, South Shet- land Is., and the Palmer Archipelago. Not adopted: Olstads Glacier. OMEGA ISLAND: island, about 2 mi, long, which - lies immediately S. of Eta I. in the Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�20'S., 62�56'W. This island, the largest feature in the SE. part of the Melchior Is., is part of what was called "Ile Melchior" by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, but the name Mel- chior now applies for the whole island group. Omega Island was roughly surveyed by DI person- nel in 1927. The name Omega, derived from the last letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt. chart fol- lowing surveys of the Melchior Is. by Arg. expedi- tions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Isla Sobral [Spanish]. bmicron, lslas: see Omicron Islets. OMICROV ISLE'I'S: group of small islets and rocks which lie close SE. of the SE. extremity of Omega I. in the Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�21'S., 62�55'W. The name, derived from the 15th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt. chart following surveys of these islets by Arg. expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Islas 6micron [Spanish], Islas Silveyra [Spanish]. OMMANNEI BAY: semi-circular ba} about 2.5 mi. wide, lying immediately W. of Foul Pt. along the N. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�33'S., 45�34'W. Probably 8rst sighted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in 1821. The bay was charted in 1933 by DI per- sonnel on the Discovery II, and named for Francis Downes Ommanney, zoologist on the staPf of the Discovery Committee. OMMANNEY GLACIER: glao:er descending to Relay Bay, in the Robertson Bay area of northern Victoria Land; in about 71�32'S., 169�29'E. First charted by the BrAE, 189~--1900, under C. E. Borch- grevink, who named it for Adm. Sir Erasmus Om- manney, who Yiad served in the Arctic Expedition of 1850. Not adopted: Ommaney Glacier. ONGLEY ISLAND: small island lying about 3 mi. W. of Dee I., close off the N. side of Greenwich I., in the South Shetland Is.; in abou�t 62�25S., 59�55'W. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery 11, but the name appears to ]lave been flrst used on a 1948 Admiralty chart based upon this survey. OOM BAY: small bay about 2 mi. wide, lying between Cape Bruce and Campbell Head along Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 37�26'S., 60�47'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson on Feb. 18, 1931, and named by him for Lt. K. Oom, one of the airplane pilots of the expedition. Not adopted: Uksvika [Norwegian]. ORGAN PIFE CLII'FS: high palisades of colum- nar rock overlooking Buckley Bay for a distance of 10 mi. southwestward of Cape Blake, on Gearge V Coast; in about 68�25'S., 148�45'E. Disc. by the AAE, 1911-14, under Mawson and so named be- cause of their appearance. ORUANS CHANNEL: channel about 4 mi. wide extending in a NE.-SW. direction between Trinity I. and the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 63�53'S., 60�35�W. This channel was possibly first seen by ' 232 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Nathaniel B. Palmer, Captain of the Hero, during his explorations of the NW. portion of the coast of the Palmer Pen. on Nov. 18, 1820. It was named and outlined in part by the Fr. exp., 1837-40, under D'Urville. Charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold. Not adopted: Orleans Channel, Orleans Inlet. Orleans In1et: see Orleans Channel. ORNEN ROCKS: group of rocks, some of which are above water, about 1 mi. NNE, of Cape Melville, King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�00'S., 57�32'W. Named after the Norwegian whaler Ornen which went aground there about 1908 or 1909. Not adopted: Rochers de 1'Orn [French]. ORVILLE ESCARPMENT: a southeast-facing es- carpment along the NW. edge of Edith Ronne Land, extending from the junction of Filchner Ice Shelf and Palmer Pen.; in about 75�10'S., 63�00'W., south- westward for about 200 mi. to about 77�30'S., 71�30'W. Disc. by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this feature for Capt. Howard T. Orville, USN, Head of the Naval Aerological Serv- ice, who was largely responsible for the formulation of the meteorological program of the expedition. ORWELL BIGHT: body of water lying S. of the eastern half of Coronation I., bounded on the west by Signy I. and on the east by the Robertson Is., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�23'W. The general nature of this bight was flrst delineated by Petter SOrlle, Norwegian whaling captain who mapped this area in 1912-13. It was surveyed by DI perso nnel in 1933 and by the FIDS in 1948-49. N&iw~d by the Br-APC after the Norwegian trans- port Onvell, the second ship of that name belong- ing to the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, which anchored in Borge Bay, Signy I., on the W. side of this bight in the seasons 1925-26 to 1929-30. ORIVELL GLACIER: small glacier, less than 0.5 mi. long, which descends steeply from the S. slopes of Snow Hill and terminates in 60 foot ice cliffs along the S. margin of Elephant Flats in the E. part of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45038 JV. Surveyed by DI personnel in 1927, and named by them after the Norwegian transport Orwell, which anchored in Borge Bay, Signy I., throughout the seasons 1925-26 to 1929-30. The glacier was resurveyed by the FIDS in 1947. OSCAR II COAST: that portion of the E. coast of Palmer Pen., extending from Cape Fairweather, in 65�00'S., 61�05'W., to. Cape Alexander, in 66�44'S., 62�37'W. Named in 1893 by Capt. C. A. Larsen for King Oscar II of Sweden. Not adopted: King Oscar II Coast, King Oscar II Land, Konig Oskar II Land [German], Kong Oscar II Kuste, Terre dv,,Roi Uscar [French]. Osc�r Island: see Inexpressible Island. OSCAR ISLAND: the more northerly of two small isiands lying close to the ice cliffs about 20 mi. W. of Cape Washington, along the coast of Victoria Land; in about 74�43'S., 164�20'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1898-1900, under C. E. Borchgrevink, who named it for King Oscar of Norway and Swe- den. Not adopted: Inexpressible Island (q.v.). Oscar Wisting, Mourt: see Wisting, Mount. OSMIC HILL: conspicuous rounded hill which rises abruptly from the surrounding plain to about 1,000 ft. in el., marking the N. limit of an undulat- ing ridge of hills on the W. side of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia; in 54�18'S., 36�30'W. Roughly surveyed by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Norden- skjold. Named by the FIDS following their sketch survey in 1951. The name is one in a group in the vicinity of Discovery Pt., derived from the chemical flxatives used there in biological work by the FIDS. OSTERRIETH MOUNTAINS: mountain range culminating in Mt. Franqais, about 9,100 ft. in el., and extending in a NE.-SW. direction along the SE. coast of Anvers I., in the Palmer Arch.; center- ing in about 64�37'S., 63�25'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE, 1897-99, under De Gerlache, and named by him for Mme. Ernest Osterrieth, a patron of the expedition. Not adopted: Osterrleth Moun- tains. OsterrleCh Mount�ins: see Osterrieth Mountains. O'SULLIVAN PEAK: ice-covered pean abont 5,800 ft. in ei, which forms the highest point and is near the S. end of a N.-S. trending. ice-covered ridge, standing about 11 mi. W. of the head of the N. arm of Odom Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�26'S., 62�06'W. This peak was photo- graphed from the air by USAS in Dece.mber 1940, and was probably seen by the expedition's ground party that explored this coast. First charted by a joint party consisting of inembers of tne RARE and the FIDS in 1947. Named by the rIDS for T. P. O'Sullivan, a member of the FIDS at the Hope Bay base in 1946-47. OUT.F,R ISLET: islet fringed by submerged rocks, about 0.3 mi. E. of Berntsen Pt., the S. en- trance point to Borge Bay, off the E. side of Signy I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45035'W. Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery Il, and so named because of its position close out- side the entrance to Borge Bay. 233 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA OUT'ER LEE ISLET: islet about 1.5 mi. NNW. of Bellingshausen Pt., lying in the outer part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54"02'S., 37�15'W. This islet was charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cush- ma_n Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig - Daisy, who included it as one of two islets which he called the Lee Islands. The islets were recharied in 1929-30 by DI personnel, wYlo renamed the northeastern of these two islets Quter Lee Islet. The southwesie!�n islet is now knonrn as Inner Lee - Islet. ;dot adopted: Lee islands, Outer Lee, Outer ~ ~ee Island. Oictpost, Tlae: see Vorposten Peak. Owc-a, Mozcnt: see Russell Owen, Mount OWEN, MOUNT: mountain about 3,800 ft. in el., standing between Johnston and Kelsey Glaciers at the head of Nantucket Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 74�25'S., 62�30'W. This mountain was photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS, and in 1947 by the RARE, under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by Ronne for Arthur Owen, trail man with the RARE. Not adopted: Mount Artlnur Owen. OWEN ISLAND: island about 1 mi. long, lying about 5 mi. WNW. of Round Pt., close off the N. coast of King George T., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�55'S., 58�21'W. Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. 0. Wisting, Mount: see Wisting, Mount. OYDEHOLMEN, MOUNT: snow-covered moun- tain near the junction of Enderby Land and Kemp Coast, with two summits about 6,500 ft. in el., standing about 8 mi. WSW. of Rayner Peak; in about 67�32'S., 55133'E. Disc. in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scaresby, and mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photo- graphs taken by a Nor. exp. under Christensen in January-February 1937. The Norwegian "0yde- holmen" means literally "desolate islet." Not a.dopted: t5ydeholmen. QYGARDEN ISLANDS: group of rocky, irregu- - lar islands which extend about 17 mi. in an E.-W. direction, lying in the S. part of the entrance to Edward VIII Bay at the extreme W. end of Kemp Coast; in about 66'57'S., 57�30'E. First sighted in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William - Scoresby, and considered by them to be part of the _ mainland. Ttiey were charted as islands by Nor- wegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by a Nor. exp. under Christensen in January- February 1937, and named Oygarden, a descriptive term for a chain of islands lying along and off the coast. Not adopteri: Guardian Islands, Oygarden [Noilvegian]. PAAL HARBOR: small harbor about 0.5 mi. S. cf Borge Bay, along the E. side of Signy I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�35'W. The name appears on a map based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Is. in 1912-13 by the Norwegian whaling captain Petter SOrlle. PABELL6N ISLET: the southernmost of two islets which lie close off the N. tip of Omega I. and mark the S. side of the western entrance to Ander- sen Harbor in the Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�19'S., 62�57'W. The islet was roughly surveyed by DI personnei in 1927. The name Pabellon ap- pears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt, chart foilowing surveys of the Melchior Is. by Arg. expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Pabellon Islet. PACIFIC POINT: small rounded point on the NW. coast of Zavodovski I., South Sandwich Is.; in 56`19'S., 27�36'W. It wus named Low Point by DI personnel following their survey in 1930, but that name has been rejected because it has also been used for several other features in the vicinity. The name Pacific Point was recommended in 1953 by the Br-APC, and is after the American schooner Pacific which, under Capt. James Brown, visited Zavodovski I. in 1830, making a landing there. Not adopted: Low Point. PAGEANT POINT: the middle and highest of three ice-free points at the E. end of Gourlay Pen. on Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�36'VV. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. The name, given by the FIDS, derives from the penguin rookery there, with its associated pageantry. Page Rock: see Jester Rock. PAGET, MOUNT: saddle-shaped mountain peak about 9,200 ft. in el., marking the summit of the Allardyce Range, in the central part of South Georgia; in 54�26'S., 38�33'W. Mount Paget was known to early sealers and whalers at South Georgia. The name has long been established through general usage. PAGET GLACIER: glacier in South Georgia, about 5 mi. long and 1 mi. wide, which flows NE. from the N. slopes of Mt. Paget into the W. side of Nordenskjold Gl.; in 54�24'S., 36128'W. The gla- cier was roughly surveyed in 1928-29 by a Ger. exp. unde: Kohl-Larsen, and resurveyed in 1951-52 by the SGS. The name, which is derived from nearby Mt. Paget, was given by the SGS, 1951-52. 234 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA PAINE, MOUNT: flat-topped mountain forming part of the La Gorce P.4tns., at the brink of the polar icecap in the Queen Maud Range; in about 86'45'S., 146�00'W. Disc. by members of the Southern Sledbe Pai�ty of the ByrdAE, 1933-35, and named for Stuart D. L. Paine, navigator and radio operator of that party. Not adopted: Mount Katharine Paine. PALMER, CAPE: ice-covered cape markii.g the N. encl of Noville Pen. and the E. side of the en- _ trance to Peale Inlet, at the NE. ~ide of Thurston Pen.; in about 71`48'S., 96�50'W. Delineated from - aerisl photographs taken by USN Op. Ajp. in De- cember 1946. Named by the US-ACAN for 3ames Troxall Palmer, acting surgeon on the ship Relief and later on the sloop of war Peacock of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42, and later Surgeon-General of the Navy. Not adopted: Cape Flying Fish (9.v.). PALMER ARCHIPELAGO: group of islands, of - which the principal ones are Hoseason, Liege, Brabant, Anvers, and Wiencke, lying NW. of Palmer Pen.; in 64-15'S., 62` 50'W. They are sepa- rated from the mainland by De Gerlache Strait and Bismarck Strait. Named by De Gerlache, leader oi the Be1gAE, 1897-99, for Capt. Nathaniel B. Palmer, first man to navigate irz these waters. Not adopted: Antarctic Archipelago, Antarktiske Ar:ci- pel [Norwegian], Palmer Inseln [German]. Palmer Bay: see False Bay. PALNER RAY: open bay about 2 mi. wide, lying 3.5 mi. W. of Cape Bennett, on the N. coast of Coro- nation I., in the Sonth Orkney Is.; in 60�37'S., 45'21'W. Disc. in December 1821 on a joint cruise by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Na- thaniel Palmer. Named for Captain Palmer. Not adopted: Palmer': Bay. PALMER INLET: ice-filled inlet about 8 mi. long, lying between Cape Bryant and Cape Mussel- man, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 71�15'S., 61'10'W. Essentially rectangular in shape, it is Uordered by almost vertical cliffs. Disc. by mem- bers of East Base of the USAS who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940. Named for Robert Palmer, assistant to the meteorologi:,t at the East Base. Not adopted : Robert Palmer Bay. Palmer Inseln: see Palmer Archipelago. Palnaer Lazad: see Palmer Peninsula. PALMER PENINSULA: the lai�gest peninsula in Antarctica, lying S. of Cape Harn antl extending in a N. and NE. direction from its broad base, in about 75'00'S., 65-00'W., to its narrow extremity, in about 63`15'S., 57`00'W. Named for Capt. Na- thaniel B. Palmer, American sealer who explored the Antarctic mainland S. of Deception I. in the Nero in 1820. Not adopted: Graham Land, Palmer Land, Trinity Peninsula. PANDEMONIUM POINT: point marking the S. end of a sharp ice-free ridge which forms the S. extremity of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�45'S., 45,40'W. Surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS, and so named by them because of the ceaseless noise from the penguin rookeries on the W. side of the ridge close N. of the point. PANT0MIME POINT: the northernmost of three ice-free points at the E. end of Gourlay Pen. on Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 43�36'W. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. The name, given by the FIDS, arose from the behavior observed in the penguin rookeries on Gourlay Peninsula. PAPUA BEACH: beach, about 1.5 mi, long, on the SE. shore of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia; in 54�15'S., 36�34'W. The name derives from "Papua Cove," now an obsolete name, appliec9 for a minor recession of the shore uf this beach by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4, because a colony of gentoo penguins (Pygoscelis papu�) was found there. The cove was called "Pinguin- bucht" on a 1907 chaxt by A. Szielasko, and the form Penguin Bay appears on some later charts. Following its survey in 1951-52, the SGS reported that the beach now described, rather than the cove or bay, is the significant feature for which a name is i�equired. The Br-APC recommended in 1954 that the name Papua be approved for the beach. The various names applied for the cove or bay are unnecessary and are rejected. Papua Cove: see Papua Beach. Paradise Bay: see Paradise Hzrbor. PARADISE HARBOR: wide embayrnent behind Lemaire and Bryde Islands, indenting the W. coast of Palmer Pen. from Cape Lacaze-Duthiers on the NE. to an unnamed cape about 9 mi, to the SW.; in 64�52'S., 62"54'W. The name was applied by whalers operating in this vicinity. Not adopted: Paradise Bay. P�rjadine, Ifap; Pariadin, G�pe: see Paryadin, Cape. PARKER, MOUNT: prominent mountain peak lying between Mt. Adam and Mt. Troubridge in the Admiralty Range, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�18'S., 168�10'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br, exp, under Ross, ar,d named by him for 235 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA V. Adm. Sir William Parker, a Senior Naval Lord of the Admiralty. PARPEN CRAGS: precipitous, isolated rock face, near the head of Norway Bight on the S. side of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�35'S., 45�50'W. Surveyed and named by the FIDS fol- lowing their survey of 1948-50. Parpen is a term used in masonry to denote a stone extending through the thickness of a wall. PARR, CAPE: low, rocky peninsula lying S. of Cape Douglas about midway between Barne and Shackleton Inlets, along the W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 81�17'S., 160�35'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named it for Adm. Alfred Arthur Chase Parr, one of Scott's ad- visers who had served in Arctic exploration. PARRY, MOUNT: mountain about 6,300 ft. in el., dominating the W. coast of Brabant I., in the Palmer Arch.; in about 64�17'S., 62�32'W. The name appears on a chart of the Br, exp. under Foster, 1829-31, and has since gained interna- tional usage. Parrys Straits: see Nelson Strait. PARVENU POINT: low but prominent point forming the N. extremity of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�34'S., 67�16'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The point was resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS and found to be more conspicuous from the W. than had previously been supposed, its new stature thus suggesting the name. PARYADIN, CAPE: cape which forms the south- ernmost point of the W. tip of South Georgia; in 54�03'S., 38�02'W. Disc. in 1775 by a Br. exp. un- der Cook. Resighted in 1819 by a Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen, and named for Jacob Paryadin, navigating officer of the exp. ship Vestok. Not adopted: Cape Pariadin, Kap Parjadine [German]. PASSAGE ROCK: rock in the N. enLrance to English Str., about 1 mi. W. of Cape Morris, Robert I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�22'S., 59�48'W. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the 17i.scovery Il, and so named because it serves as a guide to vessels passing through the entrance. PASSAT NUNATAK: a nunatak on Princess Martha Coast, standing close E. of Boreas Nunatak and fronting on the large ice shelf that here fringes the coast; in about 71�18's., 3�58'W. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for one of the Dornier flying bcats of the expedi- tion. Passe dic Chailenqer: see Neptunes Bellows. PASSEL, MOUNT: a serrated ridge about 4 mi. long, rising to an estimated 2,500 ft, in el.; standing on the S. side of Crevasse Valley Glacier in the central part of the Edsel Ford Ranges, in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�52'S., 144�52'W. Disa. in December 1940 by members of the Edsel Ford Mountains Geological Survey Party of the USAS, and named for Charles F. Passel, geologist and radio operator of that paxty. PASSES PEAK: pyramidal peak about 1,500 ft. in el., standing about 2 mi. S. of the head of Hope Bay and 3.5 mi. NE. of Duse Bay, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�27'S., 57�03'W. First charted in 1945 by the FIDS and so named because it lies between two passes used by Hope Bay sledging parties in traveling to Duse Bay and to the head of Depot Glacier. PASTEUR ISLET: small rocky islet at the SE. end of the Dumoulin Its., which lie at the NE. end of Geologie Arch., close N. of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue, off Adelie Coast; in 66�37'S., 140�06'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946- 47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51. Named by the FrAE under Barr6, 1951-52, for Louis Pasteur, famous French chemist who made notable contributions to medical science. : ASTEUR PENINSULA: peninsula about 7 mi. lor.g, in a N.-S. direction, and ranging from 5 to 8 mi. wide, lying between Guyou Bay and Bouquet de la Grye Bay and forming the N. end of Brabant I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�04'S., 62�27'W. Disc. by the FrAE,1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him in honor of Louis Pasteur, famous French chemist. Not adopted: Pasteur Peninsular. PATERSON, MOUNT: pyramidal-shaped moun- tain about 3.5 mi. E. of Mt. Nilsen, standing at the NE. end of the S. group of the Rockefeller Mtns, on Edward VII Pen.; in about 78001'S., 155�04'W. Disc. in 1929 by the ByrdAE, and later named by Byrd for Seward M. Paterson, manufacturer who furnished shces and ski boots for the ByrdAE, 1933-35. Not adopted: Mount Patterson. PATRICIA ISLANDS: two small islands about 15 mi. back of the entrance t�o Edward VIII Bay, off Enderby Land; in about 66�55'S., 56�47'E. Disc. and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the Wiiliam Scoresby. Not adopted: Patricia Island. PATRICK, MOUNT: mountain about 7,600 ft. in el., standing about 12 mi. S. of Mt. Cyril in the Commonwealth Range, on the E. side of Beardmore 236 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTiCA Gl.; in about 84�09'S., 172�45'E. Disc. and named by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9. Patterson, Mount: see Paterson, Mount. PAUL BLOCK, MOUNT: peak rising to about 10,000 ft. in el., standing about 25 mi. SSE. of Mt. Pratt in the southernmost ridge of the Grosvenor Range; in about 86�16'S., 179�15'W. Disc. by R. Adm. Byrd on the ByrdAE flights to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him at that time for Paul Block, Jr., son of Paul Block, patron of the expedition. PAUL BLOCK BAY: embayment about 15 mi. wide, bounded on the E. by Balchen and Ochs Gla- ciers, and lying between the W. end of the Phillips Mtns. and the W. end of Fosdick Mtns., along the W. coast of Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�15'S., 146�30'W. Disc. in 1929 by the ByrdAE and named by Byrd for Paul Block, newspaper pub- lisher a,nd patron of the expedition. Not adopted: Block Bay. PAULDING BAY: ice-filled embayment, about 40 mi. wide and 12 mi, long, indenting the W. end of Banzare Coast between Cape Southard and Clark Pt.; in about 68�40'S., 123�00'E. Delineated from ae*ial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for James K. Paulding, Sec. o:, the Navy under Pres. Van Buren. Faulding had previously ser~~d as U.S. Navy agent for New York and was instrumental in the outfitting of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. PAULET ISLAND: circular island about 1 mi. in diameter, lying about 1 mi. off the SE. side of Dundee I., off the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�35'S., 55�47'W. Disc. by a Br. exp. under ftoss, 1839-43, and named by him for Capt. Lord George Paulet, RN. PAUL ISLETS: group of islets about 3 mi. W. of Cape Gronland, Anvers I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�18'S., 63�40'W. Disc. and named by the Ger. exp. under Dallmann, 1873-74. Not adopted : Paul Islands. PAULSEN MOUNTAINS: a closely-spaced group of mountain peaks, about 9,200 ft. in el., in the W. part of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mtns., standing in front of the polar plateau in New Schwabenland; in abolit ^2�10'E., 2�00'E. Disc. by the GerAE un- der Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Karl-Heinz Paulsen, oceanographer on the expedition. PAULSEN PEAK: rock peak, about 6,300 ft. in el., standing near the head of Lyell Gl., 2 mi. NW. of Mount Sugartop, in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia; in 54�20'S., 36�40'W. Named by the Br-APC, following mapping by the SGS, 1951- 52, for Harold B. Paulsen (1898-1951), a leading flgure in the Norwegian whaling industry. PAUMELLE POINT: point which forms the S. side of the entrance to LibDis Bay and the NW. end of the peninsula which separates Port Charcot from Saltpetriere Bay, on. the W. side of Rooth I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�03'S., 64o03'W. First charted by the FrAE under Char- cot, 1903-5, and named by him for R. Paumelle, steward of the exp. ship Frangais. Not adopted: Point Paumelle. Pavie, Cap; Pavic, Ile: see F'avie Ridge. PAVIE RIDGE: i:olated rocky ridge, about 2,500 ft. in el., which exteiids S. and W. from Martin Gl. to Moraine Cove, and forms the SE. ]imit of Bert- rand Ice Piedmont, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�34'S., 66�59'W. The name "Ile Pavie" was given in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot to an island, or pessible cape, shown on the FrAE maps in 68�27'S., 66�40'W. From a position 15 mi. SE, of Jenny Island, Maurice Bongrain, FrAE surveyor, made sketches of this feature which were labe:t;d "Ile Pavie" and "Cap Pavie." This general area was surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under uymill, but the feature named by Charcot was not identi- fied. Following further surveys by the FIDS in 1948, Charcot's "Ile Pavie" was identi8ed from Bongrain's sketches as the feature now named Red Rock Ridge. The name Red Rock Ridge is now too flrmly established to alter. The name Pavie Ridge has therefore been approved for the isolated rocky ridge described above as fcrming the S. limit of Bertrand Ice Piedmont, and whose position in 68�34'S., 66�59'W, is not far removed from the original position indicated by Charcot. Named by Charcot, presumably for Auguste J. M. Pavie (1847-1925), French diplomat and explorer. Not adopted: Cap Pavie, Ile Pavie [French]. Payer Group: see Payer Mountains. PAYER MOUNTAINS: small mountain group about 9,300 ft. in el., rising immediately E. of the Weyprecht Mtns. at the N. edge of the polar pla- teau, in New Schwabenland; in about 71050'S., 14�45'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Julius Payer, Austrian ex- plorer, who in company with Karl Weyprecht dis- covered Franz Josef Land in 1873. Not adopted: Payer Group. P. Curie, Pointe: see Curie Point. PEACE ISLET: small islet, which is northern- most of several islets which extend northward about 0.5 mi, from the W. extremity of Eta I., in the 237 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64'18'S., 62�57'W. The name was probably given by DI personnel whe roughly surveyed the islet in 1927. The islet was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948. Not adopted: Isla Iota [Spanish]. PEACOCK, MOUNT: high peak lyino between Mt. Humphrey Lloyd and Mt. Herschel in the Ad- miralty Range, in northern Victoria Land; in about 72�14'S., 169`15'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for the Very Reverend Dr. George Peacock, Dean of Ely. Peacock Bay: see Deakin Bay. PEACOCK BAY: ice-filled bay, deeply indenting the E. end of Walgreen Coast, immediately W. of Thurston Pen. and N. of the Hudson Mtns.; in about 72�30'S., 100130'W. Disc. on Feb. 25, 1940 by the USAS in a flight from the Bear, and further deliiieated from aerial photographs taken by USN Or . Hjp. in December 1946. Named after the USEE sloop of war Peacock which sailed, in com- pany with the tender Flying Fish, along the edge of the pack ice NE. of this bay for several days in March 1839. PEALE INLET: ice-filled inlet about 25 mi. long, lyinb immediately W. of Noville Pen. and indenting the NE. side of Thurston Pen.; in about 71�55'S., 97�40'W. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in December 1946. Named by the US-ACAN for Titian Ramsay Peale, noted artist, naturalist who served on the sloop of war Peacock of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. The Peacock, accompanied by the Flying Fish, reached a point within 100 mi. of Thurston Pen. during March 1839. PEARCE PEAK: peak about 4,000 ft. in el., standing close S. of Moyes Peak about 21 mi. S. of Cape Simpson, on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�48'S., 61�14'F. Disc. and named by the BANZARE undei� Mawson on about Feb. 17, 1931. PEARSON POINT: forms the SW. point of Bird I., off the W. end of South Georgia; in 54�U1'S., 38�08'W. The name appears on a chart by DI per- sonnel who charted South Georgia during the period 1926-30. USN, famous American Arctic explorer and dis- coverer of the North Pole in 1909. Not adopted: Massif Peary [French], Mount Matin. PECHELL, MOUNT: prominent peak lying between Mt. Troubridge and Mt. Dalmeny in the Admiralty Range, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�05'S., 167�27'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Capt. Sir Samuel J. Brooke Pechell, a Junior Naval Lord of the Admiralty at that time. PEDERSEN NUNATAK: the westernmost of the Seal Nunataks, lying about 8 mi. NE. of Cape Fair- weather, off the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�56'S., 60�46'W. Pedersen Nunatak was flrst charted in 1947 by the FIDS, and named for Capt. Morten Pedersen of the Norwegian sealer Castor, which operated in Antarctic waters during the 1893-94 season. PEGTOP MOUNTAIN: mountain about 4,000 ft. in el., marked by several conspicuous kncbs, the highest and westernmost knob protruding about 1,800 ft. above Mackay Gl. about 5 mi. W. of Mt. Suess, in Victoria Land; in about 77�03'5.,161020'E. Charted and given this descriptive name by the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13. Not adopted: Pegtop Nunatak. Pegtop Nun�tak: see Pegtop Mountain. PELSENEER ISLAND: island about 4 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, with three prominent rocky peaks projecting through its icecap, lying about 3 mi. S. of Delaite I. in the south-central portion of Wil- helmina Bay, along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�37'S., 62�03'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99, and named by him for P. Pelseneer, member of the Belgica Commission and the Royal Academy of Belgium. PELTIER CHANNEL: channel about 6 mi. long and 1 mi. wide, in the shape of the numeral 7, with its main stem oriented in a N.-S. direction, separating Doumer and Wier:cke Islands S. of Port Lockroy, in the Palmer Arch., in 64�52'S., 63�33'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Jean Peltier, noted French physicist. Peary, Massif: see Peary, Mount. PEARY, MOUNT: conspicuous massif about 6,200 ft. in el., with a flat, snow-covered summit several miles in extent, surinounted by a marginal peak on the W., standing about 7 mi. ENE. of Cape Tuxen, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 63'52'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908- 10, and named by him for R. Adm. Robert E. Peary, PENCK, CAPE: ice-covered cape, fronting on West Ice S.ielf about 45 mi. WNW. of Gaussberg, which separates Leopold and Astrid Coast from Wilhelm II Coast; in about 66�40'S., 87�35'E. Roughly charted in December 1912 by the Western Base party of the AAE under Mawson, and named by him for Albrecht Penck, internationally known German geographer. 238 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Penck Glacier: see Atbrecht Penck Glacier PENCK GLACIER: glacier which Sows in a NW. direction to the S. side of Duke Ernst Bay, W. of Bertrab Nunatak, on Luitpold Coast; in about 77�55'S., 34"55'W. Disc. in January-February 1912 by the GerAE under Filchner, and named by him for Albrecht Penck. Not adopted: Perick Glacier. PENCK TROUGH: a broad SW.-NE. depression in the Ritscher Upland, centering in about 72�30'S., 2�00'W., and extending from the edge of Lhe polar plateau in New Schwabenland to the ice shelf in about 0�30'W. Disc. by the GerAE under ftitscher, 1938-39, and named for Albrecht Penck. The name Penck Mulde was applied on the maps of that exp. to a broad depression between Neumayer Escarpment and Kleinschmidt Peak, represented with the axis nearly N.-S. The NBSAE under Giaever, 1949-52, corrected the orientation, placing both Neumayer Escarpment and Kleinschmidt Peak on its SE. flank, and established its extension to the coast. Pendleton Baie: see Pendleton Strait. Pendleton Island: see Tower Island. PENDLETON STRAIT: strait lying between Rabot and Nansen Islands, in the Biscoe Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen., in 66�00'S., 66�30'W. The FrAE under Charcot, in accordance with Char- cot's conception of this water feature, applied the name Pendleton Bay in January 1909. The BGLE under ftymill, 1934-37, recognizing that it is really a strait, renamed it Pendleton Strait. Named by Charcot for Capt. Benjamin Pendleton, commodore of the Stonington, Conn. sealing fleet which in- cluded the sloop Hero under Capt. Nathaniel B. Palmer who, at Pendleton's direction, explored this = area in January 1821. Not adopted: Burdick - Channel, Pendleton Baie [French]. ~ PENDULUM COVE: cove at the NE. side of Port Foster, Der.eption I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�65'S., 60036'W. The name of the cove derives from the pendulum and magnetic observations - made there by the Br. exp. under Foster in 1829. PENELOP POINT: bold headland lying between Nielsen Gl. and Scott Keltie Gl. on the S. shore of Robertson Bay, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�31'S., 169�47'E. Charted in 1911 by the North- ern Party of the BrAE under Scott. PENFOLD POINT: point which forms the NW. side of the entrance to Whalers Bay, Deception I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�59'S., 60�35'W. Named for Lt. Cdr. D. N. Penfold, RN, who con- ducted a survey of the island during 1948-49. Penguin Bay: see Papua Beach. PENGUIN ISLAND: island about 1 mi. in diam- eter, which lies about 1 mi. off the S. side of King George I. and marks the E. side of the entrance to King George Bay, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62=05'S., 57`55'W. Sighted in January 1820 by a Br. exp. under Bransfield, and so named by him because penguins occupied the shores of the island. Not adopted: Penguin Isle. Penguin Point: see Irving Point; Tijuca Point. PENGUIN POINT: point which forms the NW. end of Coronation I.; in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�32'S., 45�56'W. Disc. on Dec. 7, 1821 on the joint cruise by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer. Named by Powell because of the number of penguins which were on this point. Not adopted: Pointe Foca [French]. FENGUIN POINT: point located centrally along the S. shore of Seymour I., lying SE. of James Ross I. at the S. margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf; in 64�19'S., 56�43'W. The point was possibiy seen in 1843 by a Br. exp, under Ross, and was roughly charted by Capt. C. A. Larsen who landed on the island in 1892 and 1893. Recharted by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4, who named it because a large pengiiin colony was found there. Not adopted: Penguinenkap [German]. PENGUIN POINT: point about 320 ft. in el., marking the termination of a granite wall about 5 mi. long at the E. side of the entrance to Fisher Bay, on George V Coast; in about 67036'5.,146�02'E. Disc. and named in 1912 by the Eastern Coastal Party led by Cecil T. Madigan of the AAE, 1911-14, under Mawson. PENGUIN RIVER: small meandering stream, which fiows in a general NE. direction from Ham- berg Lake to the coast close S. of Horse Head, i;i Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia; in 54�18'S., 36�30'W. First roughly surveyed by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4, and named by Carl Skottsberg, botanist with the expedition. Not adopted: Hamberg k'luss [German]. PENNELL BANK: large submarine bank, about 500 mi. long and 140 mi. wide, extending across Ross Sea from Cape Adare to Edward VII Pen.; centering near 74�S., 175�W. Named by Griffith Taylor for Harry L. L. Pennell, RN, commander of the exp. ship Terra Nova of the BrAE, 1910-13, which engaged in extensive oceanographic work in the Ross Sea area during this period. 239 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 CEOGRAPHIC NAd2ES OF ANTARCTICA Pennilea, Lake: see Kroner Lake. PENOLA ISLET: islet lying close off the S. coast of King George I. about 2 mi. NE. of Three Sisters Point, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�03'S., 57'52'W. Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discoaery II, and named for the Penoi,�, the BGLE ship which assisted the Discovery II in the search for a survey party s�randed on King George I. in January 1937. PENOLA STRAIT: strait about 7 mi. long and averaging 2 mi. wide, separating the Argentine Is. from the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�14'W. This strait was traversed by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache on Feb. 12, 1898. NamEdby the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, after the exp. ship Penola. PP,PIN CAPE: ice-covered cape at the W. side of the Barre Gl. on Adelie Coast; in about 66�32'S., 138 34'E. Disc. and named by the Fr. exp. under D'Urville in 1840. The area was charted by the AAE in 1912-13, and again by the BANZARE in 1931, both under Mawson. The cape was more recently delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. PERCE, CAPE: cape at the S. side of the W. end of Alexander I Island, which marks the NE. side of the entrance to Ronne Entrance; in about 71�39'S., 76�00'W. Disc. by Snow, Perce and Car- roll of the USAS in a flight from East Base on Dec. 22, 1940, and named for Earl B. Perce, co-pilot and radio aperator of the expedition. PERPLE'Z HIDGE: ridge, more than 3,000 ft. in el., composed of four rocky n:_)sses separated by small glaciers, extending 6 mi. northeastwards from Cape Lainez along the NW. side of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�40'S., 67�43'W. First sighteci and roughly charted in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. It was surveyed ir ' 936 by the BGLE and in 1948 by the FIDS. So named by FIDS because of conftision in attempting to identify this ridge from earlier maps. PERRIER BAY: bay about 3 mi. long and 3 mi. wide, indenting the NW. coast of Anvers I. about 8 mi. SW of Cape Gronland, in the Palmer Arch.; in 64'27'S., 63�41'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, and named by him for Edmond Perrier, French naturalist. PERRY BAY: open, ice-filled bay about 13 mi. wide and 4 mi. long, indenting Clarie Coast be- tween Freeman Pt. and Freeman Gl. on the W. and the stubby peninsula terminating in Gape Keltie on the E.; in about 65�55'S., 132�55'E. De- lineated from aeria] photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Lt. O. H. Perry on the sloop of war Peacock of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. PERSSON ISLAND: island about 1.5 mi. long and 0.5 mi. wide, lying in the entrance to Rohss Bay along the SW. side of James Ross I., which lies S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 64�12'S., 58�24'W. Disc. by the SwedAE under Norden- skjold, 1901-4, and named by him for Nils Persson, patron of the expedition. Not adopted: N. Persson Island, N. Personns 6 [Swedish]. PERCHOT, MOUNT: mountain about 6,700 ft. in el., surmounted by a prominent ridge trending in a general N.-S. direction, standing about 5 mi. SE. of Magnier Peaks between Mt. Chevreux and Mt. Bigo, on the W. co:.tst of Palmer Pen.; in 65`44'S., 64�12'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Char- cot, 1908-10 and named by him for Monsieur Perchot, an acquaintance who donated seventy pairs of boots to the expedition. Perez, Cape: see Trois P6rez, Cape. Perick Glacier: see Penck Glacier. PERKINS, MOUNT: mountain about 2,500 ft. in el., standing at the E. end of the Fosdick Mtns. in the Edsel Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land; in about 76`30'S., 144'05'W. Disc. by the ByrdAE on the Northeastern Flight on Dec. 15-16, 1934. Named for Jack E. Perkins, biologist at the USAS West Base, 1939-41, and leader of the Edsel Ford Mountains Biological Party which visited this area in December 1940. PERUTZ GLACIER: glacier, about 11 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, which flows WNW. into Bourgeois Fjord, close E. of Thomson Head on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�36'S., 66�33'W. The mouth of the glacier Nas 8rst surveyed ir, 1936 bg the BGLE under Rymill. The entire glac;er was sur- veyed in 1946-47 and 1948-49 by the FIDS, and named by them for Max F. Perutz of the Caven- dish Laboratory, Cambridge, who has made im- portant studies on the mechanism of glacier flow. PETER I ISLAND: ice-covered island about 14 mi. long, in a N.-S. direction, and about 5 mi. wide, lying NE. of Thurston Pen.; in about 68�50'S., 90�35'W. Disc. in January 1821 by a Puss. exp. under Bellingshausen, who named it for Peter the G:eat of Russxa. PE?'ERMANN ISLAND: island about 1 mi. long and 0.5 mi. wide, lying in the Dannebrog Is. about 1 mi. W. of Cape Duseberg, off the W. coast of ?almer Pen.; in 65�11'S., 64�11'W. Disc. by the uer. exp. under Dallmann, 1873-74, and named 240 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA by him for August Petermann, noted German geographer and founder of Petermanns Mitteilun- gen. The US-ACAN has rejected the name Lund Island, applied by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99, in favor of the original naming. PETERMANN RANGE: a major range in the Wohlthat Mtns., in New Schwabenland, which extends about 50 mi. in a N.-S. direction, and rises to about 8,300 ft. in elevation. The range is separated from the Alexander Humboldt Mtns, to the W. by Humboldt Graben, anri centers in about 71`20'S., 12�30'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for August Peter- mann. PETERSON, MOUNT: mountain about 9,000 ft. in el., standing W. of Mt. Rex in the Ellsworth Highland; in about 74�57'S., 81�20'W. Disc. by the R.ARE under Ronne, 1947-48, who named it for Harries-Clichy Peterson, physicist with the - expedition. PETERSON GLACIER: chaiinel glacier about 1 mi. wide and 3 mi. long, Howing from the conti- nental ice overlying Budd Coast to the E. side of Vincennes Bay, about 5 mi. SE. of Mitchell I. in the Windmill Is.; in 66�22'S., 110�47'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named for Louie N. Peterson, radio - operator and recorder with the USN Op. Wml. parties which established astronomical control sta- tions along Wilhelm II, Knox and Budd Coasts during January-February 1948. PETERSON ICE FALLS: group of ice falls about 1 mi. wide, lying between Stevenson Gl. and Mis- tichell�. Hills on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 70�07'S., 72�O1'E. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in March 1947, and named by him for J. C. Peterson, Jr., air crewman on USN Op. Hjp. photo- graphic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14� and 164�, east longitude. PETES PILLAR: pillar rock or stack lying im- mediately E. of Fildes Pt. at the N. side of the entrance to Port Foster, Deception I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 63�00'S., 60�33'W. The pillar was presumably a well-known landmark to early seal- ers at Deceptior. I. and appears on the chart drawn by Lt. E. N. Kendall of the Chanticleer in 1829. Named in 1951 by the Br-APC for Pilot Officer Pete St. Louis, RCAF, pilot with the FIDS in 1949-50. Not adopted: Kats Pillar. PETRAB, MOUNT: high, prominent, ridge- shaped mountain rising to about 12,000 ft. in el., lying on tne axis of the Hal Flood Range, but separated from it to the eastward, in the N. part oi Marie Byrd Land; in about 76"10'S., 129�30'W. Disc. by the USAS on a flight from West Base on Dec. 14-15, 1940, and named for Theodore A. Petras, master technical sergeant, USMC, pilot on this flight. Not adopted: Mount Josephine Pet: as. Petrel Island: see Dynamite Islet. PtTREL ISLAND: rocky islet about 0.7 mi. leng and aboixt 50 ft. in el., lying near the center and marking the largest islet in the cluster of islets at the SE, end of G6ologie Arch., close N. of Astro- labe Glacier Tongue, off Adelie Coast; in 66�40'S., 140�O1'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Lio- tard, 1949-51, and named by the FrAE under Barrd, 1951-52, because numerous snow petrel nests were foulid there. The generic term island is retained to avoid duplication with the existing Petrel Islet name in Soutii Georgia. In January 1952, following destruction of the Port Martin base by flre, the FrAE under Marret, 1952-53, enlarged the hut on P6trel Island to serve as the new base site. Not adopted: Ile des Petrels [French]. PETREL ISLET: islet about 1 mi. SW. of Prion I., lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�02'S., 37�1?'W. First charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cush- man Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. Recharted in 192940 by DI personnel, who so named it because of its association with Prion I. Petrels of the genus Prion were observed in these islets. Petrels, Ile des: see P6trel Island. PETTER BAY: bight about 0.5 mi. S. of Spence Hbr. along the E. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�11'W. This coast was roughly charted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821. The name Petters Bay appears on a chart drawn by Capt. Petter SOrlle in 1912, and corrected by Hans Borge in 1913. It seems likely that this name was first used by Borge and commemorates Cagt. Sorlle. Not adopted: Petters Bay. PETTY ROCK: small rock lying 3 mi. SE. of Cape Saenz Pena in the center of the W. part of Bigourdan Fjord, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�35'S., 67�28'W. First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymiil. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, who so named it because of its small size. PHILIPPI, CAPE: cape marked by a dark cliff with vertical sides at the E. end of D'Urville Wall, which forms the N. wall of David Gl., in Victoria 241 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Land; in about ?5�19'S., 162�43'E. Disc. bv the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, who named it for Dr. Philippi, distinguished geologist, who was a member of the GerAE under Drygalski, 1901-3. Philippieis; Philippigletscher; Philippi lee Pla- teaic: see Philippi Rise. - PHILIPPI GLACIER: glacier which flows in an E. direction to the SW. side of Drygalski Fjord, at the SE. end of South Georgia; in 54'49'S., 36�03'W. Charted by the GerAE under Filchner, 1911-12, who named it; for Emil Philippi, glaciologist with - the GerAE under Drygalsici, 1901-3, and professor _ of geology at tk?e Univ. of Jena. PHILIPPI GLACIER: channel glacier about 6 mi. wide and 7 mi. long, flowing N. from the con- tinental ice overlying Wilhelm II Coast to tne E. end of the West Ice Shelf, about 25 mi. W. of Gauss- berg; in about 66�45'S., 88�20'E. Delineated frorri acrial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. - Named by the Australian Committee on Antarctic Names for Emil Philippi, geologist with the GerAF under Drygalski, 1901-3, who made scientific ob- servations in the immediate vicinity of Gaussberg. _ PHILIPPI RISE: low, snow-covered pror.iontory, about 7 mi. wide and eYtending some 10 mi. E. from the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�05'S., 62�20'W. The ice surface is highest in the W., where it rises to about 1,300 ft. in el., and is broken by Borch- grevink and Gemini Nunataks. The SwedAE un- der Nordenskjold, 1901-4, reported an ice wall or glacial terrace in the vicinity of Borchgrevink Nunatak. Although unable to determine its na- ture, Nordenskjold named the feature Philippi- gietscher, after Emil Philippi. It was determined to be a snow-covered promontory by the FIDS during their 1947 survey of this coast. Not , adopted: Philippigletscher [German], Philippieis [German], Philippi Ice Plateau. Philip Wrigley Gitlf: see Wrigley Gulf PHILLIPS, CAPE: cape about 7 nu. SW. of Cape Daniell, lying at the foot of Mt. Brewster at the N. end of the E. coast of Victoria Land; in about 72`58'S., 170�00'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. Under Hoss, who named it for Lt. Charles G. Phillips of the exp. ship Terror. PHILLIPS MOUNTAINS: a range of isolated peaks about 4,000 ft. in el., standing at the N. side of Balchen Gl. at the S. end of Ruppert Coast; in about 76�10'S., 145�00'W. Disc. by the ByrdAE, 1928-30, and named by Byrd for Albanus Phillips, Sr., a manufacturer of Cambridge, Md., and patron of the Byrd expeditions. PHILS ISLET: islet lying immediately S. of Guepratte I. in Discovery Sound, in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�30'S., 63�00'W. Charted and named in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discozery. PHOBOS RIDGE: rocky ridge of sandstones and shales forming the W. side of Mars Glacier, on the E. side of Ale:cander I Island; in 71�54'S., 68`30'W. The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air and partially photographed by Lin- coln E:lsworth on Nov. 23, 1935. This ridge was first surveyed in 1949 by the FIDS. Named by the FIDS for its association with Mars Glacier; Phobos being the inner of the two satellites of Mars. Plioqi[es, Iles des: see S�al Islands. PHYLLIS BAY: small bight between Allen and Scarlett Points at the S. end o: Montagu I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 58�28'S., 26�18'W. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery 11, and named for Phyllis V. Horton, daughter of Lt. Cdr. W. A. Horton, RN (Ret.), chief engineer of the Discover,y II at the time of the survey. PICKERSGILL ISLANDS: group of islands about 15 mi. SE. of Annenkov I. and 8 mi. SW. of Ducloz Head, South Georgia; in 54�37'S., 36�45'W. These islands were disc. in 1819 by a Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen, who charted the largest of the group as Pickersgill Island, erroneously thinking it to be the island named in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Cook for Lt. Richard Pickersgill of the exp. ship Resolution. The name Pickersgill Islands has bcen established by usage for the group of islands disc. by Bellingshausen. The island origi- nally named by Cook has been known as Annenkov Island since 1819. Not adopted: Pickersgill Island. Pickersgills Island: see 9nnenkov Island. Pic Luigi de Savoie: see Luigi di Savoia Peak. Piedrabuena, Isla: see Eta Island. PHILLIPS, MOUNT: high mountain standing W. of Mt. Lubbock, in northern Victoria Land; in about 73�10'S., 167�05'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Prof. John Phillips, Asst. 5ec. of the British Association. Phillips Glacier: see Albanus Glacier PIERRE, MOUNT: sharp conical peak, probably 1,500 ft. in el., standing immediately S. of Moureaua Pt., the N. tip of the snow-covered peninsula form- ing the N. end of Liege I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 63�59'S., 61�46'W. Disc. and named by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99. 242 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC .NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Pierre Baudin, Cape: see Berteaux, Cape. , Pierre Willems, CapP: see Willems, Cape. - PIGMY ROCK: rock lying close off the SW. side - of Alamode I. at the S. extremity of the Terra Fiima Is., off the W. coast of Palrner Pen.; in 68�43'S., 67�33'W. The Terra Firma Is. were first visited and surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. This rock was surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, who so named it because of its size. PIG POINT: point which forms the S. side of the entrance to North Bay, Prince Olav Hbr., on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37�09'W. Probably named by DI personnel who charted Prince Ulav Hbr. during the period 1927-30. PIG RJCK: rock about 215 ft. in el., lying in the S. eiitrance to Fildes Str. about 1.25 mi. E. of iluthoint Pt., Nelson I., in the South Shetland Is.; ~ in 62�18'S., 58'48'W. This rock, known to sealers in the area as early as 1821, was charted and named ~ by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935, PI ISLETS : two islets and several recks which lie 1 mi. E. of the NE. end of Omega I. in the Mel- chior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�20'S., 62�53'W. The name Pi, derived from the 16th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears tc have been first used on a - 1946 Argentine bovt. chart following surveys of these islets by Arg, expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted : Islotes Sidders [Spanish]. - Pile Peaks: see Rock Pile Peaks. - Pillar Peak: see VValdeck-Rousseau Peak. PIMPLE, THE: cone-shaped peak about 10,300 ft. in el., standing approximately midway between Mt. Lister and Camels Hump in the Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land; in about 77�58'S., 162'43'E. Disc. and named by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4. PINE ISLAND BAY: ice-filled bay about 40 mi. long and 20 mi. wide, ind?nting the VValgre..n Coast close SW. of ttie Hudson Mtns.; in about '74�30'S., 101'30'W. Delineated from aerial photobraphs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in December 1946. Named by the US-ACAN for the U.S.S. Pine Island, sea- plane tender and flagship of the eastern task group of the USN Op. Hjp., Task Force 68, 1946-47. PINER BAY: open bay about 8 mi, wide and 2 mi. long, lying between Bienvenue and the E. side of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue, along Adelie Coast; in about 66'43'S., 140'17'E. Disc. on Jan. 30, 1840 by the USEE iznder Wilkes, who named it for Thomas Piner, signal quartermaster on the USEE flagship Vincennes. This feature correlates closely with portions of th2 sketch of "Piners Bay" as shown on Wilkes' chart of 1840. PIr7ERO ISLAND: island about 2 mi. long and 0.5 mi. wide, lying about 5 mi. NW. of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�34'S., 67�49'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908- 10, and named by him for Antonio F. Pinero, mem- ber of the Chamber of Deputies of the Argentine Republic, on whose motion the Govt. voted un- limited credit to meet the needs of the expedition. Not adopted: Ile Piniero [French]. Pirguin-Bay: see Sacramento Bight. Pinguinb2ccht: see Papua Beach. Pinguinenkap: see Penguin Point. Piniero, Ile: see Pinero Island. Pinnacle: sc:e Spire, The. Pinnacle Island: see Pinnacle Rock. PINNACLE ROCK: rock about 400 ft. in el., lying midway between Capes Belsham and Valentine and about 1.5 mi. off Che N. coast of Elephant I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�02'S., 54�53'W. The name was probably suggested by members o; the Br. exp. under Shackleton, 1914-16, who sighted and described this feature as a pillar of rock during their refage at Elaphant I. following the loss of the exp. ship Endicrance. Not adopted: Pinnacle Island. PIN POINT: narrow point forming the E. end of Livingston I. and the W. side of the S. entrance to McFarlane Str., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�37'S., 50'49'W. This feature was known to early sealers as Point Renier, but in recent years the name Pin Point has overtaken the early name in usage. Not adopted: Cap Renier [French], Friesland Point, Point Renier. PIN ROCK: small rock lying at the S. side of Pin Pt., the E. tip of Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�38'S., 59�49'W. The present application of the name is based upon a 1935 sur- vey by DI personnel on the Discovery II. Prior to this survey the name Pin Rocks had been used for a group of rocks erroneously charted in essen- tially this position. Not adopted: Pin Rocks. PIPKIN ROCK: ice-free islet, about 260 yards long, lying close NE. of the N. end of Dismal It. in the Faure Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�05'S., 68�50'W. The Faure Is. were disc. and first charted in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. The group was surveyed in 1949 by the FIDS who 243 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANT.:RCTI(;A named this islet. '!'he name, which suggests the insignificant nature o; the feature, is required for - reference to a FIDS geodetic control point estab- ~ lished there. - PIRIE PENINSULA: narrow pen:nsula extending abou~ 3 mi. N. from the center of La4rie I., in the - South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 44�39'W. Charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce,1902-4, who nsmed it for Dr. J. H. Pirie, surgeon an geologist of the expedition. _ PIRNER, MOUNT: rocky mountain, over 2,000 ft. in el., standing 2 mi. W. of Moltke Hbr., Rayal Bay, South Georgia; in 54�31'S., 36�07'W. First sur- veyed by a Ger, exp., 1882-83, under Schrader, and named by them for Captain Pir:.2r, commander of the expedition ship N'oiike. FiitNER POINT: point marking the N. side of - the entrance to Little Moltke Hbr., in Royal Bay, South Georgia; in 54�31'S., 36�04'W. First sur- veyed by a Ger. exp., 18E2-83, under Schrader, and named by them for Captain Pirner, commander of tlie expedition ship Moltke. Pisco, Mount: see Pisgah, Mount. Pisgah., Mount: see Fost�*, Mount. PISGAIi, MOUNT: peak about 6,100 ft. in el., standing nearly 3 mi. SW. of Mt. Christi and 4 mi. NE. of Mt. Foster in the north-ceZtral part o.� Smith I., South Shetland Is.; in 62�56'S., 62�29'W. Be- cause thP peaks of Smith I. oave it a forked appear- ' ance when seen from a ciistance, American sealers - in the 1820's called it Mount Pisgah Island aftei� the double-topped Mount Pisgah in the town of - Durham, Conn. The name has since been re- stricted to the peak described. Not adopted: Mount Foster (q.v.), Mount Pisco, Mount Piso. Piso, Mount: see Pisgah, Mount. ~ PITMAN, MOUNT: mountain with two mainly ice-covered, dome-sh.aped summits, the highest and northern being 6,000 ft. in el., standing about 14 - mi, inland fror.z George VI Sound, between Eiiley and Chapman Glaciers on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 70�09'S., 67�42'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymiil, and later named for _ E. L. Pitmaii, an airplane caxpenter of Byfleet, Surrey, who made the sledges used by the BGLE, 1934-37, introducing important new elements into the design of �he Nansen-type sledge. / PITT ISLANDS: grcup of small islands lying about 3 mi. N. of Rer,aud I., in the northern Biscoe Is.; in 65�29'S., 65�35'W. The name Pitt, after William Pitt, Brit:sh statesman, was applied by the Br. ex. under Biscoe in 1832 to an island which Biscoe erroneously charted as lying about 25 mi. WNW. of these islands. The present application of Pitt Islands is based on the interpretation of the BGLE under Rymill who charted this island group in 1935-36. Not adopted: Pitt Island. PITT POINT: prernontory about 300 ft. in el., with rock exposure at its E. end, lying at the S. side of the mouth of Victory Gl. on the SE. coast of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�51'S., 58�22'W. Charted by the FIDS in 1945, and named for K. A. J. Pitt, master of the Fitzroy, who assisted in establishing FIDS bases in 1944-45. Pleasant Cove: see Cobblers Cove. P. L. Smith, nlount: see F. L. Smith, Mount. PLUNKET POIN'i * long, narrow, rock ridge at the N. end of the Dominion Range, at the conflu- ence of Mill and Beardmore Glaciers; in about 85�05'S., 167�30'E. Disc. aaid named by the BrAE under Shacl:leton, 1907-9. PLUTO GLACIER: glacier on Lhe E. coast of Alexander I Isl�.nd, about 8 mi, lor,g and 4 mi. wide, which flows eastward into George VI Sound to the north of Succession Cliffs; in ?1�07'S., 68�20'W. This glacier was Srst photographec: from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W. L. G. Joerg. It was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The name, after the planet Pluto, was given by FIDS after their surveys in 1948 and 1949. PLYMOUTH, MOUNT: i7our,tain about 2,100 ft. in el., standing about 3.5 mi. S W. of Fort William near the center of the N. portion of Gree.: wich I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�28'S., 59�51'W. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, but the name appears to have been flrst used on a 1948 Admiralty char� based upon this survey. POA COVE: small cove 1 mi. SW. of Mai Pt. in the SE. corner of Maiviken, Cumberland Bay, South Georgia; in 54�15'S., 36�30'W. ftoughly surveyed by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nor- denskjold. Resurveyed in 1929 by DI personnel, and in 1951 by the FIDS. Named by the Br-APC after the genus Po�, which includes the tussock grass which grows near this cove in profusion. POD ROCKS: small compact group of about seven rocks, lying about 5 mi. W. of Millerand I. in Marguerite Bay, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�09'S., 67�30'W. First roughly sunreyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The rocks were 244 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA visited and resurveyed in 1949 by the FIDS, who established a sealing camp there. The name, pro- posed by FIDS, derives from the old sealers' term pod, meaning a group of seals hauled ashore. Paindexter, Cape: see Reynolds, Mount. POINSETT, CAPE: ice-covered cape marking the northernmost point of land on Budd Coast, from which the coast recedes abruptly to the SW. and SE.; in about 63�30'S., 113�00'E. The posi- tion of Cape Poinsett correlates closely with the high seaward e:ctremity of "Budd's High Land" ~ as charted by Wilkes in 1840. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Joel R. Poinsett, Sec. of War under Pres. Van Buren, who - was instrumental in the compilation and publica- tion of the iarge number of scientiflc reports based on the work of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. Poinsett was also instrumental in the preservation - of the USEE specimens and the subsequent foun- . dation of the Smithsonian Institution. Pointe: for names beginning thus see under the specific part of the name. For example, for _ Pointe Concepcion see Concepcion, Pointe. (Poinie is a French word for "point.") Pointing Clifj: see Ponting Cliff. POLARARBOKEN GLACIER: channel glacier about 5 mi. wide and over 5 mi, long, flowing W. from the continental ice and terminating at the ' E. side of Sandefjord Ice Tongue, midway between Polar Record Gl. and the Larsemann Hills on In- grid Christensen Coast; in about 69'35'S., 75�28'E. This glacier is marked by a prominent glacier tongue about 3 mi. wide which in March 1947 extended W. for about 12 mi. Delineated in 1952 - by Jo: n H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken - by USN Op. H;o., 1946-47. Named by Roscoe after Polartcrboken, a po:ar journal published by the Norsk Polarklubb at Oslo, Norway. POLARFORSCHUNG GLACIER: channel glacier ' about 5 mi. wide and over 8 mi. long, ilowing NNW. from the continental ice and terminatin- at the SE. side of Sandefjord Ice Bay, midway between It Polo and Polar Record Glaciers on Ingrid ~ Christensen Coast; in about 69�50'S., 74�30'E. This glacier is marked by a prominent glacier _ tongue about 6 mi, wide, which in March 1947 ex- tended NNW. for about 5 mi. Delineated in 1952 by ,iohn H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946--47. Named by Roscoe after Pola*forschtcng, a polar journal published since 1930, Uy the Archiv fiir Polarforschung at Kiel, Germany. , POLAR RECORD GLACIER: channel glacier about 15 mi. wide and of undetermined length, flowing NW. from the continental i.ce and termi- nating at the SE. side of Sandefjord Ice Bay, mId- way between Polarforschung aiid PolarArboken Glaciers on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 70'00'S., 75�10'E. This glacier is marked by a massive glacier tongue about 10 mi. wide, which in March 1947 extended NNW. for about 40 mi. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Named by Roscoe after The Po1ar Record, a polar journal published, since 1931, by the Scott Polar Research Institute at Cambridge, England. POLAR TIMES GLACIER : channel glacier about 6 mi. wide and over 15 mi. long, flowing NE. from the continental ice and terminating at the SE. side of Sandefjord Ice Bay, midway between Mt. Caroline Mikkelsen and Il Polo Gl. on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 69�48'8., 74�02'E. This glacier is marked by a prominent glacier tongue about 7 mi. wide, which in March 1947 extended N. for about 10 miles. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Named by Roscoe after Polar Times, a polar journal published, since 1938, by the American Polar Society at New York City. POLLOCK, CAPE: cape which forms the N. end of Dixson I., at the W. side of the mouth of Ninnis Gt., along George V Coast; in about 68�03'S., 146�46'E. Disc. in 1912 by the AAE Main Base party under Mawson, and named for Prof. J. A. Pollock of the Expedition Advisory Committee. Polotsk Island: see Robert Island. POLYNESIA POINT: ice-free point forming the N. side of the entrance to Paal Hbr. on the E. side of Sign,y I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�36'W. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. Named by the Br-APC ir_ 1954 after the floating factory Polynesia, of the Rethval Whaling Co. of Oslo, which worked in the South Orkney Is. in 1913-14. Pom.ona Island: see Coronation Island. POMQNA PLATEAU: ice-covered plateau, over 1,000 ft. in el., extending between Sandefjord Yeaks and Deacon Hill in the western part of Cor- onation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�36'S., 45�56'W. Named by the Br-APC following a survey by the FIDS in 1948-50. This naming revives in an altered form a name given by James Weddell in 1822. Being unaware of the prior discovery of Coronation I. by Capt. Nathaniel Palmer and Capt. 245 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC 1TAMES OF ANTARCTICA George Powell, and its naming at that time, Wed- dell renamed the island "Pomona" or "Mainland" after the island in the northern Orkney Islands. That name was published by Weddell in 1825 but did not survive. POND, MOUNT: peak about 1,700 ft. in el., standing about 1 mi. E. of Pendulum Cove, on Deception I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62'57'S., 60 3 34'`V. The name appears on a 1829 chart based = upon survey work by the Br. exp. under Foster, 1828-31. Probably named for John Pond, noted English astronomer and director of the Royal Ob- - servatory at Greenwich at that time. PONTING CLIFF: steep cliff about 1,500 ft. in el., lying E. of Dennistoun Gl. on the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71212'S., 168�30'E. First charted in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE _ under Scott, and named for Herbert G. Ponting, photographei� of tne expedition. Not adopted: Pointing Cliff. PORPOISE BAY: ice-filled embayment about 80 mi. wicie anci 50 mi. lona, indenting the E. end of Banzare Coast between Cape Mose and Cape Good- enough; in about 66-25'S., 128�30'E. The USEE under Wilkes applied the name Porpoise Bay, after the USEE brig Porpoise, ta a large bay in about - 66'S., 130"E. Identification of Porpoise Bay is based on correlation of Wilkes' chart of 1840 with the US-ACAN reconnaissance map of 1955, com- piled from aerial photoaraphs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. The name Porpoise Bay i:; adopted for the lai�be embayment lying close SW. in 6625'S., 12K30'E. in keeping with Wilkes' original naminb. PORTEOUS POINT: point which forms the SW. end of Signy I. and the N. side of the NW. en- trance to Fyr Chan., in the South Orkney Is.; in 6044'S., 45`41'W. Charted in 1933 by DI per- sonnel on the Discovery II, and named for A. Dl. _ Porteous, second enbineer of the ship. Posadowsky Bay: (in about 66�35'S., 89�50'E.) the decision of May 1947 has been VACATED as no substantial Uay esists in this immediate area. See: Posadowsky Glacier. POSADOWSKY GLACIER: channel glacier about 7 mi. wide and 9 mi. long, flowing N. from the - continental ice to Wilhelm II Coast, immediately E. of Gaussberg; in about 66�50'S., 89`30'E. Cliarted and photographed from the summit of Gaussberg by the GerAE under Drygalski, 1901-3. The name Posadowsky was applied to aii open bay immediately E. uf GsL'cchP:g by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14. However, recent US-ACAN studies of the aeria: photographs taken bv USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, show no substantial ba,r ex- isting in this in :,ediate area. The committee recommends that the name Posadowsky be re- assigned to this hitherto unnamed glacier. Count Arthur von Posadowsky-Wehner, Imperial Home Secretary, secured a government grlnt to covea� the cost of the GerAE under Drygalski. Possesion, Capc: see Possessior_, Cape. POSSESSION, CAPE: cape which forms the NW. end of Hoseason I., at the N. end o1 the Palmer Arch.; in 63�44'S., 61�48'W. This cape appears in rough outline on a chart published by Laurie in 1828, and was presumably explored by James Hoseason in the Br. sealer Sprightly in 1824. Cape Possessicn was sighted and named by a Br. exp. under Foster, 1823-31. It was more accurately charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5. Not adopted: Cape Possesion. POSSESSION BAY: bay about 3 mi. wide which recedes SW. about 7 mi., lying between Antarctic Bay and the Bay of Isles along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�06'S., 37�06'W. Disc. and named by a Br. exp, under Cook in 1775. Cook made the first known landing on South Georgia in tliis vicinity. POSSESSION ISLANDS: group of about nine islands and islets, lying S. of Cape McCormick about 4 mi. off the NE. end of Victoria Land in the W. part of the Ross Sea; in about 72�00'S., 171�10'E. Disc. by the Br. exp. under Ross, 1839-43, and so named by him in commemoration of the planting of the British flag on January 12, 1841. Possession Nzcnataks: see Possession 13,ocks. POSSESSION ROCKS: two small rock outcrops lying about 4 mi. SW. of Cape Harrisson, and r;sing about 200 ft. above the ice-covered slopes lying about 0.5 mi. inland from the S. shore of Robinson Bay, on Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�47'S., 98�50'E. Disc. by the Eastern Sledge Party under Frank Wild of the AAE, 1911-14, and so named following a ceremony in December 1912 uf claiming this area for the British Crown. Not adopted : Possession Nunataks. POSTE POINT: point about 1 mi. SE. of Herv6ou Pt., forming the S. side of the entrance to Sal- petriere Bay, on the W. side of Booth I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65'04'S., 64�02'W. First charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, and namecl by him for L. Poste, stoker on the exp. ship Francais. Not adopted: Point Poste. 246 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA POSTILLION ROCK: small ice-free roc'c lying 2 mi. S. of the summit of Mt. Nemesis and close S. of Roman Four Promontory, near the N. shore of a Neny Fjord, Palmer Pen.; in 68�14'S., 66�53'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Ayniill. Resurveyed in 1949 by the FIDS and so r.amed by them because of its outlying position. POTTER COVE: cove indenting the SW. side of - King Genrge I. about 2 mi. ESE, of Marian Cove, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�13'S., 58�42'W. Potter Cove was known to sealers as early as 1821, and the name is now well established in interna- tional usage. Not adopted: Havre Petter [French], Potters Cove, Potter's Cove. POULTER GLr1CIER: glacier about 15 mi. long and 2 to 3 mi. wide at its terrr:inus, 19owing from the polar plateau eastward along the S. flank of the Rawson Mtns. of the flueen Maud Range, and joining Robert Scott Gl. near its head; in about 86"50'S., 153�30'W. Disc, in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin Black- burn, and named by Byrd for Thomas C. Poulter, second-in-command of the expedition. POURQUOI PAS GLACIER: glacier about 4 mi. wide and 15 mi. long, flowing NNW. from the con- tinental ice and terminating in a prominent tongue near the E. end of Clarie Coast; in about 66�10'S., 135�45'E. Delineated from aerial photo- graphs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Name proposed by the French antarctic sub-committee for the Pourqzcoi-Pas?, polar ship of the FrAE under Charcot. 1908-10, and later used by Charcot in expeditions to Greenland. POURQUOI PAS GLACIER TONGUE: promi- nent glacier tongue about 4 mi. wide and 7 mi. long, extending seaward from Pourquoi Pas� Gl., near the E. end of Clarie Ccast; in about 66�05'S., 135�45'E. Delineated from aerial graphs taken by USN C!p. Hjp., 1946=47, and named for the French polar ship Po2crquai-Pas?. POURQUOI PAS ISLAND: island about 16 mi. long, in a NE.-SW. direction, and decreasing in width from about 11 mi. in th.e W. portion to about - 11 mi. wide, lying close W. of Ridge I. off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�41'S., 67�28'W. Disc. by the FrAF under Charcot, 1908-10. The is3and was charted more accurately by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, who named it for Charcot's exp. ship Pourquoi Pas?. POWDER ISLET: islet lying 8.mi. SSE. of Cape ~ Jeremy and 2 mi, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen., in George VI Sound; in 69�32'S., 68�47'W. First surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and so named by them because of the friable nature of the rock found on the islet. Po2uellboen: see Powell Rock. Pozvell Croicp; Powell Islands: see South Orkney Islands. POWELL ISLAND: narrow island about 7 mi. long and about 2 mi. wide, lying between Corona- tion and I-aurie Islands in the central part of the South Urkney Is.; in 60�41'S., 45�03'W. Disc. on the joint cruise by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in December 182:. Charted but left unnam.ed on Powell's map published by Laurie in 1822. Powell's name was first applied in 1821 as a. group name for the South Orkney Is.; it was reassigned in 1839 by the Fr. exp. under D'Urville and has since ber,ume well established for the cen- tral island in the group. Not adopted: Cruchleys Island, Dibdins Island, Powell Islands. POVVELL RQCK: small submerged rock on the E. side of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�42'S., 45`36'W. It lies off the mouth of 8:arfish Cove, about 600 yards NE. of Balin Pt. First charted by Petter Sorlle in 1912-13 and named "Poweil- boen," after his whale catcher Powell. The FIDS fixed the position of breakers here during rough weather in 1947. Not adopted: Powellboen [Ncrwegian]. POWER GLACIER: channel glacier about 5 mi. wide and 4 mi. long, flowing N. from the conti- nental ice at the W. flank of Norths Highland to the head of Maury Bay, where it terminates in a prominent tongue between Bell and Hudson Glaciers, on Banzare Coast; in about 66�45'S., 125�10'E. Delineated from aerial photograp;is taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for James S. Power, pursers steward on the sloop of war Peacock of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. POYNTEft COL: snow-filled col about 1,900 ft. in el., situated about 6 mi. ESE. of Cape Kjellman and joining Poynter Hill with i,he spur extending N. from Ivory Pinnacles, on the NW. side of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�45'S., 59�O6'W. Charted in 1948 by the FIDS, who so named it because of its association with nearby Poynter Hill. POYNTER 3iILG: conspicuous hill about 2,700 ft. in el., standing about 6 rni. E. of Cape Iijeliman at ti:e N. side of Poyr.ter Col, oii the W.V. side o.� Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�44'S., 59�O6'W. Charted in 1948 by the FIDS, who named it for the mate on the br�ig Williams, exp. ship of the Br. exp. under Bransfield which made explorations in the South Shetland Is. and Bransfield Str. in 1820. 247 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA PRAM POINT: low, rounded point projecting from the SE. sidc of Eiut Point Peninsula about 1.5 mi. NE. of Cape Armitage, on Ross I.; in about 77"50'S., 166�44'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who so named it because it is neces- sary during the summer months to use a pram in the open water adjacent to the point when traveling between the S. end of Hut Point Pen- insula and Ross Ice Shelf. PRATT, MOUNT: peak at the N. end of one of the exposed ridges of the Grosvenor Range, rising at the edge of the south polar plateau ice to about 10,500 ft. in el., in the Queen Maud Range; in about 85�55'S., 179�00'E. Disc. by R. Adm. l3yrd on the ByrdAE flight to the South Pole in Novem- ber 1929, and named by him for Thomas B. Pratt, American financier and contributor to the expe- dition. President's Harbor: see New Pl,ymouth. P�resqu'ile Jougla: see Jougla Point. PRESSUFtE BAY: small arm in the W. side of Robertson Bay, lying between Cape Wood and Birthday Pt. along the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71�25'S., 169�15'E. Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott. The Northern Party under Cdr. Victor L. A. Campbell, RN, experienced great difflculty in _ s!edging across the pressure ice fringing the shore of Robertson Bay. - PRESTON POINT: ice-covered point with mar- ginal rock exposures, which marks the N. end of - Gillock I., near the junction of Lars Christensen and Ingrid Christensen Coasts; in about 70�03'S., 70�52'E. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. ~ in March 1947, and named by him for J. C. Preston, Jr., air crewman on USN Op. Hjp. photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14� and 164�, east longitude. PRESTRUD, MOUNT: one of a group of low- lying peaks barely protruding through the ice of the south polar plateau, rising tc about 10,700 ft. in el., at the SW. end of the group containing Mounts Hassel and Bjaaland, which stand about 20 mi. SW. of the Thorvald Nilsen Mtns. in the Queen Maud Range; in about 86�35'S., 163�15'W. Disc. in November 1911 by the Nor. exp. under 9mundsen, and named by him for Lt. K. Prestrud, first ofRcer on the exp. ship Fram and leader of the Eastern Sledge Party. Not adopted: Mount K. Prestrud. PRESTRUD INLET: a re-entrant in the S. side of Edward VII Pen., at the NE. corner of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 78125'S., 156�00'W. Named by the USAS, 1939-41, in honor of Lt. K. Prestrud, leader of the Eastern Sledge Party of the Nor. exp. under Amundsen, who first traversed this region in 1911. PREUSCHOFF RANGE: a N.-S. range of moun- tains about 20 mi. long projecting through the icecap at the edge of the polar plateau in New Schwabenland; in about 72�10'S., 4�20'E. Disc. by the Ge:AE ander Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Franz Preuschoff, airplane engineer on the Passat, one of the flying boats used by the expe- dition. PRIDE, CAPE: cape which forms the E. side of the entrance to Elsehul, small bay along the N. coast and near the W. end of South Georgia; in 54�00'S., 37�59'W. The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel who surveyed Elsehul in 1930. PRIESTLEY, MOUNT: mountain peak lying WNW. of Mt. Neumayer in the massif at the N. side of David Gl., in Victoria Land; in about 75�12'S., 161�25'E. First charted by the BrAE un- der Shackleton, 1907-9, who named it for Raymond E. Priestley, geologist with the expedition. PRIESTLEY GLACIER: large valley glacic:r about 2.5 mi. wide, flowing from the interior high- land SE. of Mt. Baxter in a SE. direction to the N. end of the Nansen Sheet, on the E. Coast of Vic- toria Land; in about 74�25'S., 163�22'E. First ex- plored by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, and named for Raymond E. Priest- ley, geologist with the Northern Party. Not adopted: Priestly Glacier. Priestly Glacier: see Priestley Glacier. Primero de Mayo, Isla: see Lambda Island. PRINCE ALBERT MOUNTAINS: coastal range extending some 200 mi. northward of McMurdo Sound along the coast of Victoria Land; centering near 75�45'S., 161�30'E. Disc. by a Br. exp. under Ross on Feb. 17, 1841, and named by him for Prince Albert, consort of Queen Victoria of England. Not adopted: Prinz Albert Gebirge. PRINCE CHARLES STRAIT: strait about 5 mi. wide, hetween Cornwallis and Elephant Islands, in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�04'S., 54�40'W. This strait was known to sealers as early as 1821, but first record of its navigation was in 1839 by the brig Porpoise of the USEE squadron under Wilkes. Soundings of the strait were made by the vessel Jolan Biscoe and the frigate H.M.S. 248 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Sparrow in December 1948. Named for Prince Charles, son of Queen Eliz..beth II of (3reat Britain. PRINCE GUSTAV CHANNEL: strait about 80 mi. long and from 4 to 15 mi. wide, separating James Ross and Vega Isla:ids from that portion of the E. coast of Palmer Pen. lying between Cape Longing and the Tabarin Pen.; centering in 83�50'S., 58�15'W. Disc. in October 1903 by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, who named it for Crown Prince (later King) Gustav of Sweden. Not adopted: Crown Prince Gustav Channel, Kron- prins Gustav Channel, Kronprinz Gustaf Kanal [German], Kronprinz Gustav Kanal [German]. PRINCE HARALD COAST: that portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 34�E. and 40�E. Disc. during a Sight on Feb. 4, 1937 by Viggo Wideroe, Nils ftomnaes, and Mrs. Ingrid Christensen of the Nor. exp. under Christensen, 1936-37, and named after the infant son of the Crown Prince of Norway. Not adopted : Prince Harald Land, Prins Harald LF-nd tNorwegian]. Prince Harald Land: see Pr;nce Harald Coast. Prince Olaf Harbor: see Prince Olav Harbor. Prince Olaf Mountains: see Prince Olav Moun- tains. Prince Olaf Rock; Prince Olav Rocks: see Olav Rocks. PftINCE OLAV COAST: that portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 401E. and 45�E. Disc. by the Nor. exp. under Riiser-Larsen on a flight from the Nm�vegia in January 1930. Named for Crown Prince Olav of Norway. Not adoptetl: Crown Prince Olaf Land, Crown Prince Olav Coast, Crown 3'rince Olav Land, Kronprins Olav Land [Norwegian]. PRINCE OLAV HAFtBOR: small harbor in the SW. portion of Cook Bay, entered between Point Abrahamsen and Sheep Pt., along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37�09'W. The name was in use as early as 1912 and was given, prob- ably by Norwegian whalers, for Crown Prince Olav of Norway. Not adopted: Prince CNlaf Harbor, Prins Olavs Havn [Norwegian]. Prince Olav Dlountains: see Bush Mountains. PRINCE OLAV MOUNTAINS: mountain group of the Quean Maud Range stretching from Shackleton Gl. to Liv Gl. at the head of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 85�05'S., 172�30'W. Disc. in 1911 by the Nor. exp. under Amundsen, and named for the then Crown Prince of Norway. Not adopted: Crown Prince Olaf Mountains, Crown Prince Olav Mountains, Crown Prince Olav's Mountains, Kronprinz Olaf Berge [German], Prince Olaf Mountains. Prince Olavs Havn: see Prince Olav Harbor. Prince-Regent Luitpold Land: see Luitpold Coast. PRINCESS ASTRID COAST: that portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 5�00'E. and 20�30'E. Disc. in March 1931 by a Nor. whal- ing exp. under Halvorsen, and named tor Princess Astrid of Norway. Not adopted: Princess Astrid Land, Prinsesse Astrid Land. Princess Astrid Land; Prinsesse Astrid Land: see Princess Astrid Coast. PRINCESS MARTHA COAST: that portion of the coast of Queen Maud L1nd lying between 5�E. and 200W. The name Crown Princess Martha Land was originally applied by Capt. Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen to that section of the coast in the vicinity of Cape Norvegia which he disc. in Febru- ary 1930. Not adopted: Crown Princess Martha Land, Kronprinsesse Martha Land [Norwebian]. PRINCESS RAGNHILD COAST: that portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 20�30'E. and 34�00'E. Disc. in February 1931 by a Nor. exp. under Isachsen and ftiiser-Larsen, and named by Riiser-Larsen for Princess Ragnhild of Norway. Not adopted: Princess Ragnhild Land, Prinsesse Ragnhild Land [Norwegian]. Principal, Canal: see Sound, The. Prinsesse Ragnhild L�nd; Princess Ragnhild Land: see Princess Etagnhild Coast. Prins Harald Land: see Prince Harald Coast. Prinz Albert Gebirge: see Prince Albert Moun- tains. Prinzreqent Luitpold Land: see Luitpold Coast. PRION ISLAND: island about 1.5 mi. N. of Luck Pt., lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�02'S., 37�16'W. Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig D�isy, and so named because he observed petrels of the genus Prion on the island. Not adopted: Prion Islet. PRIOR ISLAND: ice-covered island about 1 mi. long and 0.5 mi. wide, lying close E. of Lamplugh I. and the mouth of Davis Gl., off the E. coast of Victoria Land; in about 75�40'S., 162�58'E. First charted and named by the BrAE under Shackleton, 249 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA 1907-9. Probably named for Dr. George Thurland Prior, Keeper of the Department of Minerals, Brit- ish Museum, 1909-27. _ PROCLAMATION ISLAND: small rocky island lying about 3 mi. W. of Cape Batterbee and about 1 mi. off the coast of Enderby Land; in about 65'50'S., 53�39'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson, 1929-31, and so named foliowing the - reading of a proclamation on its summit on Jan. 13, 1930 claiming the area for the British Crown. PROSPECT PASS: gently inclined, snow-covered pass at the SE. side ot the Kinnear Mtns., on the W. side of Palmer Pen.; in 69�34'S., 67�35" J. Disc. and first roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE _ under Rymill. The name arose because, from the - summit of the pass, there is a flne prospect across George VI Sound to the Douglas Range. PROTECTION COVE: small bay lying between Cape Klovstad and Newnes Gl. at the head of Rob- ertson Bay, along the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71�38'S., 170�13'E. First charted in 1899 by the BrAE under C. E. Borchgrevink, and so named because the exp. ship Sozithern Cross found protection here during a gale. PROVIDENCE COVE: small bay, bounded by ice cliffs, which lies at the foot of Remua Gl. in the _ SE. corner of Neny Fjord, along the W. coast of - Palmer Pen.; in 68�19'S., 66�45'W. First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. It was resurveyed in 1940-41 by members of the USAS, and so named by them because on flrst arrival it seerr:ed providential that a site for the East Base was found so quickly aiid easily. It was soon de- termined, however, that the cove did not provide a suitable site for the base. PUBLICATION ICE TONGUES: a group of large glacier tongues estending generally NW. from In- gi�id Christensen Coast which merge and fiil the E. half of Sandefjord Ice Bay; centering in about 69�40'S., 74'30'E. The following glaciers, reading from NE. to SW., have prominent tongues which form this group: Polarbrboken, Pular Record, Polarforschung, Il Polo, and Polar Times Glaciers. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in March 1947, and so named by him because the associated glacier names commemorate polar publications. Picerto: for names Ueginning thus see under the specific part of the name. For example, for Puerto Anderson see Anderson, Puerto. (Pzcerto is a Spanish word for "harbor," "port.") PUFFBALL ISLETS: scattered group of small, low, mainly ice-covered islets and rocks which ex- tend about 10 mi. in a NE.-SW. direction, lying in southern Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palm- er Pen. The center of the group lies about 23 mi. NNE. of Cape Jeremy; in 69�02'S., 68�30'W. First visited and surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS. The named, applied by FIDS, derives from asso- ciation with Mushroom I. which lies 14 mi. NE. of this group. PULITZER, MOUNT: mountain rising to about 4,500 ft. in el., distinguished b;r sharp, serrated ridges, standing about 15 mi. W. of Robert Scott Gl., about 25 mi. S. of its terminus at the Ross Ice Shelf, in the Queen Maud Range; in about 85�45'S., 154�30'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by R. Adm. Byrd for Joseph Pulitzer, publ.isher of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, and a patron of the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35. PRYDZ BAY: deep embayment about 150 mi. wide, lying E. of Amery Ice Shelf off Lars Christen- sen and Ingrid Christensen Coasts; in about 69�00'S., and extending from about 73�00'E. to 79�00'E. Disc. snd explored in February 1935 by a Nor. exp. under Mikkelsen in the Thorshaven. Named for Olaf Prydz, general manager of the Hvalfangernes Assuranceforening, Sandefjord, Norway. Not adopted: Mackenzie Sea, Olaf Pryd? Bukt [Norwegian]. PSI ISLETS: group of small islets which lie close to the W. coast of Lambda I. in the Melchior Is., Palmer Arch.; in 64�18'S., 63�O1'W. The name Psi, derived from the 23rd letter of the Greek al- phabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt. chart following surveys of t�hese islets by Arg. expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Islotes Ballesteros [Spanish]. PULLEN ISLAND: snow-covered island about 5 mi. long, which rises to about 1,600 ft. in el. at its N. end, lying near the center of Violante Inlet, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�35'S., 60�57'W. Disc. by the USAS in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940, and named for William A. Pullen, Aviation Machinist's Mate at the East Base. PULPIT MOUNTAIN: conspicuous, red-colored mountain, about 2,900 ft, in ei., standing 2 mi. W. oi Spence Hbr. at the E. end of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�42'S., 45�14'W. Named by the FIDS following their survey of 1948-49. The feature resembles a pulpit when seen frorn the east. Pttnch Bowl: see Devils Punchbowl. PURVIS GLACIER: glacier flowing generally E. into the W. side of Possession Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�07'S., 37�10'W. Charted 250 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA by the GerAE ander Filchner, 1911-12, and named for John Murray. It was renamed Purvis Glacier, possibly to avoid confusion with Murray Glacier in northern Victoria Land, for a seaman on the Alert, a motor boat used for survey work in South Georgia by DI personnel in 1928-30. Not adopted: John Murray Gletscher [German]. PYLON POINT: rocky promontory about 2,800 ft. in el., standing about 4 mi. SW. of Three Slice Nunatak and marking the N. end of the main mountainous mass of Joer; Pen., on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68006'S., 65�05'W. Pylon Point lies in the area flrst seen by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and crossed by Lincoln Ellsworth on his flight of Nov. 21, 1935. So named by the US-SCAN because the various flights and sledg,z; trips of the USAS, 1939-41, rounded it on their way S. along the E. coast of Palmer Peninsula. Not adopted: Clarkson Point. PY POINT: point about 1 mi. long and 0.25 mi. wide, forming the S. end of Doumer I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�52'S., 63�36'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, and named by him for Monsieur Py, Pres. of the French Chamber of Commerce in Buenos Aires at that time. Pyramid, The: see Pyramid Island. PYRAMID, THE: pyramidal-shaped nunatak about 1,900 ft. in el., standing about 1 mi. E. of Mt. Carrei and 1.5 mi. SE. of the head of Hope Bay, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�26'S., 57�O1'W. Disc. and named by a party under J. Gunnar An- dersson of the SwedAE, 1901-4. Not adopted: Pyramiden [Swedish]. Pyramiden: see Pyramid, The. PYRAMID ISLAND: conspicuous, pillar-shaped island, about 675 ft. in el. and 0.5 mi, in diameter, lying about 2 mi. NNE. of Williams �t., Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�24'S., 60�09'W. This island, presumably known to sealers in the area since about 1820, was charted and given this descriptive name by DI personnel on the Discovery 11 in 1935. Not adopted: The Pyramid. Pyramid Mozcntain; Pyr�mid Peak: see Rhamnus, Mount. PYRAMID MOUNTAIN: conspicuous, pyramidal peak about 9,000 ft. in el., standing about 6 mi. N. of Mt. Albert Markham, on the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 81�26'S., 157�15'E. Disc. and named by the BrNAE under Scott,1901-4. PYR.AMID PEAK: peak, about 1,300 ft. in el., surmounting Cape Buller at the W. side of the en- trance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�00'S., 37�23'W. Charted and named by DI personnel in the 1929-30 season. Pyramid Point: see Tilt Rock. PYRAMID ROCK: rock lying in the S. part of the entrance to Lapeyrere Bay, along the NE. coast of Anvers I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64122'S., 63�09'W. Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery in 1927. PYROX ISLET: horseshoe-shaped islet lying 5 mi. E. of the summit of Mt. Nemesis at the head of Neny Fjord, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�12'S., 66�41'W. First surveyed by the USAS, 1939-41. Resurveyed in 1949 by the FIDS, who so named it because of pyroxenic rocks found there. Not adopted: Neny Glacier Island. Quarters Bay: see Winter Quarters Bay. QLTEEN ALEXANDRA R.ANGE: range of dome- shaped mountains, intermingled with a few sharp conical peaks, lying W. of Beardmore Gl, at the head of the Ross Ice Shelf; in about 84�S., 169�E. Disc. in December 1908 by the BrAE under Shackle- ton, and named for Alexandra, Queen of England, 1901-10. Not to be confused with Alexandra Mountains in 77�30'S., 152�00'W. Not adopted: Alexandra Mountains, Alexandra Range, Konigin Alexandra Gebirge [German]. QUEEN MARY COAST: that portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Filchner, in about 92�18'E., and Cape Hordern, in about 100�26'E. Disc. in February 1912 by the AAE under Mawson, who named it for Queen Mary of England. Not adopted: Dronning Mary Z�and [Norwegian], Konigin Mary Land [German], taueen Mary Land. Queen Mary Land: see Queen Mary Coast. QUEEN MAUD BAY: small bay about 1 mi. S. of King Haakon Bay, along the S. coast of South Georgia; in about 54�14'S., 37�21'W. Roughly charted in 1819 by a Russ. exp. under Bellings- hausen. It was named prior to 1922 for Queen Maud, wife of King Haakon VII of :Yorway, prob- ably by Norwegian whalers who frequented this coast. Not adopted: Konigin Maud Bucht [Ger- man], Queen Maud Harbor. Queen M�t[d Narbor: see Queen Maud Bay. QUEEN MAUD LAND: that part of Antarctica lying between Coats Land and Enderby Land, from 20100'W. to 45�00'E. This name, given for Queen Maud of Norway, represents an expansion of the original core area, between 37�00'E. and 50�00'E. Disc, in 1930 by a Nor. exp. under Riiser-Larsen. Not adopted: Dronning Maud Land [Norwegian]. 251 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GE(iGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Queen Maud Mountains: see Queen Maud Range. = QUEEN MAUD RANGE: major range of moun- tains standing at the head of Ross Ice Shelf in the - general vicinity of Beardmore Gl., in about 84�S., 174�E. and extending in a SE. direction for an indeterminate distance beyond 87�S., 145�W. . Disc. in 1911 by a Nor, exp. under Amundsen, an3 a named by him for the Queen of Norway. Not adopted: Dronning Mauds Fjell [Norwegian], ~ Konigin Maud Gebirge [German], Queen Maud's Range, Queen Maud Mountains. Queen Mountain: see Queer Mountain. @ueens Bay: see Borge Bay. QUEENSLAND, MOUNT: high peak about 25 mi. WNW. of Mt. Melbourne, standing to the E. of Mt. New Zealand, in Victoria Land; in about 74�00'S., 163�85'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who named this peak because of the generous as- sistance given the exp. by both the govt. and people of Queensland. QUEER MOUNTAIN: mountain about 3,400 ft. in el., standing at the head of Miller Gl. about 1 mi. W. of Killer Ridge, in Victor�a Land; in about 77�08'S., 161�48'E. Charted and named by the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13. Not adopted: Queen Mountain. QTierthal: see Cross Valley. QUERY ISLET: prominent rocky islet lying be- tween the foot of Clarke Gl. and Keyhole It. on the S. side of Mikkelsen Bay, along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�47'S., 67�12'W. Surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, who so named it because of the difficulty in deciding from a distance whether the feature was an islet or part of the mainland. q QUILP ftOCK: small, isolated rock in Laubeuf Fjord, lying 3.5 mi. SSE. of the S. tip of Pinero I. and 1.5 mi. off the NW. side of Pourquoi Pas I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�38'S., 67�46'W. First surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and named by them after the dwarf, Daniel Quilp, a vicious, ill- tempered character in The Old Curzosity Shop, by Charles Dickens. QUINTANA ISLETS: group of islets and rocks about 5 mi. N. of the Betbeder Islets and some 17 mi. WNW. of the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�11'S., 65�00'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, and named by him for Manuel Quintana, Pres. of the Argentine Re- public, 1904-6. Charted by the BGLE under Ry- mill, 1934-37. Not adopted: Quintana Islands. RABOT ISLAND: island about 12 mi. long and 4 mi. wide, lying about 1 mi. SW. of Renaud I., in the Biscoe Is.; in 65�52'S., 66�09'W. Rabot Island was first charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Char- cot, who named it for Charles Rabot. RABOT, MOUNT: southernmost of three moun- tains lying about 45 mi. inland from the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf, in the Queen Alexandra Range, and about 30 mi. SSE. of Mt. Markham; in about 83�25'S., 162�00'E. Disc. by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, who named it for Charles Rabot, editor of La Geographie, of the Geo- graphical Sce. of Paris, an outstanding glaciologist of that period. Rade Point: see Kade Poir. t. RADFORD MOUNTAINS : mountains about 3,000 ft. in ci., standing W. of Mt. Saunders in the Edsel Ford Ranges, and occupying a relatively isolated frontal positinn on Sulzberger Bay, in Marie Byrd Lar.d; in about 76�52'S., 146�40'W. Disc. by R. Adm. Byrd on the Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named for V. Adm. Arthur W. Radford, USN, Deputy Chief of Naval Operations (Air) during the exploration by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and later Adm. and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. RAE, POINT: point marking trp N. side of the entrance to Scotia Bay on the S. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�46'S., 44�37'W. First charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, who named it for John Rae, Scottish Arctic ex- plorer and member of the Sir John Richardson exp., 1854, who learned the fate of the Sir John Franklin Arctic exp., 1847. Ragged Island: see Rugged Island. Ragnhild Coast: see Princess Ragnhild Coast. R�inoff's Island: see Gibbs Island. RALLIER DU BATY ISLET: islet about 0.25 mi. in extent, with a smaller islet off its N. side, lying 0.25 mi. W. of the NW. extremity of Booth I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�03'S., 64�04'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1903-5, anti named by him for R. Rallier du Baty, merchant marine cadet who signed on as seaman on the exp. ship Franqais. Not adopted: Rallier du Baty Islets. RAMP ROCK: the westernmost of a number of rocks which extend 2.5 mi. N. and NW. of Johan- nesen Pt., Main I., at the W. extremity of 8outh Georgia; in 54�O1'S., 38�21'W. The name "Laavebrua" has been used for this feature by 252 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA whalers and seslei�s at South Georgia. T' is a descriptive Norwegian teim, meaning :iterally "threshing floor bridge" or "barn bridge." In Norwegian barns used for storing hay, there is a ramp up which the wagons are driven before tipping. "Laavebrua," which is not strictly trans- latable is thiq ramp. The Br-APC recommended in 1954 that the name Ramp Rock be approved for this feature. The name LAvebrua Islet is al- ready approved for an islet near Deception Island. Not adopted: Laavebrua [Norwegian]. RANiSAY, MOUNT: peak about 1,600 ft. in el., about 0.5 mi. W. of Uruguay Cove, on the N. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�45'S., 44�45'W. Charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, and named after Allan Ramsay, chief en- bineer of the exp. ship Scotia, who died on Aug. 6, 1903 and wa.s buried at the foot of the peak. RANDALL ROCKS: group of rocky islets and small rocks situated 0.5 mi. off the SW, corner of Millerand I. and trending in a WNW.-ESE. di- rection for 1 mi., lying in Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palr:ler Pen.; in 68�11'S., 67�17'W. First rougtily surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyecl in 1948-49 by the FIDS and named for Terence M. Randall, FIDS radio opera- tor at Stonington I., 1947-49. RANVIKA: cove indenting the E. coast of Peter I Island, near the NE. corner of the island; in about 68=46'S., 90` 25'Vy. Disc. in 1927 by Nor. exp. under Tofte in the Odd I. The name may derive from the estate of Lars Christensen, sponsor of the exp., situated at the head of Ranvik, a bay in Norway. The word vik or vika are Norwegian for bay or cove. Not adopted: Ranvik, Ranvik Bay. Raiavik Bay: see Ranvika. RANVIK BAY: open bay, about 13 mi. wide, lying between Rauer Is. and Ranvik Ice Tongue, along Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 69�02'S., 77"30'E. Disc. and charted in February 1935 by a Nor. exp. under Mikkelsen in the Thorshazn. Named for the estate of Lars Christensen, sponsor of the exp., situated at the head of Ranvik, a bay in Norway. Not adopted: Ranvik [Norwegian]. Ftanvikbreen: see Ranvik Ice Tongue. RANVIK ICE TONGUE: small ice tongue, about 4 mi. long and from 4 to 6 mi. wide, extending NW. from the continental ice overlying Ingrid Chris- tensen Coast and filling the SE. portion of Ranvik Bay; in about 69�10'S., 77=20'E. Charted by Nor- wegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken in January 1937 by the Nor, exp, under Lars Christensen, and named Ranvikbreen because of its close association witti Ranvik Bay. The generic ice tongue is approved as a more appro- priate term on the Uasis of John H. Roscoe's 1952 compilation from USN Op. Hjp. aerial photographs taken in March 1947. Not adopted: Ranvikbreen [ Norwegian] . RANVIK ISLAND: small, i�ocky island, about 1.7 mi. long, which rises to about 400 ft. in el., mark- ing the second largest of the Rauer Is. and lying near the S. end of the group, close NW. of Brown Gl. on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 68�54'S., 77�43'E. Charted Uy Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken in January 1937 by the Nor. exp. under Lars Cnristensen, and named Ranviktangen, as the feature was believed to form part of a coastal ridge at that time. The name Ranvik Island was proposed by John H. Roscoe, who determined, from his 1952 study of USN Op. Hjp. aerial photographs taken in March 1947, that the feature lies offshore from the coastal outcrops. Not adopted: Ranviktangen [Norwegian]. Ranviktangen: see Ranvik Island. RASMUSSEN, CAPE: black cliff almost 800 ft. in el., marking the N. side of the entrance to Waddington Bay, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�06'W. Disc. and named by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99. Rauer Group: see Rauer Islands. RAUER ISLANDS: group of rocky islands, islets and rocks, which measures about 9 mi, across, lying between Sprsdal Glacier Tongue and Ranvik Bay, close off Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 68�50'S., 77�38'E. Disc. and roughly charted in February 1935 by the Nor. exp. under Mikkelsen, who applied the name Rauer, probably after the island by that name lying in Oslofjord opposite Tonsberg, Norway. Recompiled by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken in January 1937 by the Nor. exp. under Lars Christen- sen, and later by John H. Roscce from USN Op. Hjp. aerial photographs taken in March 1947. Not adopted: Rauer [Norwegian], Rauer Group. RAVN ROCK: submerged rock lying in the cen- ter of Neptunes Bellows, the entrance to Port Foster, Deception I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 63�00'S., 60134'W. Charted by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10. Named for the whale catcher Ravn, based at Deception I. at that time. RAWSON MOUNTAINS: crescent-shaped r2nge of tabular, ice-covered mountains about 16 mi. long which rise to about 9,000 ft. in el., standing 253 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC A'A1t1ES OF ANTARCTICA SE. of the SE. end of the Tliocvald Nilsen Mtns., and terminating in Mt. Wyatt; in about 86'43'S., 155�00'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Frederick H. Rawson, American banker and r,ontributor to the Byrd Antactic Ex- peditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35. Not adopted: Fredei�ick H. Rawson Mountains. RAYMOND, MOUNT: peak at the SE. end of the Dominion Range, rising -above the plateau ice to about 8,500 ft. in el., in tlie Queen Maud Range; in about 85 58'S., 174` 00'E. Disc. and named in December 1908 by the Southern Journey Party of the BrAE undei� Shackleton. RED BAY: small, open bay lying close S. of the W. extremity of Red Rock Ridge, along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68-18'S., 67�11'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Ii.ymill. The bay was i�esurveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, and so named Uy them for its association with Red Rock Ridge. REDCLIFF NUNATAK: red granite ridge about 1,800 ft. in el., rising about 4 mi. E. of Mt. Suess along the S. flank of Mackay Gl., in Victoria Land; in about 77�02'S., 162�04'E. Charted by the BrAE, 1910-13, under Scott, and so named because of its color. Not adopted: Redcliff, Redcliffs Nunakol. Redclifls N2iia�kol: see Redcliff Nunatak. Rayntond Fosdick Mountains; Raymond Fosdick Raizye: see Fosdick Mountains. RAYNER PEAK: mountain about 5,500 ft. in el., visible at sea from a great distance, standing S. of the head of Edward VII Bay near the junction of Enderby Land and Kemp Coast; in about 67 27'S., 5552'E. Disc. in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby and named for George W. Rayner, zoologist on the DI staff and leader of this expedition. Not adopted: Kjuringen [Norwegian]. F{AYNER POINT: point marked by a rocky peak forming the N. side of the entrance to Gibbon Bay, on the E. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�39'S., 45'12'W. Charted in 1912-13 by Capt. Petter SOrlle, a Norwegian whaler. Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Dis- covery 17, and named by them for George W. Rayner. Razorback Island: see Big Razorback Island; Little Razorback Island. REA, MOUNT: prominent mountain about 3,700 ft. in el., with a vertical face on its W. side called The Billboard, standing between Arthur Davis and Boyd Glaciers in the Edsel Ford Ranges, and front- ing on Sulzberger Bay, in Marie Byrd Land; in about 77 03'S., 145 35'W. Disc. by the SyrdAE on the Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named for Mr. and Mrs. Rea, of Pittsburgh, Pa., contribu- tors to the expedition. RECLUS, CAPE: cape forming the N. tip of the peninsula between Wilhelmina Bay and Charlotte Bay, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�23'S., 61�48'W. Disc. by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99, who named it for Elisee Reclus, noted French geographer and author. RED ISLAND: circular, flat-topped island, about 1 mi. in diameter and about 1,600 ft. in el., with reddish cliffs of volcanic rock, lying about 3.5 mi. NW. of Cape Lachman, James Ross I., close S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�44'S., 57~52'W. Disc. and named by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4. Not adopted: Rodon [Swedish], Rote Insel [German]. RED ISLAND: conspicuous red lava island, about 300 ft. in el., which lies about 0.5 mi. N. of Laurens Pen., Heard I., and to which it is tied by a low isthmus; in 52�58'S., 73�18'E. It was so named because of its color, probably by American sealers at Heard I. in the period following their initiation of sealing there in 1855. The name ap- pears on the chart by the Br. exp. under Nares, which visited the island in the Challenqer in 1874 and utili2ed the names then in use by the sealers. RED ROCK RIDGE : conspicuous reddish- colored promontory, about 2,300 ft. in el., which projects from the W. coast of Palmer Pen. and separates Neny Fjord and ftymill Bay; in 68�18'S., 87'08'W. Surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, who so named it because of its color. Further surveys in 1948 by the FIDS have identi- fied this ridge as the feature first sighted in 1909 and named "Ile Pavie" or "Cap Pavie" by the FrAE under Charcot, but the name Red Rock Ridge is now too firmly established to alter. The name Pavie Ridge has been assigned to the prominent i�ocky ridge at 68�34'S., 66�59'W. REECE, MOUNT: sharp, ice-free peak about 3,600 ft. in el., standing about 4 mi. W. of Pitt Point. It is the liighest point of a ridge forming the S. wall of Victory Gl., on the 3E. coast of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63'50'S., 5K32'W. Charted in 1945 Uy the FIDS, and named for Lt. A. Reece, leader of the FIDS Deception I. base in 1945, and meteorologist and geologist at the Iiope Bay base in 1946. 254 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA REECE PASS: a N.-S. col between the main massif and the eastern member of the Fosdick Mtns., in the Edsel Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�31'S., 144�35'W. Disc. on aerial flights made from West Base of the USAS in 1940 and visited by the Edsel Ford Mountains Biological Party. Named for J. A. Reece, radio operator at West Base. REEF POINT: point bounded by a small reef forming the W. end of Cook I., in the South Sand- wich Is.; in 59�27'S., 27�13'W. Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. REEVES, MOUNT: moiintain about 5,380 ft. in el., in the Britannia Range, standing SW. of Cape Murray on the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 79�40'S., 158�30'E. Disc. by the BrNAE under Scott, 1901-4, who probably named this feature for Edward Ayearst Reeves, Map Curator and Instruc- tor in Practical Astronomy and Surveying to the Royal Geographical Soc., 1900-33. REEVES, :bIOUNT: mountain about 6,300 ft. in el. on the E. side of Adelaide I., standing 5.5 mi. NE. of Mt. Bouvier and 7 mi. W. of The Gullet; in 67�10'S., 67�58'W. First sighted and roughly sur�� veyed in 1909 by the P'rAE under Charcot. Re- _ surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and named by them for Edward A. Reeves, Map-curator and Instructor in Survey at the Royal Geographical Soc., 1900-33. REEVES GLACIER: glacier about 10 mi. wide and 25 mi. long, descending from the high in- terior upland between Mt. Nansen and Mt. Larsen, ' -=d merging with the confiuent ice of Nansen Sheet along the coast of Victoria Land; in about ?4�45'S., 162�27'E. Disc. by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9. Probably named for Edward Ayearst Reeves. REFERENCE ISLET: rocky islet 2 mi. WNW, of - the W. tip of Neny I. and 1.5 mi. SE. of Millerand I., lying in Marguerite Bay off the W. coast of Palmer _ Pen.; in 68'12'S., 67�10'W. First roughly charted in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. The islet was surveyed by the FIDS in 1947, and so named by them because it served as a convenient reference - point for survey work. REFERftING PEAK: conspicuous black peak about 3,800 ft. in el., standing on the N. side of � Mackay Gl. about 1.5 mi. W. of the mouth of Cleve- land Gl., in Victoria Land; in about 76�56'S., 161�54'E. Charted and named by the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13. The name suggests the easy - identiflcation of the peak and its possible use as a landmark. REFUGE ISLETS: small group of islets lying about 0.5 mi. from the ice cliffs at the SW. side of Red Rock Ridge, off the W. coast of Pu mer Pen.; in 68�21'S., 67�10'W. Disc. and named by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, who used these islets as a depot for sledge journeys S. from the southern base in the Debenham Islands. Not adopted: Refuge Islands. RAGNARD PEAKS: group of rounded, snow- covered peaks probably over 4,000 ft. in el., stand- ing about 4 mi. NW. of Mt. Peary and 5 mi. ESE. of Mt. Scott, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in about 65�11'S., 63�53'W. Disc. and named by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10. Not adopted: Regnard Peaks. Regreso, Cap: see Return Point. REGULA RANGE: mountain range about 9,500 ft. in el., extending about 30 mi. in a NW.-SE. di- rection across the mauth of Penck Trough, in New Schwabenland; in about 72�40'S., 3�30'W. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Herbert Regula, chief ineteorologist with the ex.pedition. REICHELDERFER, CAPE: rounded hPadland which is almost completely ice covered lying at the W. side of the N. entrance to Stefansson Str., on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69�22'S., 62�43'W. This cape was seen by Sir Hubert Wilkins, who explored this coast on his aerial flight of Dec. 20, 1928. Charted in 1940 by the USAS, and errone- ously called Cape Rymill at that time. Resighted in 1947 by the RARE under Ronne, who named it for Francis W. Reichelderfer, Chief of the U. S. Weather Bureau, which loaned weather instru- ments and instructed RARE members in their operation. Not adopted: Cape Rymili (q.v.), REID, MOUNT: mountain about 10,160 ft. in el., standing about 11 mi. SE. of Mt. Longstaff in the Queen Alexandra Range, on the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 83�05'S., 166�00'E. Disc. by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, who named it for Alfred Reid, manager of the expedition. REID GLACIER: glacier, about 2.5 mi. wide and at least 5 mi. long, which flows S. to enter Bigour- dan Fjord opposite The Narrows, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�29'S., 67�16'W. First roughly charted by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. The lower reaches of the glacier were surveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, and named by them for Harry F. Reid (1859-1944), prof. of geology at Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, noted for his studies of glacier flow and stratiflcation in Alaska and the Alps. 255 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRA�HIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA REID GLACIER: steep glacier descending be- - tween Melba and Davis Peninsulas to the Shackle- - ton Ice Shelf, on Queen Mary Coast; in about = 66�40'S., 98'30'E. Disc. in November 1912 by the Eastern Sledge Party under Wild of the AAE, 1911-14, and named for Sir George Reid, Common- wealth High Commissioner in London in 1911. REID ISLET: islet at the E. side of the entrance to Iceberg Bay, along the S. coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�41'S., 45�30'W. The name Reid appears on a map of these islands by Capt. Petter Sorlle in 1912-13. Not adopted: Reid Islets. REINBOLT HILLS: group of rocky hills, of low to moderate height, about 3 mi. wide and of un- - determined length, standing at the S. side of the confluence of Kreitzer and Baker Three Glaciers, near the junction of Lars Christensen and Ingrid Christensen Coast;; in about 70�20'S.; 72�32'E. - Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe fr+)m aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. in March 1947, and named by him for Lt. Fred L. Reinbolt, USN, co-pilot on USN Op. Hjp. photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14� and 164�, east longitude. REIST ROCKS: small group of coastal rocks projecting above the continental ice, fronting on Knox Coast midway between Robinson and Haw- kins Glaciers; in about 66�33'S., 107�26'E. De- - lineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp.> 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Wilbur H. Reist, tractor driver with USN Op. Wml., 1947-48, who assisted in transporting shore parties which established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast. ~ RELAY BAY: bay on the SW. side of Robertson Bay, lying between Penelope Pt. and Islands Pt., along the coast of northern Victoria Land; in about 71�30'S., 169�32'E. First charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE, 1910-13, under Scott. RELIEF INLET: narrow, winding re-entrant, about 10 mi. long, in the NE. side of the Drygalski Ice Tongue, formed along a shear plane caused by differential ice movement lying along the coast of Victoria Land; in about 75` 18'S., 163�40'E. So named by the South Magnetic Polar Party of the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, because, after al- most giving up hope of rescue, the Nimrod picked up the party. REMENCHUS GLACIER: channel glacier about 4 mi. wide and 8 mi, long, flowing WNW. from the continental ice overlying Knox Coast and termi- nating in a small, bt!t prominent tongue at the SE. end of the Highjump Arch.; in about 66�02'S., 101�22'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for John F. Remenchus, chief aviation pilot, who assisted USN Op. Wml. shore party op- erations and made photographic flights along Wil- helm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts in 3anuary-February 1948. REMUS GLACIER: glacier, about 5 mi. long, which flows from the N. slopes of Mt. Lupa north- westward along the NE. end of the Blackwall Mtns. into Providence Cove, Neny Fjord, on the W. side of Palmer Fen.; in 68�20'S., 66�43'W. The lower reaches of the glacier were first roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, who so named it for its asso- ciation with Romulus Gl., whose head lies near the head of this glacier. RENARD, CAPE: cape formina the S. side of the entrance to Flandres Bay and separating the Danco and Graham Coasts, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�O1'S., 03�43'W. Disc. in 1898 by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, and named for Pro- fessor Renard, of the Univ. of Gent, a member of the Belqica Commission and the Belgian Royal Academy. gE-NaTm TSr,AND: island about 22 mi. long and averaging about 6 mi. wide, situated between the Pitt Is. and Rabat I., in the Briscoe Is., orf the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�40'S., 65�50'W. The island was roughly charted and na*:iec; by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot. RendPzvous Blu fj: see Discovery Bluff. Renier, Cap; Renier, Point: see Pin Point. RENNICK BAY: extensive embayment of the Oates Coast immediately W. of Cape Cheetham; in abou',; 70�10'S., 162�00'E. Disc. by the BrAE under Scott, H:.�n the exp. ship Terra Nova explored west- ward of Cape North in 1911. Named for Lt. Henry E. de P. Rennick, RN, an ofHcer on the Terra Nova. A.erial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946- 47, indicate that this bay extends inland a.s much as 50 miles. Rescapes, Iles des: see Rescape Islets. RESCAP2 ISLETS: small group of rocky islets lying in the eni;rance to Port Martin, about 0.8 mi. W. of Manchot It. and about 0.6 mi. NW. of Cape Margerie, off Adelie Coast; in 66�49'S., 141�22'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946- 47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51, and so named because the small motor boat Sk�d- ern, used with some risk to complet^ hydrographic 256 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA and geodetic surveys of the Port Martin area, sank at her moorings during an extended storm. Res- cape is the French spelling for escape. Not adopted: Iles des Rescapes [French]. RESCUE ROCK: submerged rock marked by breakers, about 1 mi. NE, of Skua Islet, in the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�OO'S., 37'i4'W. The rock was charted in 1930 by DI survey personnel. It was so named because a whale catcher passing near this rock sighted a flag on Skua Islet, everitually leading to the rescue of the survey party at Camp Bay where their ves- sel had run aground. RESOLUTION POINT: point on the NE. side of Cook I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 59�26'S., 27�07'W. Cook I. was probably first sighted by Capt. James Cook in 1775. The point was charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and named after Cook's ship H.M.S. Resolution. RESSAC ISLET: small rocky islet, lying about 0.9 mi. E. of Houle It. and about 4 mi. NE. of Zelee Glacier Tongue, off Adelie Coast; in about 66�42'S., 141 � 14'E. Photographed irom the air by ti SN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Lio- tard, 1949-51, and so named because the surf breaks over the islet. Ressac is the French word for surf. - RESTITUTION POINT: point marking the N. side of the entrance to South Bay in Prince Olav Hbr., on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37�09'W. The name Factory Point, derived from ' the nearby whaling station (now no longer operat- ing) was given for this feature by DI personnel in 1927. There is also a Factory Point at Leith Iibr., less than 20 mi. to the NW. Since Factory Point in Leith Hbr. is better known locally, it has bcen retained. To avoid confusion the name Fac- _ tory Point is rejected for the feature now described, and a new name Restitution Point is approved. The S.S Restitiction, a floating factory ship, worked for many years at Prince Olav Hbr. before the shore station was built there. Not adopted: Factory Point. - RETFiVAL POINT: ice-free point forming thc S. side of the entrance to Paal Hbr. on the E. side of Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�36'W. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed _ in 1947 by the FIDS. Named by the Br-APC in - 1954 after the Rethval Whaling Co. of Oslo, the , flrst company to start whaling in the South Ork- - ney Is. in 1911-12. _ RETURN POINT: rocky slope forming the SW. - tip of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�38'S., 46�02'W. Disc. on Dec. 7, 1821 by Can�. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer. Named by Powell who, after making a landing on this point of lan.d, returned directly aboard ship after viewing the coast to the eastward. Not adopted: Cap Regreso [French]. REUSCH GLACIER: glacier lesi than 1 mi. wide descending into the W. part of Relay Bay, an in- dentation of Robertson Bay in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�29'S., 169�25'E. First charted in 1899 by the BrAE, 1898-1900, under C. E. Borchgrevink, who named this feature for Dr. H. Reusch, then Pres. of the Norwegian Geographical Society. Not adopted: Doctor Rusch Glacier, Reush Glacier. Retcsla Glucier: see Reusch Glacier. Revelle B�y: see Revelle Inlet. REVELLE INLET: broad, ice-filled inlet wh:ch recedes W. some 15 mi. between Capes Agassiz and Keeler, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�40'S., 63�26'W. The inlet lies in the ares ex- plored from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, but it was first charted by the USAS in 1940. It was resighted by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Roger Revelle, oceanographer at the Scripps Inst. for Oceanographic Research, who gave tech- nical assistance during the fitting out of the Ronne expedition. Not adopted: Revelle Bay. REY, CAYE: dark rocky promontory standing between the SW. side of Marin Darbel Bay and the NE. side of Lallemand Fjord, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�44'S., 66�30'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Lt. Joseph J. Rey, French Navy, meteorologist of ihe FrAE under Charcot, 190~-5. REYNOLDS, CAPE: rocky point several hundred ft. in el., lying along the SW. shore of Geikie Inlet and marking the W. side of the mouth of Clarke Gl., cn the coast of Victoria Land; in about ?5�34'S., 162�48'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, who probably named this feature for Jeremiah (John) N. fteynolds, who long agitated for American exploration in the Antarctic, and who was one of the principal promoters of the USEE, 1838-42, REYNOLDS, MOUNT: snow-capped mountain about 3,700 ft. in el., marked by steep, rocky lower slopes, standing at the S. side of Violante Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�42'S., 61�16'W. Disc. by members of the USAS in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940. Named by the US-SCAN for Jeremiah (John) N. Reynolds, long-time protag- onist (1826-38) of hrnerican exploration and ex- 257 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA pansion in the Paciflc and the Ancarctic. Not adopted: Cape Poindexter, Cape Reynolds. ~ REYNOLDS TROUGH: low trough about 6 mi. wide and 65 mi. long, extending WSW. froni tlze SW. end of Paulding Bay, and situated between a low, ice-covered ridge on the N. and a moderately steep, ice-covered escarpment of the interior pla- teau to the S., close behind the E. end of Sabrina Coast; centering in about 66�55'S., 121�00'E. The trough is marked by an elongated series of promi- nent melttvater ponds along the lower end of its S. tiank, and except for its seaward end close S. of Cape Southard, the trough is relatively free from crevasses as it rises gradually westward to the con- tinental ice slopes. Delineated from aerial photo- graphs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the liS-ACAN for Ens. Allan J. Reynolds, USN, navigator of one of the three USN Op. Hjp. crews which completed trimetrogon nhotographic cover- age of the major portion of the Antarctic coast be- tween 15� and 165�, east longitude. REX, MOUNT: morntain about 10,500 ft. in el., standing E. of Mt. Peterson in the Ellsworth Hign- land; in about 74�57'S., 76�55'W. Disc. by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this feature for Lt. Cdr. Daniel F. Rex, USN, of the Of- fice of Naval Research, wbo made important con- tributions to the pianning of the scientific research program and the equipr,ient of the expedition. Not adopted: Mount Daniel Rex. RHAMNUS, MOUNT: mountain, about 2,900 ft. _ in el., which lies 2 mi. NE. of Mt. Nemesis on the - N. side of Neny Fjord, Palmer Pen.; in 68�11'S., - 66�50'W. Seen from the W. it appears as a mainly , snuw-covered pyramid. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. It was resurveyed in 1947 by the FIDS, who applied the name. The name Mount Rhamnus derives from association - with Mt. Neinesis. Accarding to the mythological story, the G'r.eek geddess Nemesis had a celebrated - sanctuary at Rhamnus in Attica. Not adopted: Pyramid Mountain, Pyramid Peak. Rhino Horn Rock: see Rhino Rock. RHINO ROCK: prominent black rock with steep _ sides rising to about 2,300 ft. in el., situated about 5 mi. SSW. of Cape Rymill on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69�34'S., 62�32'W. It was named Rhino Horn Rock for its suggestive appearance by members of the East Base of the USAS who charted the area on land and from the air in 1940, but the name has been shortened to Rhino Rock. Not adopted: Rhino Horn Rock. RHO ISLETS: group of small islets and rocks whicn lie immediately N. of Lambda I. and mark the NW. extremity of the Melchior Is., Palmer Ai�c:h.; in 64�17'S., 63�00'W. The name Rho, de- rived from the 17th letter of the Greek alphaUet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt. chart following surveys of these islets by Arg. expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Islotes Boulier [Spanish]. RHYOLITE ISLET: : group of islets and rocks, which extend in an E.-W. direction about 4 mi., lying about 9 mi. SE. of Powder It. and close off the N. side of the mou~h of Eureka Gl. in George VI Sound; in 69�40'S., 58�35'W. Surveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and so named by them because the islets are largely comgosed of rhyolite. RICHARD BLACIK COAST: that portion of the E. coast of Palmer Pen. extending from Cape Boggs, in 70�33'S., 61�23'W., to Cape Mackintosh, in 72�53'S., 60�03'W. This coast was disc. aiid photographed from thQ air by members of East Base of the USAD, 1939-41, on a flight, Dec. 30, 1940. The most southerly point reached was Wright Inlet in 74�05'S., but ;eatures as far S. as Bowman Pen. are identifiable in the aerial photo- graphs taken on the flight. Named for Cdr. Rich- ard B. Black, USNR, leader of the December 30 flight and commanding officer of the East Base RICHARDSON, MOtJNT: peak on the SE. cor- ner of the main massif of the Fosdick Mtns., just W. of Reece Pass, in the Edsel Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�32'S., 144�38'W. Disc. on aerial flights from West Base of the USAS in 1940 and named for Harrison H. Richardson, meteor- ological observer of the Edsel Ford Mountains Bio- logical Party, which visited this area in November- December 1940. Richard Russell, Moicnt: see Russell, Mount. Riohthofen Sound: see Richthofen Valley. RICHTHOFEN VALLEY: glacier-fi'.led valley about 4 mi, wide at its mouth and extending W. for an undetermined distance, at the N. side of Cape McCarroll on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in about 65�58'S., 62�45'W. Disc. in 1902 by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, who named it for Baron Fer- dinand von Richthofen, German geographer and geologist. Not adopted: Richthofen Sound. RIDGE ISLAND: ridge-shaped island about 6 mi. long, in a NE.-SW. direction, and 1 mi. wide, lying 3 mi. N. of Horseshoe I. in the cer' ^.r of Bourgeois Fjord, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�42'S., 67�O6'W. Disc. and named by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. 258 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA RIDGE PEAK: pyramidal rocky peak, about 1,700 ft. in el., from which a prominent ridge ex- tends E., standing 6 mi. S. of the head of Hope Bay and 3 mi. E. of the N. portion of Duse Bay, at the _ NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�31'S., 57�03'W. This _ area was flrst explored by a party of the SwedAE, 1901-4. Ridge Peak was charted and named by the FIDS, 1946. RIDLEY BEACH: a cuspate beach feature form- ing a triangle about 1 mi. long on each side, lying about 1 mi. S. of Cape Adare, on the W. side of the _ peninsula, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�18'S., 170�13'E. This was the camp site of the _ BrAE, 1898-1900, under C. E. Borchgrevink, who gave the camp his mother's maiden name. The name was applied to the entire feature in 1911 by _ the Northern Pafty of the BrAE, 1910-13, under - Scott. who disc. it in a flight on Feb. 21, 1931. Not adopted: Cook Peninsula. RILEY GLACIER: heavily crevassed glacier, about 14 mi. long and 17 mi. wide, flowing westward frum the W. side of Palmer Pen. into George VI Sound between the Traverse Mtns. and Mt. Dixey; in 70�03'S., 68�10'W. Firat sighted and surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under ftymill. Resurveyed in 1949 by the FIDS and named for Quintin T. P. M. Riley, ass?stant meteorologist of the BGLE, 1934-37. RIME PEAK: the summit, about 3,700 ft. in el., of a mountain at the E. side of Sunshine Gl., Cora nation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�38'S., 45�26'W. The name, applied by the FIDS following their survey of 1948-49, is descriptive of the permanent appearance of the peak which is heavily covered with hoarfrost, or rime. RIDLEY ISLAND: island about 2 mi. N. of False Round Pt., northern King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�50'S., 57�57'W. This is- land was known to both the American and British sealers as early as 1822, and the name Ridley has Ueen well established in international usage for over 100 years. Not adopted: Ridley's Isle. RIGHT WHALE BAY: Uay about 1.5 mi. wide, - lying S. of Nameless Pt., along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�02'S., 37�41'W. The name dates back to at least 1922 and is now well estab- lished in international usage. The right whale is a species of whale found in tYiis area. RIGHT WHALE ROCKS: g:oup of rocks about 0.25 mi. N. of Barff Pt., ai the E. side of the en- trance to Cumberland Bay, South Georgia; in 54�14'S., 36�24'W. The name Merton ftocks was - used for this feature on a chart of Cumberland Bay . b,: personnel of H.M.S. Sappho in 1906, but the name Right Whale Rocks is retained because of wider and more recent acceptance. Not adopted: Mcrton Rocks. RIISE'3-LARSEN, MOUNT: the highest peak, _ abeut 6,100 ft. in el., of the Tula Range, in Enderby Land; in about 67�00'S., 50�50'E. Named by the BANZARE under Mawson, in January 1930, for _ Capt. Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen, leadex of a Nor. exp. in the Norvegfa which was also exploring in this region in that season. Not adopted: Mount Riiser Larsen. RIISEEt-LARSEN PENINSULA: a broad projer,- tion of the continental margin marking the NE. end of Princess Ragnhild Coast and forming the W. portal to Lutzow-Holm Bay; in about 68�30'S., 33�50'E. Named for Capt. Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen RIO BRANCO, MOUNT: mountain about 3,200 ft. in el., about 2.5 mi. E. of Cape Trois Perez, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�26'S., 64�O1'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Baron Rio Branco, at that time Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil. Not adopted: Mount Branco, Sommet Rio Branco [French]. Rio Branco, Sommet: see Rio Branco, Mount. Ritscher-L�nd: see Etitscher Uplancl. RITSCHER PEAK: prominent peak zbout 9,900 it. in el., situated about 7 mi. WSW, of D/It. Mentzel in the NE. portion of the Wohlthat Mtns., in New Schwabenland; in about 72�22'S., 13�25'E. Disc. by the GerAE, 1938-39, and named for Captain Alfred Ritscher, leader of the expedition. RITSCHER UPLAND: an upland consisting of a heterogeneous collection of mountain ranges, peaks, and associated depressions in New Schwabenland, extending NE. from about 74�30'S., 9�00'W. along the W. border of the biiihlig-Hof- mann Mtns. to about 71�00'S., 1�00'W. Disc. by the GerAE, 1938-39, and named for Capt. Alfred Ritscher, leader of the expedition. Not adopted: Ritscher-Land [German]. RIVETT, PriOUNT: bare, rugged peak about 1,900 ft. in el., the most northern and eastern of the Gustav Bull Mtns., on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�49'S., 66�13'E. Early in January 1930, the BANZARE under Mawson sighted land in this area and made an aerial observation flight. The exp, landed on nearby Scullin Monolith ;;n Feb. 13, 1931 and named this peali, probably for Sir A. C. David Rivett, Deputy Chairnjan and Chief Executive OflScer of the Commonwealth (Aus- 259 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA tralia) Council for Scientiflc and Industrial Re- search since 1927. Not adopted: Rivett Mountain. Ronald Amundsen Sea: see Amundsen Sea. ROALD GLACIER: glacier which flows from the S. slopes of Mt. Noble into Gibbon Bay on the E. coast of Coronution I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�40'S., 45�15'W. The glacier was charted and named by the Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle in the period 1912-15. It was surveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS. F.,;4ben Nunataks: see Seal Nunataks. ROBERT, CAPE: ice-covered point at the W. side of Diarret GI., on Ad6lie Coast; in about 66�23'S., 137�39'E. Disc. and named by the Fr. exp. under D'Urville in 1840. The cape was roughly charted by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14, and more recently delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Robert English Coast: see Eights Coast. ROBERT ENGLISH COAST: that portion of the coast of Antarctica exiending from the base of Palmer Pen., in about 67�W. to the cape at the W. side of the entrance to Carroll Inlet in ?9�W. Disc. and explored, in December 1940, on the ground by Finn Ronne and Carl R. Eklund, and in flights by other members of the East Base of the USAS. Named for Capt. Bobert A. J. English, USN, Executive Sec. of the Executive Committee, USAS, 1939-41, and captain of the Bear of Oak- l�nd on the ByrdAE, 1933-35. ROBEftT ISLAND: island about 12 mi. long and 6 mi. wide, lying between Nelson I. and Green- wich I. in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�24'S., 59�34'W. The name dates back to at least laZl and is now established international usagP. Not adopted: Mitchells Island, Polotsk Island, Roberts Island, ftobert's Island. Robert Palmer Bay: see Palxner Inlet. ROBEftT POINT: point marking the SE. tip of Robert I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�28'S., 59�23'W. This point, which probably has been known to sealers and whalers in the area for over 100 years, takes its name after the island. Not adopted: Cape Roberts, Roberts Point. ROBF.RTS CAPE: cape at the S. side of the en- trance to Granite Hbr., on the E. coast of Victoria Land; in about 77�00'S., 162�50'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, who named it for William C. Roberts, asst, zoologist and cook to the expedition. ROBERTS, MOUNT: dark, mostly ice-free rock peak with a flat, sloping top, about 3,200 ft. in el., which is isolated from the Detroit Plateau to the W. and lies about 3 mi. inland from Prince Gustav Chan., some 14 mi. N. o: Sjogren Gl., on the SE. side of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 64�00'S., 58�49'W. First charted by the FIDS, in 1945, and named for D. W. Roberts, Manager of the Falkland Islands Co. in 1945, who was of assistance to the expedition. ROBERT SCOTT, MnUNT: mountain in the Commonwealth Range, lying between Mt. Har- court and Mt. Kathleen and overlooking the E. side of Beaxdmore Gl. at its junction with Ross Ice Shelf; in about 83�43'S., 174�00'E. Disc. by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, who named this feature for Capt. Robert F. Scott, RN. Shackleton had been a member of the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott. Not adopted: Mount Scott. ROBEftT SCOTT GLACIER: major glacier, from 5 to 15 mi, wide and about 90 mi. long, descending from the polar plateau in long sweeping curves to the head of Ross Ice Shelf between Amundsen and Leverett Glaciers; in about 85�40'S., 152�00'W. Disr,, in December 1929 by the ByrdAE geological party under Gould. Named by the US-ACAN for Capt. Robert F. Scott, RN, leader of the BrNAE, 1901-4, and the BrAE, 1910-13, who lost his life in March 1912 on the return journey from the South Pole, which he had reached on Jan. 18, 1912. Not adopted: Scott Glacier (q.v.), Thorne Glacier. ROBEftTS ICE PIEDMONT: large ice piedmont, about 20 mi. long, in a N.-S. direction, and about 15 mi. wide, l,ying to the N. and NW. of Mt. Calais and occupying the NE. corner of Alexander I Is- land; in 69�00'S., 70�20'W. First seen from a dis- tance and roughly surveyed by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot. It was photographed from the air by the BGLE during a flight on Aug. 15, 1936, and roughly mapped from these photographs. Named by the Br-APC in 1955 for Brian B. Roberts, ornithologist of the BGLE, 1934-37, and later Sec- retary of the British Antarctic Place-names Com- mittee. ROBERTSON, CAPE: cape about 1 mi. E. of Route Pt., marking the NE. end of Mackenzie Pen., which forms the W. part of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 44�48'W. On the map of Laurie I. by the SrotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, the name Cape Robertson appears in the position of Route Pt., previously named by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel B. Palmer in 1821. The name Route Pt. is retained for the NW. end of Mackenzie Pen.; Cape Robertson is the NE. end of this peninsula. The name commemorates - 260 ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Thomas Rebertson, captain of the Scotia, exp, ship of the ScotNAE, 1902-4. Not adopted: Route Point (q.v.). Quetteville Robin of the FIDS, leader at Signy I. base in 1947, who made the first detailed survey of the island. ROBERTSON, MOUNT: mountain about 5,100 ft. in el., lying NW, of the head of Gardner Inlet, on the F. coast of Palmer Pen.; in about 74�41'S., 64�14'W. Disc. by the RARE 1947-48, under Ronne, who : amed this feature for James B. Robertson, aviation mechanic with the expedition. Not adopted: Mount James Robertson. ROBERTSON BAY: bay about 23 mi. wide and _ 25 mi. long, lying between Cape Barrow and Cape Adare, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�20'S., 170�00'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under _ Ross, who named it for Dr. John Robertson, sur- geon on the exp. ship Terror. _ ROBERTSON ISLAND: ice-covered island, about 12 mi. long in a NW.-SE. direction and 6 mi. wide, _ lying at the E. end of the Seal Nunataks and some 30 mi. S. of Cape Sobral, off the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�10'S., 59�40'W. Disc. on Dec. 9, 1893 by Capt. C. A. Larser., who named it for William - Robertsan, co-owner of the firm of Woltereck and " Robertson of Hamburg which sent out Larsen's ship,the Jason. ROBERTSON ISLANDS: group of islands ex- tending about 2 mi. southward of the SE. end of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�47'S., 45�10'W. Disc. and roughly charted by Capt. George Pocvell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer in De- cember 1E21. Recharted and named by James Weddell in 1823. Not adopted: Robertsons Islands, Robertson's Islands. ROBEftTSON POINT: point forming the E. side of the entrance to Fortuna Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�06'S., 36�48'W. Robertson Point is an established name which dates back to at least 1920. Not adopted: Cape Robertson. ~ ROBILLARD GLACIER: narrow glacier flowing - ENE. and entering the N. side of the head of Sol- berg Inlet, on the E. coast cf Palmer Pen.; in 68�19'S., 65�30'W. Disc. by members of East Base of the USAS, 1939-41. It was photographed from the air in 1947 by the RARE, under Ronne, and charted in 1948 by the FIDS. Named by Ronne for Capt. George Robillard, USN, of the legal sec- tion of the Bureau of Ships, who assisted in gain- ing Congressional support which resulted in pro- curing the expedition ship. ROBIN PEA,K: sharply defined rocky summit, about 900 ft. in el., which is the northernmost peak on Signy I., South Orkney is.; in 60�41'S., 45�38W. Named by the Br-APC in 1954 for Gordon de ROBINSON, CAPE: cape marking the E. end of an icecapped promontory between Cabinet and Mill Inlets, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�52'S., 63�43'W. Sir Hubert Wilkins, while on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928 along this coast, named an island for W. S. Robinson of London and Aus- tralia, which he reported to lie in about 67�20'S., 61�40'W. Absence of photographs of this island by Wilkins has prevented its positive re-identiflca- tion. For this reason, and for the sake of his- torical continuity, it is recommended that the E. end of the p:omontory in 66�52'S. be given the name Cape Rabinson. This cape was charted by the FIDS and photographed from the air by the FARE in 1947. Not adopted: Cape Duemler. ROBINSON, MOUNT: peak about 10,000 ft. in el., standing S. of Robertson Bay in northern Vic- toria Land; in about 71�45'S., 169�43'E. Disc. in January 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, wl~o named this feature for the Reverend Dr. ftobiiison, of Armagh, one of the more active promoters of mag- netic research in the Antarctic. ROBINSON BAY: glacier-fllled embayment, about 11 r.ii. wide at its entrance between Cape De Gerlache and Cape Harrisson, along Queen Mary Coast; in about 66�40'S., 98�50'E. Disc. by the Eastei�rl S12dge Party operating from the West Base of the AAE, 1911-14, under Mawson, and nPmed for Lionel Robinson of Australia, a patron of the expedition. ROBINSON GLACIER: channel glacier about 2 mi. wide and 7 mi. long, flowing NNW. from the continental ice to the Knox Coast, midway be- tween Merritt It. and Reist Rocks; in about 66�32'S., 107�18'E. Delineated from aerial photo- graphs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for R. P. ftobinson, pursers stew- ard on the sloop of war Vincennes of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. ROBINSON GROUP: group of two large and sev- eral small islands, from 100 to 200 ft. in el., lying off Mac-ftobertson Coast about 3 mi. W. of Cape Daly; in about 67�28'S., 63�48'E. Disc. on about Feb. 15, 1931 by the BANZARE under Mawson, wha applied the name. Robinson Island: see Francis Island. Robinson Island: (in about 67�20'S., 63�40'W.) the decision of May 1947 has been VACATED, since subsequent survey has shown tnat no island exists m the position indicated. Instead, the name ftob- 261 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGItAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA inson has been applied to a cape in 66�52'S., 63�43'W. Robke Berg: see Ropke, Mount. ROCA, CAPE: cape about 1.8 mi. NW. of Cape Davidson at the W. end of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�45'S., 44�49W. The W. end of Laurie t. was sighted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer during their jeint c*uise - in DecPmbsr 1821. Cape Roca was charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, under Bruce, and named for Julio A. Roca, Pres. of Argentina, 1880-86 and 1898-1904. Not adopted: Cape Rock. ROCA ISLETS: group of islets about 2 mi. NW. of the Argentine Is.; lying off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�12'3., 64�20'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Julio A. Roca, Pres. of Argentina, 1880-86 and 1898-1904. Not adopted: ftoca Islands, Rocca Islands. ~ Roca Nueva: see New Rock. ROCKEFELLER PLATEAU: the Marie Byrd Land portion of the Antarctic plateau; centering in about 80�S., 135�W. Much of its extensive, ice- covered surface averages from 2,500 to 4,500 ft. in elevation. Disc. by R. Adm. Richard E. Byrd, in 1934 and named for John D. Rockefeller, Jr., patron of the Byrd expeditions. ROCK PIZE PEAKS: small peninsula consisting of a jumbled mass of rocky peaks and ridges jut- ting from the E. coast of Palmer Pen. between Mobiloil and Solberg Inlets; in 68�25'S., 65�10'W. This feature was photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, and by Lin- coln Ellsworth on his Sight of Nov. 23, 1935. Much greater detail, however, was obtained in aerial and trail pictures taken in 1940 by members of the East Base of the USA3. The name was given by the US-SCAN for this feature which, because of its peculiarly jumbled appearance, stood out as a notable and easily distinguishable landmark on the aerial photographs of the USAS. As such, it was particularly valuable in the work of correla- tion. Not adopted: Rock Pile Point. - Roca Reef; Roca Rock: see Rocca Reef. Rocca Islands: see Roca Islets. ftOCCA REEF: two small, low rocks which lie 4.5 mi. WSW. of Cape Alexandra, and 1.5 mi. off the S. coast of Adelaide I., in the N. part of Mar- guerite Bay; in 67�47'S., 68�47W. Disc. in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot, and named by him for Monsieur Rocca, an acquaintance in Punta Arenas. Not adopted: ftoca Reef, Boca Rock. Rochsr Conique: see Conical Rock. Rocher Noir: see Tristan Islet. ftocher Nouveau: see New Rock. Rochers de l'Orn: see Ornen Rocks. Rocher Voile: see Sail Rock. Rock, Cape: see Roca, Cape. Rockby: see Rocky Bay. FtOCKEFELLER MOUNTAINS: group of low- lying, scattered granite peaks and ridges, almost entirely snow-covered, lying in the interior of Ed- ward VII Pen.; in about 78�00'S., 155�22'W. Disc. by the ByrdAE on Jan. 26, 1929, and named by R. Adm. Richard E. Byrd for John D. Rockefeller, Jr., a patron of the expedition. Rock Ridge: see Red Rock Ridge. Rock II: see X, Rock. ROCKY BAY: small bay, with numerous rocks lying in the bay and at its entrance, situated im- mediately N. of Ducloz Head, along the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�29'S., 36�39'W. The pres- ence of this bay seems to have been first no�ed in 1819 by Adm. Thaddeus Bellingshausen, who roughly charted a small inlet in this approximate position. The name was in use prior to 1930, and was probably applled by sealers and whalers working in the area. Not adopted: Rockby, Rok- Bucht [German]. Rocky Paint: see Carey Point; Dunlop, Cape; Kanin Point. ROCKY POINT: rocky point marking the SE. extremity of Vindication I., South Sandwich Is.; in 57�04'S., 26�45'W. It was named by DI per- sonnel following their survey in 1930. Rodeada, Isla: see Beta Island. Roddn: see Red Island. ROGERS GLACIER: channel glacier about 10 mi, wide and of undetermined length, flowing NW. from the continental ice and entering the E. side of Baker Three Gl. close S. of McKaskle Hills, on Ingrid Christensen Coast; in about 70�00'8., 72�30'E. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp. 262 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA - in March 1947, and named by him for Lt. Cdr. William J. R.ogers, Jr., USN, plane commander of one of three aerial crews which obtained photo- - graphic coverage of this area and other coastal _ areas between 14� and 164�, east longitude. ROGERS HEAD: conspicuous headland marking the N. extremity of the penizsula between Atlas Cove and Corinthian Bay on the N. coast of Heard I.; in 53�00'S., 73�24'E. Named ;or the Rogers family of New London, Conn., including Capt. Erasmus Darwin Rogers, who in 1855 made the flrst landing on Heard I. in the ship Corinthian, Capt. James H. Rogers, master of the brig Zoe, and Henry Rogers, flrst mate of the Zoe, who in 1856 was leader of the first party to winter on the island. The i...me appears on a chart by the Br. exp. under Nares, which visited the island in the Ch�llenger in 1874 and utilized thP names then in use by the sealers. Not adopted: Rogers' Hear?., Roger's Head. RO(3ET, CAPE: cape in northeastern Victoria Land, formed by the te:�mination of Mt. Hershel and marking the N. side of the entrance to Mou- bray Bay; in about 72�05'S., 1'70�58'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross and named for Dr. - Peter Mark Roget, noted English lexicographer who was Sec. of the Royal Society. ROGGED BAY: small bay lying immediately N. , of Cape Disappointment, near the S. tip of South ~ Georgia; in 54�52'S., 36`07'W. The name Rogged Bay, which was prcUablg used by early sealers, was recorded by Arnaldo Faustini on a 1906 map, and applied to a wider em'Uayment in this vicinity. Following its survey in 1951-52, the SCS reported - that the small bay im:aediately N. of Cape Disap- pointment required a name. The existing name = Rogged Bay was recommended, as limited to this small bay, by the Br-APC in 1954. RtSHSS BAY: bay abcut 11 mi. wide at its mouth, decreasing to 3 mi. wide near its head, which re- cedes hE. for about 12 mi. between Capes Broms and Obelisk in the SW. part of James Ross I., close S. of the NE. end of Pa;mer Pen.; in 64�12'S., 58�16'W. Disc. by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold, and named by him for August and Wilhelm Rohss, patrons of the expedition. Rai Georges, Ile dic: see King George Island. Roi Oscar, Terre rlic: see Oscar II Coast. Rok-Bucht: see Rocky Bay. BOLAND BAY: a cove, the S. shore of which is - Herveou Pt., indenting the W. end of the peninsula _ that separates Port Charcot from Salpetriere Bay, on the W. side of Booth I., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�04'S., 64003'W. First charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for F. Roland, a seaman on the exp. ship Franqais. ROLAND BONAPARTE POINT: point on the SW. coast of Anvers I., about 6 mi. NW. of Cape Lan- caster and marking the W. side of the entrance to Biscoe Bay, in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�47'S., 63�55'W. The point was charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Prince Roland Bonaparte, then Pres. of the Paris Geographical Society. Not adopted: Bonaparte Point. ROLF ROCK: small isolated rock in Hound Bay, about 1.5 mi. SSE. of Tijuca Pt., along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�22'S., 36�12'W. Named by the Br-APC, following mapping by the SGS, 1951- 52, after the Rolf, one of the vessels of thP Com- pania Argentina de Pesca which participated in es- tablishing the flrst permanent whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1904. Roman Figure Four Mountain; Rom�n Four Rock: see Roman Four Promontory. ROMAN FOUR PROMONTORY: rocky promon- tory about 2,700 ft. in el., marking the N. side of the entrance to Neny Fjord, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�13'S., 66058'W. The promontory was first charted by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. The name appears to have been applied by members of East Base of the USAS, 1939-41, whose base was located on nearby Stonington I., and derives from snow-filled clefts along the face of the promontory giving the appearance of a Roman numeral IV. Not adopted: Roman Figure Four Mountain, Roanan Four Rock. Romero, Cape; Rmnerof, Cape; Romeroff, Cape: see Romerof Head. ROMEROF HEAD: prominent headland, with steep rock cliffs, forming ti.ie W. side of the entrance to Schlieper Bay, on the S. coast and near the W. end of South Georgia.; in 54�04'S., 37�53'W. The name, which probably was'o ven by early whalers, dated back to at least 1912. Not adopted: Cape Romero, Cape Romerof, Cape Romeroff. ROMNAES, MOUNT: prominent isolated moun- tain between the shore and the S�r Rondane Mtns., on Princess Ragnhild Coast; in about 71�35'S., 22�55'E. Disc. and charted on Feb. 6, 1937, by members of a Nor. exp. under Christensen and named for Nils Romnaes, aerial photographer of this expedition. ROMLTLUS GLACIER: glacier, about 7 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, which fiows from the N. slopes of Mt. Lupa westward to Rymill Bay between the 263 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAME5 OF ANTAR('TICA Blackwall Mtns. and Black Thumb Mtn., on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�23'S., 66�50'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. :te- surveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, who so named it for its association with Remus Gl., whose head lies near the head of this glacier. RONDE ISLET: small rocky islet lying close off the NE. side of Zelee Glacier Tongue, about 2.6 mi. WNW. of Rescape Islets, off Ad6lie Coast; in about 66�47'S., 141�15'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51, and so named because of its round shape. Ronne Bay: see Ronne Entrance. ern peak rises to about 7,500 ft. in el.; its eastern peak to about 7,000 ft. The mountain is a promi- nent feature and presumably was known to whalers and sealers in South Georgia at an early date. It was roughly surveyed in the period 1925-30 by DI personnel, and resurveyed by the S(3S, 1951-52. Named by the Br-APC for James W. Roots, a mem- ber of the SGS,1951-52. RtSPKE, MOUNT: mountain spur about 8,200 ft. in el., on the W. side of the range forming the W. wall of Penck Trough, in New Schwabenland; in about 72�22'S., 5�30'W. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Karl-Heinz Ropke, second officer of the exp. ship Schwaben- land. Not adopted: Robke Berg [German], Ropke Mountain. RONNE ENTRANCE: the broad SW. entrance of George VI Sound where it opens on Bellingshausen Sea between Alexander I Island and Robert English Coast; in about 72�00'S., 76�00'W. This feature was disc. on a sledge journey through the sound in December 1940 by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of the USAS, 1939-41. At that time it was named Ronne Bay, the feature forming an open bay front- - ing on the ice shelf at the SW. end of the sound. Since 1940, the head of Ronne Bay has receded east- ward into George VI Sound altering the relation- ships on which the name Ronne Bay was based. The name Ronne Bay has therefore been dropped and the name Ronne Entrance applied to the broad SW. entrance of George VI Sound in keeping with the physical characteristics of the feature. Named . for the Ronne family, of which the father, Martin Ronne, was a member of the Nor. exp. under Amundsen, 1910-12, and the EyrdAE, 1928-30, and the son, Finn Ronne, was a member of the ByrdAE, 1933-35, and the USAS, 1939-41, and leader of the RARE, 1947-48. Not aciopted : Ronne Bay. Roocker, ]llount: see Riicker, Mount. Rookery Islands: see Haswell Islets. Roosen Channel: see Neumayer Channel. ROOSEVELT ISLAND: ice-covered island, about 90 mi. long in a N.-S. direction and about 40 mi. wide, lying in the E. part of the Ross Ice Shelf, with its N. extremity about 3 mi. S. of the Bay of Whales; in about 79030'S., 162�00'W. Disc. in 1934 by the ByrdAE, and named by R. Adm. Byrd for Franklin D. Roosevelt, then President of the United States. - Roosevelt Sea: see Amundsen Sea. ROOTS, MOUNT: mainly snow-covered moun- tain in the Allardyce Range, South Georgia, stand- ing near the head of Nordenskjold Gl., about 6 mi. ESE. of Mt. Paget; in 54�28'S., 36�24'W. Its west- ROQUEMAUREL, CAPE: prominent rocky head- land on the W. coast of Louis Philippe Pen., about 16 mi. NE. of rape Kjellman; in 63�33'S., 58�56'W. Disc. by a Fr. exp., 1837-40, under D'Urville, and named by him for Lt. Louis De Roquemaurel, second-in-command of the exp. ship Astrolabe. ROSA, CAPE: cape marking the S. side of the en- trance to King Haakon Bay, on the S. coast of South Georgia; in about 54�13'S., 37�22'W. The name flrst appears about 1920 on charts of South Georgia and has since become established by usage. ROSCOE GLACIER: channel glacier about 12 mi. long and 3 to 5 mi. wide, flowing N. from the con- tinental ice overlying Queen Mary Coast, and de- bouching from a small valley onto the W. portion of Shackleton Ice Shelf, midway between Cape Moyes and Junction Ccrner; in about 66�45'S., 95�30'E. Charted as a valley depression during a southern reconnaissance in March 1912 by F. Wild and other members of the Western Base Party of the AAE under Mawson. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for John H. Roscoe, geog- rapher, author of Antarctic Bibliography (Wash- ington, 1951), and scientific advisor to the director of United States Antarctic Programs. Roscoe served as photogrammetrist with the central task group of USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and with USN Op. Wml., 1947-48, and assisted the latter group in es- tablishing astronomical control stations along Wil- helm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts. ROSENWALD, MOUNT: prominent peak in the higher foothills of the Queen Maud Range, stand- ing NNW. of Mt. Black, on the W. side of Shackleton Gl.; in about 85�08'S., 178�00'E. Disc. by R. Adm. Byrd on ByrdAE flights to the Queen Maud Range in November 1929, and named by him for Julius Rosenwald of Chicago, contributor to the Byrd Ant- arctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35. 264 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA Rosita Bay: see Sunset Fjord. ROSAMEL ISLAND: circular island about 1 mi. in diameter with precipitous cliffs of volcanic rock rising to a snow-cavered peak about 1,400 ft. in el., lying W. of Dundee I. at the E. side of the S. en- trance to Antarctic Sound, off the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�34'S., 56�17'W. Disc. by the Fr. exn., 1837-40, under D'Urville, and named by him for V. Adm. Claude de Rosamel, French Min- ister of Marine under whose orders the exp. sailed. ROSENTHAL ISLETS: string of N.-S. trending islets fringing the W. coast of Anvers I. between De Gerlache Pt. and Cape Albert de Monaco at a distance of about 1 mi., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�38'S., 64�12'W. Disc. by the Ger. exp., 1873-74, under Dallmann, and named by him for Albert Rosenthal, Dir. of the Soc. for Polar Navigation, who with the society sponsored the expedition. Not adopted: Rosenthal Islands. ROSITA HARBOft: small bay lying 1 mi. N. of Camp Bay in the W. side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�O1'S., 37�27'W. The names Rosita Harbor and Allardyce Harbor were given for this bay in the period 1905-12, and both names have since appeared on maps for this feature. Follow- ing a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, the SGS reported that this feature is known locally as Rosita Harbor. This latter name is approved on the basis of local usage. The name Allardyce is rejected as applied to this feature; the main mountain range at South Georgia is already named for Will;am L. Allardyce. The name Rosita Harbor is named after the Rosita, one of the whale catchers of Messrs. Salvesen and Co., which started operating with the company in 1905, and which anchored in this bay. Not adopted: Allardyce Harbor. ROSS, CAPE; granite headland, 200 ft. in el., about 10 mi, NE. of Granite Hbr., on the coast of Victoria Land; in about 76�45'S., 163�02'E. First charted by the BrAE, 1907-9, under Shackleton, who named this feature for Sir James Clark Ross, noted British Antarctic explorer. Ross, Mount: see Haddington, Mount. ROSS GLACIER: glacier flowing E. to the head of Royal Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�32'S., 36�06'W. Charted by a Ger. exp., 1882-83, under Schrader, and named for Sir James Clark Ross. Ross Ice Barrier: see Ross Ice Shelf. ROSS ICE SHELF: vast ice shelf, to a large part grounded, occupying the entire S. part of the Ross Sea embayment and ending seaward in a cliffed ice front about 400 mi. long; in 81�30'S., 175`00'W. Disc. by Capt. (later Sir) James Clark Ross, RN, for whom it is named, on Jan. 28, 1841. Ross mapped the ice front eastward to 160�W. Not adopted: Grosse Eisebene [German], Ross Ice Barrier, Ross Shelf Ice. .:oss Island: see James Ross Island. ROSS ISLAND: island about 43 mi. long and 45 mi, wide, located E. of McMurdo Sound at the outer edge of the Ross Ice Shelf; in about 77�30'S., 168�00'E. Disc. in 1902 by the BrNAE under Scott, who named it for Sir James Clark Ross. ROSS PASS: narrow but well-defined pass be- tween the SE. end of the Allardyce Range and the NW. end of the Salvesen Range, South Georgia; in 54�32'S., 36�16'W. It is about 2,000 ft. in el., and provides a sledging route between Ross Gl. and Brogger Gl. The feature was first charted by the Ger. exp, under Schrader in 1882-83. The name Ross Pass, which derives from association with nearby Ross Gl., was given by the SGS fol- lowing their survey of 1951-52. Not adopted: Gletcher-Joch [German], Royal Pass. ROSS POINT: point on the SW. side of Nelson I., about 1.5 mi. SE. of Harmony Cove, in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�21'S., 59�09'V'I. The point was charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935. Probably named for Sir James Clark Ross. ROSS SEA: large embayment of the Paciflc Ocean, extending deeply into Antarctica between Cape Adare on the W. and Cape Colbeck on the E.; in about 75�S., 175�W. Named for Sir James Clark Ross. Ross Shelf Ice: see Ross Ice Shelf. Rote Insel: see Red Island. Rothschild, C�pe; Rothschild, Mozcnt: see Roths- child Island. ROTHSCHILD ISLAND: island lying W. of the N. end of Alexander I Island in the N. entrance to Wilkins Str.; in about 69�25'S., 72�45'W. Disc. from a distance and named by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot. Examination of aerial photo- graphs of this feature taken by the USAS, 1939-41, suggests that it may be connected by a low ice- covered land mass at its E. side to a mountainous mass, making this island much larger than 10 mi. in extent as previously represented. Not adopted: Cape Rothschild, Mount Rothschild. Roitge Island: see De Ronge Island. 265 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARG'TICA ROULLIN POINT: point marking the S. tip of Booth I., which is separated from the W. coast of Palmer Pen. by Lemaire Chan.; in 65�07'S., 64�02'W. This point was probably first seen by the Ger. exp. under Dallmann, 1873-74. It was charted by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Capt. Roullin, F:ench Navy. Not adopted: Point Roullin. ROUND ISLAND: circular islet about 0.5 mi. in diameter, lying 1.5 mi. W. of Hummock I. and 8 mi. NW. of Ferin Head, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�54'S., 65�37W. Disc. and named by the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37. ROUND POINT: point about 10 mi. WSW. of False Round Pt., on the N. coast of King George I., in the South Shetland in about 61�55'S., 58�16'W. The name dates back to at least 1822 and is established international usage. ROUSE, CAPE: ice-covered cape, fronted by ice cliffs, lying about 14 mi. ENE, of Murray Mono- lith on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�45'S., 67�10'E. Named by the BANZARE under Maw- son, who disc. this feature on about Feb. 13, 1931. Not adopted: Point Rouse. for John Quiller Rowett, the chief patron of that expedition. Not adopted: Rowett Island. ROW ISLAND: one of the Balleny Is., small, flat, and ice-covered, about 0.5 mi. long and about 600 ft. in el., lying about 1 mi. S. of Young I.; in about 66�32'S., 162�50'E. John Balleny assigned the name in 1839 to an island which he reported to be about 10 mi. N. of Young I.; naming it for Mr. J. Row, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby, Esq., in sending out the expedi- tion. Since the island :eported by Balleny has not been found by other explorers in the vicinity, the name was assigned to another island, disc. by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1936. Not adopted : Rowe Island. Royal, rape: see Harcourt, Cape. ROYAL BAY: bay, about 4 mi. wide ann indent- ing 6 mi., entered between Capes Charlotte and Harcourt along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�32'S., 36�00'W. Disc. and named by a Br. exp. under Cook in 1775. Royal Bay was surveyed by a Ger. exp. under Schrader, which was based on the N. shore of the bay in 1882-83. Royal Pass: see Ross Pass. ROUSE ROCKS: small group of rocks fringing Mac-Robertson Coast close S. of Welch I.; in about 67�35�S., 62�58'E. Discovered and named by the BANZARE, 1929-31, under Mawson. Route Point: see Robertsc?n, Cape. ROUTE POINT: rocky point marking the NW. end of Mackenzie Pen., which forms the W. part of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 44�50'W. Disc. and named by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821. ROUX, CAPE: cape marking the NW. extremity of Pasteur Pen., northern Brabant I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�01'S., 62�36'W. Disc. by the P'rAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and named by him for Emile Roux, noted French physician and bacteri- ologist, then Dir. of the Pasteur Inst., Paris. Not adopted: Cap E. Roux [F'rench]. Roux Island: see Charles-R,oux Island. Rotve Island: see Row Island. ROWETT ISLET: rocky islet about 1 mi. long, about 2 mi. SW. of Cape Lookout, Elephant I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�20'S., 55�20'W. This islet was known to both the American and British sealers as early as 1822. It was named by members of a Br. exp. under Shackleton, 1921-22, ROYAL SOCIETY RANGE: range of mountains lying near the head of McMurdo Sound, between Koettlitz Gl. and Ferrar Gl.; in about 78�10'S., 163�00'E. Disc. in January 1902 by the BrNAE under Scott, who named it in honor of the Royal Society, giving names of its members to the indi- vidual peaks. ftOYDS, CAPE: dark rock cape forming the W. extremity of Ross I.; in about 77�33'S., 166�07'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named this feature for Lt. Charles W. R. Royds, RN, who acted as meteorologist for the expedition. ROZO POINT: point marking the NW. end of Cholet Islet, an islet which lies immediately N. of the NW. par'. of Booth I. and fcrms the W. limit of Port Charcot, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�03'S., 64�02'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot, and namPd by him for M. Rozo, the cook on the exp. ship Franqais. Not adopted: Point Rozo. Rubbenspitze: see Seal Point. Rt1CKER, MOUNT: mountain about 11,260 ft. in el., in the Royal Society Range, lying SW. of Mc- Murdo Sound, along the W. side of Ross Sea; in about 78�11'S., 162�39'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named this feature for Sir Arthur Rucker, Honorary Sec. of the Royal So- 266 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA ciety. Not adopted: Mount Roocker; Mount Rucker. RUDNiOSE BROWN PEAK: peak about 5 mi. SSW. of Mi. nu::�,r and 7 mi. back of the coast, in Enderby Land; in about 66�22'S., 5iDice in January 1930 by the BANZARE, 1929-1931, under Mawson, who named this feature for Dr. R. N. Rud- mose Brown, naturalist of the ScotNAE, 1902-4, member of the Scott Polar Research Committee, 1939-41, and author of numerous books and articies on Antarctica. RUDMOSE ROCKS: group of rocks about 0.3 mi. NNW. of Cape Geddes, off the N. coast of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�42'S., 44�35'W. The rocks were first charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, under Bruce, who named them for R. N. Rudmose Brown, naturalist of the expedition. Ricgged Harbor: see New Plymouth. RUGGED ISLAND: island about 3 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, lying W. of Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�36'S., 61�17'W. This island was known to both the American sealers and the Brit- ish as early as 1820, and the name Rugged has been weil established in international usage for over 100 years. Not adopted: Lloyds Island, Lloyd's Island, Ragged Island. RUGGED ROCKS: small group of rocks at the W. side of the S. entrance to McFarlane Str., ex- tending about 1 mi. in a NW. direction from Pin Pt., Livingston I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�37'S., 59�50'W. These rocks were known to early sealers in the area and are roughly charted - on Powell's map of 1822. They were accurately charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and given this descriptive name. _ RUHNKE, MOUNT: peak projecting through the icecap between the Sauter and Preuschoff ftanges at the N. edge of the polar plateau in New Schwa- benland; in about 72�25'S., 3�30'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritsclier, 1938-39, and named for Herbert Ruhnke, radio operator on the flying boat P�ssat used by the expedition. RUMBOLDS POINT: point which marks the E. side of the entrance to Doubtful Bay, at the SE. end of South Georgia; in 54�52'S., 36�02'W. The name appears on a chart based upon surveys of this area in 1930 by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming. RUNAW9Y ISLET: rocky islet 0.7 mi. W. of the W. tip of Neny I. and 0.2 mi. NW. of Surf Rocit, lying in Marguerite Bay oif the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�12'S., 67�07'W. The islet was roughly charted in 1936 by the BGLE, and was surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. So named by FIDS because a runaway dog team left this islet and returned to base. RUNCIMAN ROCK: rock marked by breakers, lying about 300 yards E. of Biack I. at the SE. ap- proach to Black Island Chan., in the Argentine Is.; irL 65�16'S., 64�19'W. Disc. in 1935 by the BGLE under Rymill, who named it for Philip Runciman, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Whites Southhampton Yachtbuilding and Engineering Company Limited, where the exp. ship Penola was refitted before sailing south ir1 1934, RUNfD BAY: semicircular bay about 3 mi. wide, indent!.ng the SE. shore of Edward VIII Bay im- metiiately E. of Kvarsnes Foreland, along Kemp Coavt; in about 67�04'S., 57�10'E. Mapped by Nor- wegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by a Nor. exp. under Christensen in January- February 1937, and so named by them because of its round shape. Rundneset: see Green Point. ftUNNELSTONE ROCK: rock lying in Grandidier Chan., about 2.5 mi. NW. of Larrouy I. and some 17 mi. WSW. of Cape Garcia, Palmer Pen.; in 65�47'S., 65�22'W. Disc. and named by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. RUPPERT COAST: that portion of the coast of Marie Byrd Land extending from the northern en- trance of Paul Block Bay, in about 76�S., 147�W., east-northeastwards to Emory Land Bay at about 75�45'5.,140�30'W. Named for Col. Jacob Ruppert, of New York, a supporter of the ByrdAE, 1933-35. Not adopted: Jacob Ruppert Coast. RUSSELL, MOUNT: mountain in the Queen Maud Range, on the E. flank of Robert Scott Gl., in about 86�18'S., 148�45'W. Disc. by members of the Southern Sledge Party of the ByrdAE, 1933-35, and named for Richard S. Russell, Jr., one of the members of that party, and his father, Richard S. Russell, Sr., a supporter of the Byrd Antarctic Ex- peditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35. Not adopted: Mount Richard Russell. RUSSELL OWEN, MOUNT: mountain standing W. of Hilton Inlet and inland from the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in about 71�50'S., 63�00'W. Disc. by the RARE, 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this mouni,ain for ftussell Owen, newspape~ correspond- ent with the ByrdAE, 1928-30. Russell Peak: see Brown Peak. Rusty, Cape: see Howard, Cape. 267 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANT:IRCTICA ftUSTY BLUFF: prominent cliffs rising to a rounded summit, about 740 ft. in el., on the W. side of Paal Hbr. on Signy I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�37'W. Surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. The name, given by FIDS, was suggested by the color of the bluff and by a rusty iron post found on the summit. X-A ftz:th, Cape: seeRuth Ridge. - RUTH BLACK, MOUNT: ridge-shaped mountain abuut 6,000 ft. in el., standing about 3 mi. W. of Mt. Gardiner, at the SE. side of the lower reaches - of Bartiett Gl., in the Queen Maud Range; in about 86�17'S., 151�35'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named at that time by R. Adm. Byrd for Mrs. Ruth Black, deceased wife of Richard B. Black, exp. member who assisted with seismic, survey, and ra- _ dio operations in the vicinity of Little America II. RYDER BAY: Uay, about 6 mi. wide at its mouth and indenting 5 mi., situated 5 mi. E. of Mt. Gaudry on the SE. coast of Adelaide I.; in 67�34'S., 68�22'W. The Leonie Is. lie across the mouth of this bay. Disc. and first surveyed in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. Resurveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, and in 1948 by the FIDS. The bay is named for Lisle C. D. Ryder, second mate on the Penola during the BGLE, 1934-37. RYDEP�. GLACIER: gently sloping glacier, about 13 mi. long and wide, flowing W. from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Pen. into George VI Sound to the S. of Gurney Pt.; in 71�07'S., 67020'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill, and later named for Capt. Robert E. D. Ryder, RN, who as Lieutenant, was commander of the Penola dur- ing the BGLE, 1934-37. Rymill, Cape: see Reichelderfer, Cape. Ruth Bugge Islands: see Bugge Islands J; RUTH GADE, MOUNT: pyramidal massif, about 11,960 ft. in el., standing in the Queen Maud Range - between Cooper and Isaiah Bowman Glaciers, at the head of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 85�40'S., 163`30'W. Disc. in Nuvember 1911 by Capt. Roald Amundsen who named it for one of the daughters of the Norwegian Minister to Brazil, a strong sup- porter of Amundsen. RUTH RIDGE: black, rocky ridge about 1.5 mi. long in a NNE.-SSW. direction, terminating at its S. end in a small peak about 4,500 ft. in el. The ridge forms part of the plateau escarpment along the E. coast of Palmer Pen. and marks a change in direction of the escarpment where it turns W. to form the N. wa:l of Drygalski Gl.; in about 64�40'S., ro�49'W. Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, leader - of the Sw,.,AE, 1901-4, gave the name Cape Ruth in honor of his sister, to what appeared to be a cape at the N. side of Drygalski Gl. The feature was determined to be a ridge in 1947 by the FIDS, and - the name is approved accordingly. Not adopted: Cape Ruth. Rtith Siple, Mount: see Siple, Mount. RYAN REEF: isolated reef lying off the N. coast of South Georgia, about 0.75 mi. N. of the E. en- trance point of Doris Bay; in 54�26'S., 36�08'W. The reef appears on a chart based upon surveys by _ DI personnel in the period 1925-31, but it may have been charted earlier. It was named by the Br-APC, following a survey by the SGS, 1951-52, for Alfredo R. C. Ryan, Pres. of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, which operates the whaling station at Gryt- viken, South Georgia. RYMILL, CAPE: steep, metamorphic rock cliff about 700 ft. in el., lying opposite Hearst I. and jutting out from the icecap along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69�30'S., 62�25'W. The cape was named for John Rymill by mernbers of the East Base of the USAS who charted this coast by land and from the air in 1940. Ryi%ill was the leader of the BGLE,1934-37, and in 1936 sie-dged eastward across Palmer Pen. to 69�45'S., 63128'W. RYMILL BAY: bay, about 9 mi. wide at its mouth and indenting 5 mi., entered between Red Rock Ridge and the Bertrand Ice Piedmont along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 6$�24'S., 67�05'W. Probably first seen from a distance by the FrAE under Charcot in 1909. The bay was first surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE, and was resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS. The name, proposed by members of the BGLE, is for John R. Rymill, Australian leader of the BGLE, 1934-37. Rymill's rol: see Safety Col. RYRIE ROCK: isolated rock, about 30 ft. in el., lying about 12 mi. NE. of Kidson I., off Mac- Robertson Coast; in about 67�00'S., 61�25'E. Disc. and named by the BPNZARE, 1929-31, under Mawson. SABINE, MOUNT: mountain about 10,000 ft. in el., standing N. of Mt. Herschel in the Admiralty Range, in northern Victoria Lznd; in about 72�05'S., 169�10'E. Disc, in 1841 by the Br. exp. under Ross, and named by him for Lt. Col. (later Gen. Sir) Edward Sabine of the Royal Artillery, and Foreign Secretary of the Royal Society. _ 268 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA SABRINA COAST: that portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Waldron, in about 116�02'E., and Cape Southard, in about 122�05'E. A Br. exp. under John Balleny has long been cred- ited with having seen land in March 1839 in about 117'E. The USEE under Wilkes approached this coast in February 1840 and indicated its general conSguration as shown, in part, by his "Totten High Land" landfall on his 1840 chart. In 1931 the BANZARE under Mawson saw what appeared to be land in this longitude about one degree farther south than that reportr:d by Balleny and Wilkes. - In recognition of Balleny's ~!ffort, Mawson retained the name of the cutter Sabrin�, one of Balleny's - ships which was lost in a storm in 95�E. in the - latter part of March 1839. Not adopted: Sabrina - Land, Totten High Land (in part). - SABRINA ISLET: largest of three islets lying about 2 mi. S. of Cape McNab on Buckle I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66�55'S., 163�20'E. Named after the cutter Sabrina, commanded by H. Free- man, which sailed with John Balleny's schooner Eliza Scott in 1839 when the Balleny Is. were dis- covered. Sabrina Land: see Sabrina Coast. S�cramento B�y: see Sacramento Bight. SACRAMENTO BIGHT: an open bight, about 3 mi. wide, between Calf Head and Cape Harcourt on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�29'S., 36�O1'W. The name "Pinguin-Bay" tivas given by a Ger. exp. under Schrader, 1882-83, to a small bay within the bight now described. The SGS, 1951-52, reported that a name is not necessary for this bay, and that the bight, which is known to whalers and sealers as Sacramento Bay, does require a name. In order to indicate the correct nature of the feature, and at the same time to conform to local usage, the name Sacramento Bight is approved. Not adopted: Pinguin-Bay, Sacramento Bay. SADDLE BLUFF: point about 1.3 mi. NW. of Irving Pt. on the NE. coast of Visokoi I., South Sandwich Is.; in 56�42'S., 27�09'W. It was named by DI personnel following their survey in 1930. SADDLE ISLAND: small island, consisting of twin summits which are almast separated by a nar- row channel strewn with boulders, lying about 6 mi. N. of the W. end of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in C0�38'S., 44�50'W. Disc. in 1823 by a Br. sealing exp, under Weddell, and so named be- cause of its unusual shape. Not adopted: Ile Mon- tura [French], Saddle Islands. Saddle Island: see Brutus Island. SADDLE POINT: point separating Corinthian Bay and Mechanics Bay on the N. coast of Heard I., in 53�O1'S., 73`29'E. The name was applied by American sealers at Heard I. following their initia- tion of sealing there in 1855. The name appears on the chart by "the Br. exp. under Nares, which visited the island in the Ch�llenger in 1874 and utilized the names then in use by the sealers. Saens Pena, Cape: see Saenz Pena, Cape. Saens Valiente, Mount; Saens Valiente, Sommet: see Saenz Valiente Peak. SAENZ PEfi1A, CAPE: cape surmounted by a con- ical peak about 4,200 ft. in el., forming the N. side of the W. entrance to Bigourdan Fjord, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�34'S., 67�37'W. Disc. by t'ie FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Dr. Roque Saenz Pena, Pres. of the Ar- gentine Republic, 1910-13. Not adopted: Cape Saens Pena, SAENZ VA.LIENTE PEAK: peak about 7,100 ft. in el., being the more westerly of two snow-capped peaks lying at the SE. end of the long ridge which separates Trooz Gl. from Beascochea Bay, about 10 mi. ESE. of Cape Trois Perez on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�28'S., 63�42'W. Disc. by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him, probably for Capt. J. P. Saenz Valiente of Argen- tina. The feature was re-identified and precisely located by the BGLE under Rymill during surveys in Beascochea Bay in August 1935, and on a journey to Trooz Gl. in January 1936. Not adopted: Mount Saens Valiente, Sommet Saens Valiente [French]. SAFETY COI,: snow-covered col, about 600 ft. in el., between Red Rock Ridge and the Blackwall Mtns.. )n the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�20'S., ,.i057'W. First surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the FIDS, and so named by them because the col affords a safe sledging route between Neny Fjord and Rymill Bay when there is open water off the W. end of the Red Rock Ridge. Not adopted: Bingham Col, ftymill's Col. SAIL ROCK: insular rock about 180 ft. in el., lying about 7 mi. WSW. of the SW. part of Decep- tion I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 63�02'S., 60�58'W. This name, which dates back to at least 1822, was probably given by sealers. From a dis- tance, the rock is reported to resemble a ship under sail, but at close range it is more like a house with a gable roof. Not adopted: Rocher Voile [French], Sail Rocks, Steeple Rock. Sail Rocks: see Sail Rock, 269 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF Al/?ARCTICA SAILS, BAY OF: bay about ? mi. wide, which recedes W. about 2.5 mi. between Spike Pt. and Gneiss Pt., along the E. coast of Victoria Land; in about 77`22'S., 163142'E. The name was sugges�ed by members of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, who whi:e sledgi?g across the ice at the mouth of the bay erected makeshift sails on their man-drawn sledge, thereby increa3ing their speed. SAINT ANDREWS BAY: small bay between Mt. Skittle and Doris Bay, along the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�26'S., 36'11'W. This bay was prob- ably first sighted by a Br. exp. under Cook who ex- plored the N. coast of South Georgia in 1775. The ' name dates back to at least 1920 and is now well established in international usage. On charts where abbreviations are used, the name may be abbreviated to St. Andrews Bay. Not adopted: Little Bucht [German], St. Ar_drew Bay. ` SAINT MICHAEL, MOUNT: prominent rocky point at the head of the bay lying immediately SW. of Broka I., on Kemp Coast; in about 67�09'S., 58'27'E. Disc. in February 1936 by DI personnel on the Williana Scoresby, and probably named by them for its resemblance to Mont Saiiit Michel on the French coast. Not adopted: Skagen [Nor- y wegian]. SALPETRIPRE BAY: embapment about 1 mi. wide and receding about 0.75 mi. between Herveou Pt. and Poste Pt., along the W. side of Booth I., off the W. coast oi Palmer Pen.; in 65�04'S., 64�01'W. First charted by the FrAE under Dr. Jean B. Char- cot, 1903-5, and named by him after the Hopital de la Salpetriere, a Paris hospillal where his father, Dr. Jean Martin Charcot, founded a clinic :or the treatment of nervous diseases. Not adopted: Salpetriere Bay. SALTONSTALL, MOUNT: tabular mountain about 8,500 ft. in el., standing about 2 mi. S. of Mt. Innes-Taylor which lies at S. side of the junction of Robert Scott and Poulter Glaciers, in the Queen - Maud Range; in about 86�52'S., 153�30'W. Disc. in December 1934 by the ByrdAE geological party under Quiin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for John Saltonstall, contributor to the expedition. Sal,;esen Bay; Salveson Cove: see Salvesen Cove. SALVE:iEN COVE: cove about 6 mi. SW. of Brialmon!; Cove, forming the S. extremity of Hughes Bay, along the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�20'S., 61�22'W. The cove was partially out- lined on the charts of the Be1gAE under De Ger- - lache, 1897-99. Probably named by whalers oper- ating in this vicinity after Salvesen and Company, whalers of Leith, Scotland. Not adopted: Salvesen Bay, Salveson Cove. SALVESEN RANGE: rocky mountain range, about 18. mi. long and 7,000 ft. in el., which ex- tends from Ross Pass in a SE. direction to a point about 6 mi. W. of Cape Vahsel; in 54�40'S., 36�07'W. This range is roughly delineated on several charts of South Georgia. It was surveyed by the SGS, 1951-52, and named for Sir Harold Salvesen, a director of Messrs. Chr. Salvesen and Co., Leith, who gave great aasistance to the SGS, 1951-52 and 1953-54. Sanct2iary P4"nacle: see Spire, The. SANDEFJORD BAY: narrow body of water, about 2 mi. long, extending in a general N.-S. direction between the W. end of Coronation I. and Monroe I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�37'S., 46�03'W. The northern entrance is narrow and has Spine It. in the middle. Disc. and roughly charted by Capt. George Powell and Capt. Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821. The name Sandefjord, presumably for Sandefjord, Norway, center of the Norwegian whaling industry, appears to have been first used on a 1912 chart by Petter Sferlle, Norwegian whaling captain. The feature was surveyed by DI personnel in 1933. Not adopted: Sandefjord. SANDEFJORD BAY: bay about 1.5 mi. wide, lying between Cape Ingrid and Tofte Gl. along the W. side of Peter I Island; in about 68�50'S., 90�44'W. Tn 1821 the Russ. exp. under Bellingshausen ap- proached the island from the SW, and sketched the coast from a distance. A Nor. exp. under Tofte in the Odd 1 circumnavigated tize island in 1927. The bay was charted by the Nor. exp. under Nils Larsen, 1928-29, and named for Sandefjord, Nor- way, center of the Norwegian whaling industry. Not adopted: Sandefjords Bay. Sandejjord Bay: see Sandefjord Ice Bay. SANDEFJORD ICE BAY: a bay formed in ice, whose limits are restricted by the Amery Ice Shelf on the W., Ingrid Christensen Coast on the S., and a group of glacier tongues on the E., forming the narrow SW. portion of Prydz Bay; in about 69�35'S., 73145'E. Disc. and named Sandefjord Bay in February 1935 by a Nor. exp. under Mikkel- sen in the Thorsh�vn, a whaling ship sent out by Lars Christensen. Further delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. The term "ice bay" is applied to this feature because of its formation in ice and to eliminate duplica- tion with Sandefjord Bay at Peter I Island. Named for the town of Sandefjord, Norway. Not adopted: Sandefjord Bay (q.v.). 270 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA SANDEFJORD PEAKS: two conical peaks, the - highest about 2,100 ft. a el., marking the SW. end of Pomona Plateau at the W. end of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�37'S., 46�O1'W. The _ more southern and lower of these two peaks was named Sandefjord Peak after nearby Sandefjord Bay by DI personnel in 1933. The collective name, Sandefjord Peaks, was recommended by the Br- APC following a survey of the peaks by the FIDS - in 1950. Not adopted: Sandefjord Peak. Sandell, Mount: see Wood, Mount. = Sanders, Mount: see Saunders, Mount. - SANDFORD GLACIER: channel glacier about 8 mi. wide and 7 mi. long, flowing WNW. from the continental ice to the E. side of Porpoise Bay, about 12 mi. SSW. of Waldron Gl., un Banzare Coast; in - about 66�35'S., 129�50'E. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Joseph P. Sandford, passed midshipmen on the brig Porpoise of the USEE under Wilkes, 1838-42. SANDOW, MOUNT: rocky summit about 4,000 ft. in el., protruding above the continental ice about 10 m. SSW. of Mt. Amundsen, at the E. side of Denman Gl., on Queen Mary Coast; in about 67�29'S., 100�15'E. Disc. in December 1912 by Frank Wild and other members of the Western Base party of the AAE under Mawson. Named by Mawson for Eugene Sandow, of London, patron of the expedition.  Sandwich Bay: see Iris Bay. ' SANDWICH BLUFF: flat-topped mountain about 2,000 ft. in el., broken sharply at its W. side by a - steep dark bluff, standing slightly W. of center on Vega I., which lies S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�50'S., 57�30'W. Disc. by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, 1901-4. Charted in 1945 by the FIDS, and so named because a horizontal snow- _ holding band of rock breaks the western cliff _ giving it the appearance of a sandwicl xhen viewed from the north. Sandwich Groicp; Sandwich.lslands; Sandwich Land: see South Sandwich Islands. SANTA ftOCK: rock about 120 ft. in el., lying about 1.5 mi. NNW. of Vindication I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 57�02'S., 26�48'W. Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discavery II. SAPPHO POINT: point which marks the W. side of the entrance to Cumberland East Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�14'S., 36�28'W. Probably first sighted by a Br. exp. under C:ook, who explored the N. coast of South Georgia in 1775. Named for H.M.S. Sappho, British ship used in charting portions of Cumberland Bay in 1906. Sarg-Berg: see CofTin Top. Sartorius Island: see Greenwich Island. SASTRUGI, CAPE: sharply projecting point forming the SW. extremity of a small plateau lying close W. of Campbell C:., in Victoria Land; in about 74�44'S., 163�32'E. FirsL explored by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, and so named because sastrugi impeded the ap- proach to this point. SATELLITE, THE: small rock peak about 4,200 ft. in el., protruding slightly above the icecap about 4 mi. SSW. of Pearce Peak and about 7 mi. E. of Baillieu Peak, on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�51'S., 61�09'E. Disc. and named by the BAN- ZARE under Mawson on about Feb. 17, 1931. The approximate position of this peak was verified in aerial ptiotographs taken by the USN Op. Hjp. on Feb. 26, 1947. SATURN GLACIER: glacier in SE. Alexander I Island, at least 9 mi. long and about 9 mi. wide at its mouth, flr tving E. into the ice shelf of George VI Sound betweei, Two-Step Cliffs and Corner Cliffs; in 71�F9'S., 68�30'W. The coast in this vicinity was firs;, exalored from the air and par- tially photographea r,y Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and was roughly surveyed from the ground in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. This glacier was surveyed in 1949 by the FIDS, and was named by them after the planet Saturn. SAUNDERS, CAPE: cape forming the W. side ot the entrance to Stromness Bay, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�07'S., 36�38'W. Disc. in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Cook and named for his close friend Sir Charles Saunders, First Lord of the Admiralty. SAUNDERS, MOUNT: peak about 10,500 ft. in el., standing about 6 mi. SE. of Mt. Mills, in the N. part of the Dominion Range; n about 85�18'S., 167�30'E. Disc. by the BrAE under Shackleton, 1907-9, and n,amed for Edward Saunders, secre- tary to Shackleton, wY:o assisted in preparing the narrative oi the expedition. Not adopted: Mount Sanders. SAUNDERS, MOUNT: rugged, serra'ted mass of peaks about 4,450 ft. in el., standing W. of Mounts Stancliff and Passcl in the Edsel Ford Ranges, in Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�52'S., 145�45'W. Disc, by the ByrdAE in a flight on Dec. 5, 1929, and named bv Byrd for Capt. Harold E. Saunders, 271 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGFtAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA USN, chief cartographer of the Byrd Antaxctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35. Not adopted: - Saunders Mountain, Saunders Mountains. SAUNDERS ISLAND: an arc-shaped island about 5.5 mi. long and 3 mi, in its greatest width, in the South Sandwich Is.; in 57�47'S., 26�27'W. Disc. in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Cook, w;zo named it for Sir Charles Saunders, First Lord of the Admiralty. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on - the Discovery H. SAUNDERS POINT: the S. point of the islet lying 1 mi. W. of Tophet Bastion, along the S. _ coast of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60`42'S., 45�20'W. Charted in 1933 by DI per- sonnel on the Discovery 77, who named it for - A. Saunders, who took numerous photographs of - tliese islands at this time. ~ 5A1.ITER RANGE: range of mountains project- ir.g inrough the icecap of New Schwabenland at the N. edge of the polar plateau. The range ex- ~ tends about 12 mi. in an E.-W. direction, transverse to the general structural grain of the area, and � rises to about 10,500 ft. in el. near the W. end; centering near 72`30'S., 2�20'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Seigfried Sauter, aerial photographer on the Bareas, one of the exp. flying boats. SAW ROCK: rock aboct 80 ft. in el., lying about -=3 0.4 mi. NNW. of Vindication I. in the South Sand- wich Is.; in 57�03'S., 26�47'W. Charted and named in 1930 by DI personi'lel on the Discovery II. - Sawtooth: see Armadillo Hill. SCAIFE MOUNTAINS: group cf mountains on Joerg Plateau, lying S. of Gardner Inlet and im� mediately W. of the Orville Escarpment; in about 75�30'C., 63�25'W. Disc. by the RARE under ' Ronne, 1947-48, who named these mountains for A. M. Scaife, af Pittsburgh, a contributor to the - expedition. - SCAR HILLS: small ridge of hills, with r:u- merous glacial striae, extending from the E. side = of �he head of Iiope Bay about 1 mi. NE. along the SE. shore, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in _ 63�25'S., 57'01'W. Disc. and named by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the SwedAE, 1901-4. ~ Not adopted: Schrammenhugel [German]. SCARLETT POINT: point forming the W. r'.de of Phyllis Bay at the S. end of Montagu I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 58-28'S., 26�20'W. Disc. - in 1775 by a Br. exp. under Cook. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and named - 272 for E. W. A. Scarlett, accountant on the staff of the Discovery Committee. SCHIRMACHER PONDS: group of shallow ponds of inelt-water on the surface of the icecap, situated at the foot of the minor escarpment close N. of the Wohlthat Mtns., in New Schwabenland; in about 70�30'S., 11�40'E. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Richardhe;nrich Schirmacher, pilot of the 23ore�s, one of the exp. seaplanes. SCHIST POINT: conspicuous point about 2 mi. NW. of The Divide on the S. coast of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�15'W. First sur- veyed by DI personnel in 1933. The name, applied by the FIDS fol:owing their survey of 1948-49, marks the eastern limit at sea level of the meta- morphic rocks in this part of Coronation Island. SCHLIEPER BAY: bay about 1.5 mi. wide, en- tered between Romerof Head and Weddell Pt., along the S. coast of Sovth Georgia; in 54�03'S., 37�52'W. Schlieper Bay was named between 1905-12 after the director of the Corripania Argen- tina de Pesca. SCHLOSSBACH, CAPE: cape t'orming the S. side of the entrance to Gardner Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen ; in about 75�09'S., 62�54'W. Disc. by the RARE Linder Ronne, 1947-48, who named it for Cdr. Isaac Sciilossbach, USN (Ret.), second- in-comman+i of the exp. and commander of the Port of Bea�amont, Texas. SCHLOSSBACH, MOUNT: peak standing about 1.3 mi. SE. of Mt. Nilsen, near the S. end of the N. group of the Rockefeller Nltns., on Edward VII Pen.; in about 78�02'S., 155�16'W. Disc. by the ByrdAE in a Hight on Jan. 27, 1929, and named for Cdr. Isaac Schlossbach, USN, member of the Ice Partj :;n the ByrdAE, 1933-35, and member of the USAS party which occupied the Rockefeller Mountains seismic station during November and December 1940. Schneider Range: (in about 73�40'S., 3�20'W.) the decision of May 1947 has been ;'ACATED, as it is not possible to cnrrelate the feature with sub- sequent survey work. SCHOKALSKY BAY: bay, about 9 mi. wide at its entrance and indenting 6 mi., between Mt. Calais and Cape ,rown along the E. coast of Alex- ander I Island; in 69�15'S., 69�55'W. Hampton Gl. discharges tremendous amounts of ice into the head of Schokalsky Bay at a steep gradient causing the ice there to be extremely broken and irregular, and discourages use of this bay and glacier as an inland sledging route onto NE. Alex- APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPXIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA ander I Island. This feature was first sighted from a distance a.nd roughly charted by the Fr9E under Charcot who, thinking it to be a strait, gave the name "D6troit Schokalsky" after Yuliy - M. ShokaPskiy, Russian geographer, meteorologist = and oceanog:agher. In giving this name he fol- = lowed the spelling Schokalsky used by the man hiinself ~;,+hen writing in Roman script. The coast - in this vicinity was photographed from the air and this bay roughly charted iu 1937 by the BGLE, : but Charcot's "Detroit Schokalsky" was not iden- ti8ed. Further surveys by FIDS in 1948 have defi- nitely identified this bay as the feature originally - named by Charcot. Not adopted: D6troit Scho- - kalsky [French], Shokalski Strait. SCHOLLAERT CHANNEL: channel between Anvers I. on the SW, and Gand and Brabent Islands on the NE., connecting Dallmann Bay and De Gerleche Str., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�30'S., 62050'W. Disc. in 1898 by the Be1gFiE under De _ Gerlache, wlio named it for Frangois Schollaert, = 1851-1917, Belgian statesman. SCHOTT GLACIER: glacier which flows in a NW. direction to the SF. side of Vtlilson Eibr., about 1 mi. SW. of Schrader Gl., on the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�07'S., 37`43'W. Charted by the GerAE under Filchner, 1911-12, and named for Gerhard Schott, oceanographer at the German Hydrographic Ofiice, Hamburg. SCHOTT INLET: small ice-filled inlet indenting the E. side of Merz Pen. immediately S. of Cape Darlington, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�10'S., 60�52'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the USAS. Charted in 1947 by a jaint party consisting of inembers of the RARE under Ronne and the FIDS. Named by the FIDS for Gerhard Schott. SCHRADER GLACIER: glacier which flows in a W. direction to the head of Wilson Hbr., on the S. coast of South Georgia; in 54�07'S., 37�42'W. Charted by the GerAE under Filchner; 1911-12, and named for Dr. K. Schrader, leader of the Ger. exp. based at Royal Bay in 1882-83. Schrammenhugel: see Scar Hills. ~ Sehubert Peak: (in abnut 72�54'S., 3�20'W.) the ~ decision of May 1947 has been VACATED, as it - is not possibie to correls +;e the feature with sub- sequent survey work. SCHULZ MOUN':AINS: mountains about 40 mi. SW. of I::t. Ropke, r. New Schwabeniand; in about 72�45'S., 6�40'W. Disc. by the GerAE under Ritscher, 193f3-39, anLi named for Robert Schulz, second engineer of the exp. ship Schwabenland. Not adopted: Schulz Mountain. Schwarze Insel: see Black Island. SCHWEITZER GLACIER: northern of two gla- ciers descending from the interior heights of Luit- pold Coast to Duke Ernst Bay; in about 77�48'S., 34�40'W. Disc. in January-February 1912 by the GerAE under Fiichner, who named it for Major Schweitzer, 8rst president of the German Antarc- tic Expedition Society. SCORESBY, CAPE: cape marking the N. end of Borradaile I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66"33'S., 162'50'E. Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II who made running surveys of the N. portion of the Balleny Is. in 1936-38. Named for the William Scoresby, companion ship of the Discovery II in carrying out oceanographic work in Antarctic waters at that time. Scoresby Bay: see William Scoresby Bay. SCOTIA BAY: bay ~bout 2.5 mi. wide, lying im- mediately E. of Mossman Pen. along the S. side of Laurie I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�46'S., 44�40'W. Disc. and roughly charted during the j oint cruise by Capt. George Powell anfl Capt. llathaniel Palmer in 1821. More accurately charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-4, and named for the exp. ship Scotia. SCOTIA SEA: a sea which lies between South Georgia and the South Orkney Is., and is bounded on the E. by the South Sandwich Is. and on the W. by the meridian of 55�W. It centers near 57�30'S., 40�OU'W. Named in about 1932 after 'the Scotia, exp. ship of the ScotNAE undPi� Bruce, 1902-4. Not adopted: Sudantillen See [German]. SCOTT, CAPE: cape, with an ice tongue extend- ing about 15 mi. northward, lying about 6 mi. ESE. of Cape Oakeley, on the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71�S., 168�E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. under Ross, who named it for Peter A. Scott, mate on the exp. ship Terror. Scott, Mount: see Robert Scott, Mount. SCOTT, MOUNT: horseshoe-shaped massif about 3,400 ft. in el., open to the SW. with its convex side f:onting on Girard Bay and its NW. side on Lemaire Chan., on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�10'S., 64�04'W. D.sc. by the Be1gAE under De Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the FrAE under Charcot, 1908-10, for Capt. Robert F. Scott, leader of the BrNAE, 1901-4, and the BrAE, 1910-13, who lost his life in March 1912 on the 273 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA return journey from the South Pole, which he had reached on Jan. 18, 1912. SCOTT CONE: conical hill about 100 ft. in el., standing about 2 mi. NNE. of Cape McNab on Buckle I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66�48'S., 163�09'E. Located adjacent to Eliza Cone, the two features appear to have been named after the s,chooner Eliza Scott, exp. ship of the Br. exp. under Balleny, 1839. SCOT'f GLACIER: glacier about 7 mi. wide and over 20 mi, long, flowing in a NNW. direction to - the Queen Mary Coast between Capes Hoadly and Grace, and terminating in part in Edisto Ice Tongue and in another large ice tongue to the westward; in about 66�35'W., 100�09'E. Disc. in November 1912 by the Main Base party led by Frank Wild of the AAE under Mawson, and named for Capt. Robert F. Scott, AN. in }iis honor by Lt. K. Prestrud, leader of the East- ern Sledge Party of the Nor. exp. under Amundsen, who ascended the features while exploring Edward VII Pen. in 1911. Not adopted: Scott Nunatak, Scotts Nunataks, Scott's Nunataks. SCOTT RANGE: range of mountains at the head of Ice Bay, lying SSVV. of the Tula Range on t.he coast of Enderby Land; in about 67�40'S., 50�00'E. Disc. on Jan. 13, 1930 by the BANZARE under Sir pouglas Mawson, and named by Mawson for Capt. Robert F. Scott, RN. Not adopted: Scott Mountains. SCREE PEAK: conspicuous, flat-topped peak with talus-covered slopes, about 1,800 ft. in el., standing at the NE. end of Eagle I. in Prince Gustav off the SE. coast of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�38'S., 57�27'W. Disc. by the FIDS and so named follow- ing their 1945 survey. The name is descriptive of the slopes of the peak. Scott Glacier: see Robert Scott Glacier. - SCOTT ISLAND: island about 025 mi. long and about half as wide, lying about 315 mi. NE. of Cape Adare, the NE. extremity of Victoria Land; in about 67�24'S., 179�55'W. Disc. in December - 1902 by Capt. William Colbeck, RNR, commander of the BrNAE relief ship Morning, who named it for Capt. Robert F. Scott, RN. Not adopted: Scott - Islands. SCOTT ISLAND BANK: submarine bank lying N. of Ross Sea and surrounding Scott I.; in about 67�24'S., 179�55'W. SCOTT KELTIE, CAPE: rounded headland with verticki cliffs which rise to a small ice dome about 1,300 ft. in el., forming the NW. end of Vega I., south of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�47'S., 57�41'W. Disc. by the SwedAE under Norden- skjold, 1901�-4, and named by him for Sir John Scott Keltie, Soc. of the Roqal Geographical Soc., 1892-1915. SCOTT KELTIE GLACIER: sr,iall glacier de- scending steePly to Robertson Bay about 2 mi. SE. of Penelope Pt., on the N. coast of Victoria Land; in about 71�32'S., 169�49'E. First charted in 1899 by the BrAE under C. E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Sir John Scott Keltie, then secretary of the Royal Geographical Society. Scott Mountains: see Scatt Range. SCOTT NUNATAKS: conspicuous twin eleva- tions, rising to about 1,700 ft., which form the N. end of the Alexandra Mtns. on Edward VII Pen.; in about 77�10'S., 153�35'W. Disc. in 1902 by the BrNAE under Capt. Robert F. acott, RN, and named Scripps Island; Scripps Peninsula: see Scripps Ridge. SCftIPPS RIDGE: rocky divide which is largely ice covered, lying between Casey and Lurabee Glaciers on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 69�O6'S., 63�35'W. Deeply scarred by tributary glaciers, it terminates on the E. in Cape Walcott. Disc. by Sir Hubert Wilkins in his pioneer flight on Dec. 20, 1928. Thinking it was a large island lying between two great transverse channels which completely severed Palmer Pen., he named it Scripps Island for William Scripps of Detroit, Mich. Correlation of aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellswarth in 1935 and preliminary reports of the findings of the BGLE under Rymill, 1934-37, led W. L. G. Joerg to interpret this to be a peninsula. In pub- lished reports, members of the BGLE have con- curred in this interpretation which was also borne out by the results of subsequent flights and a sledge trip from East Base by members of the USAS in 1940. The ridge was surveyed by the joint party consisting of inembers of the FIDS and RARE in 1947-48. Not adopted: Scripps Island, Scripps Peninsula. SCRIVENER GLACIER: small tributary glacier flowing in a 8E. directin-n from the vicinity of Mounts Woolnough and Morrison to the N. side of Mackay Gl. immediately W. of Mt. Allan Thom- son, in Victoria Land; in about 76�57'S., 161�50'E. Charted and named by the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13. SCRYMGEOUR, CAPE: high conspicuous cliffs of red colored volcanic rock, forming the E. end of Andersson I., lying in Antarctic Sound off the 274 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA NE. tip of Palmer Pen.; in 63�36'S., 56�22'W. The cape was named by Thomas Robertson, captain of the Active of Dundee, Scotland, in 1893. It was re-identified and charted by the FIDS during 1947. Scullin Monolith: see Mikkelsen Peak, SCliLLIN MONOLITH: crescent-shaped rock fronting the sea about 2.5 mi. W. of Torlyn Mtn., on Mac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�47'S., 66�43'E. Early in January 1930 the BANZARE - under :Vlawson maiie an aerial flight from the exp. ship Discavery and reported a mountainous shore- line in this area. Mawson lu.nded on the rock on Feb. 13, 1931 and named it for Jamas Henry Scullin, Prime Minister of Australia, 1929-31. Charted in January-February 1931 from Norwegian whale , catcher:; exploring along this coast, and named Mount Klarius Mikkelsen for Capt. Klarius Mikkel- sen, master of the whale catcher 7'orlyn. Mikkel- sen Peak is hereby retained as thc name of the highest peak of this feature. Not adcpted: Mount Klarius Mikkelsen. SEAL BAY: bay lying in the corner of the ice cliffs SW. of Cape Norvegia, along Prince:.s Martha Coast; in about 71'45'S., 12�20'W. Discovered in 1930 by a Nor. exp. under Riiser-Larsen, and so named because of the abundance of seals in the bay. Not adopted: Sel Bucht [German], Selbukta [Nor- wegian]. SEA LEOnARD FJORD: inlet about 1 mi. wide, between Bellingshausen and Luck Points, in the SE. part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37'15'W. Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig D�isy, who gave this name because he observed sea leopards there. Not adopted: Sealeopard Fjord, Seeleoparden Fjord [German]. SEA-LEOPARD PATCH: shoal near the center of Visca Anchorage, Admiralty Bay; in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�03'S., 58�23'W. Charted and probably named by DI persQnnel on the Discovery who took soundings in Visca Anchorage during 1927. Sealer Cove: see Diaz Cove. Seal Island: see Seal Islands. SEAL ISLANDS: group of small islands lying from 3 to 5 mi. NW. of Elephant I., in the South Shetland Is.; in about 61�03'S., 55�43'W. The group takes its name from the largest island, which Capt. William Smith named Seal Island in 1820 because of the number of seals caught there. Not adopted: Iles des Phoques [French], Seal Island, Seal Rocks. SEAL NUNATAK$: chain of nunataks extend- ing in a WNW. direction from Robertson I., and protruding above Larsen Ice Shelf off the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; centering in 65�03'S., 60�18'W. Disc. and named Seal Islands in December 1893 by a Nor, whaling exp. under C. A. Larsen, who also named several individual features in the group. They were more accurately charted in 1902 by the SwedAE under Nordenskjold, who determined them to be nunataks, and by the FIDS in 1947. Not adopted: Robben Nunataks [German], Sel t5ene [Norwegian]. SEAL POINT: point which extends N. from the SE. shore of Hope Bay between Eagle Cove and Hut Cove, at the NE. end of the Palmer Pen.; in 63`24'S., 56�59'W. Disc. by a party under J. Gun- nar Andersson of the SwedAE, 1901-4, and so named because the party relieved their shortage of food and fuel by killing a seal on this point. Not adupted: Robbenspitze [German]. SEAL POINT: point lying about 3.7 mi. S. of Ridley Beach on the W. side of the peninsula ter- minating in Cape Adare, in northern Victoria Land; in about 71�22'S., 170�14'E. Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott. Seal Rocks: see Seal Islands. SEAL ROCKS: rocks, about 50 ft. in el., lying about 0.3 mi. NE. of Cape Ellsworth, the N. end of Young I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 66�15'S., 162�25�E. SEA SERPENT COVE: small cove about 1 mi. SE. of Vulcan Pt. on the W. side of Candlemas I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 57�02'S., 26�42'W. Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. SEAWARD ROCK: northernmost and most sea- ward rock in a group of islands which occupy the central part of the Bay of Isles, 5outh Georgia, lying immediately NE. of Mollyhawk It.; in 54�00'S., 37�19'W. FirZ:t charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig D�isy. Probably named by DI personnel who surveyed the Bay of Isles in 1929-30. SECOND MILESTONE: rock marked by break- ers, about 1.25 mi. ESE. of Robertson Pt., off the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�06'S., 36�44'W. Charted and named by DI perscnnel during the period 1927-30. SEDGWICK GLACIER: glacier on the E. coast of Alexander I Island, about 7 mi. long and 2 mi. wide, which flows E. from the foot of Mt. Stephen- 275 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA son into (3eorge VI Sound immediately N. of Mt. Ring; in 69�51'S., 69`22'W. First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGLE under Ry:nill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and named by them for Adam Sedgwick, English geologist and prof. of geology at Cambridge Univ., 1818-73. Seeleoparden Fjord: see Sea Leopard Fjord. Seilkopf Mountains: (in about 72�45'S., 3�30'W.) the decision of May 1947 has been VACATED, as it is not possible to correlate the feature with subse- quent survey work. SELBORNE, CAPE: steep, rounded snow cape with high cliffs from which hills rise to the moun- tains about 30 mi. southwestward, forming the S. side of the entrance to Barne Inlet, on the W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 80�20'S., 160�50'E. Disc. and named by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott. William Waldegrave Palmer Selborne, 2d Earl of Selborne, entered the Cabinet as First Lord of the Admiralty in 1900. Not adopted: Cape Selbourne. Selbourne, Cape: see Selborne, Cape. Sel Bucht; Selbukta: see Seal Bay. SELIGMAN INLET: broad inlet Nhich recedes about 6 mi. inland between Capes Choyce and Free- man, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 67�50'S., 65�30'W. The inlet was photographed from the air by the T:oAS in 1940. It was charted by the FIDS in 1947 and named for Gerald Seligman, founder and president of the British Glaciological Society. Sel 6ene: see Seal Nunataks. SENTINEL ISLETS: small group of rocky islets, lying immediately off the coastal ice cliffs about 2 mi. E. of the E. end of the Curzon Its., off Ad6lie Coast; in 66�47'S., 141�42'E. Photographed from the air by USN Op. Hjp., 1946-47. Charted by the FrAE under Liotard, 1949-51, tvho established an astronomical control station here, and so named because these islets mark the easterniiiost rock outcrops, as yet Imown, along Adelie Coast. SENTINEL MOUNTAINS: group of high moun- tains projecting through the icecap in Ellsworth Highland between 77`S. and 78�S., and between 86�00'W. and 92�30'W. They consist of a major NE.-SW. trending range, flanked by subranges and outliers. Near the N. end of the main range Mt. Ulmer reaches an estimated el. of 12,500 ft. First sighted and photographed from the air, on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth who in naming them recognized their prominent position as a landmark on an otherwise featureless ice surface. Not adopted: Sentinel Range. SENTI11EL NUNATAK: black, pyramid-shaped nunatak, about 2,100 ft. in el., which is the eastern- most of t'ne Tillberg Nunataks, lying in the mouth of Dryga'_ski Gl., on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�47'S., 60�46'W. The nunatak was charted by the FIDS in 1947 and so named because of its commanding position at the mouth of Drygalski Glacier. SENTINEL PEAK: conspicuous, pointed peak about 6,200 ft, in el., standing at the N. side of Ferrar Gl. and forming the highest point in the south-central part of the Kukri Hills, in Victoria land; in about 77�46'S., 162�38E. Disc. and named by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott. Sentinel Range: see Sentinel Mountains. SENTINELS, THE: small group of rocks lying in the entrance to Godthul, a bay along the N. coast of South Georaia; in 54�16'S., 36�17'W. Rocks in this approximate position have been ind;- cated on charts since about 1912, but they were flrst accurately charted by personnel of the Nor. exp., 1927-28. The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel who recharted this area in 1929. SERAPH BAY: broad bay formed by the E. coast of Thurston Pen. where it joins Eights Coast on the SW. side of Bellingshausen Sea, lying close S. of the Fletcher Is.; in about 7~�15'S., 95�00'W. Disc. by the USAS in a flight from the Be�r on Feb. 27, 1940. Named by the US-SCAN for the brig Seraph, of Stonington, Conn., which in 1830, under the command of Capt. Benjamin Pendleton, participated in a private exp. to the SW. of the � South Shetland Is., southward of 60�S., and as far west as 101�W. SEVEN BUTTRESSES: series of seven rock but- tresses, about 500 ft. in el., which are separated by narrow icefalls and extend for about 4 mi, along the S. part of the W. coast of Tabarin Per1., at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; ir: 63�36'S., 57�10'W. Probably first sighted by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the SwedAE, 1901-4. The Seven Buttresses were surveyed and named by the FIDS, 1946. SEWARD MOUNTAINS: isolated mountains, about 5,000 ft. in el., standing about 20 mi. S. of Goodenough Gl. on the SW. shore of Palmer Pen.; in about 72�26'S., 66�15'W. Disc. in 1936 by the BGLE under Rymill. Named by Rymill for Sir Albert Charles Seward, Prof. of Botany at Cam- bri@ge, 1906-36. Not adopted: Seward Ivunataks. 276 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCT:-'A - Seward Nunat�ks: see Seward Mountains. SEYMOUR ISLAND: island about 10 mi. long and about 5 mi. wide at its greatest breadth, lying 1 mi. NE. of Snow Hill I. and S. of tre NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 64�17'S., 56�45'W. The NE. end ~ of this feature was sighted by a Br. exp. under Ross, Jan. 6, 1843, and named Cape Seymour after R. Adm. George Francis Seymour. Its insular nature was determined by Capt. C. A. Larsen in _ 1892-93 and the name Seymour has since been extended to the entire island. SHACKLETON GLACIER: major glacier, about 12 mi. wide at its mouth and perhaps 80 to 100 mi. long, descending from the polar plateau, approxi- mately along the 175th meridian west longitude, to the head of Ross Ice Shelf. Disc. by the USAS on the flight of February 29-March 1, 1940. Named by the US-SCAN for Sir Ernest H. Shackleton, fa- _ mous British Antarctic explorer. Not adopted: Wade Glacier. SHACKLETON ICE SHELF: an extensive ice shelf fronting for about 105 mi. on the Queen Mary Coast from about 94'55'E. to about 99�25'E., and _ projecting seaward in the west-central portion for an undetermined distance of more than 60 miles. _ The extreme W. portion, namely the 20-mile section fronting on the coast between Junction Corner and Roscoe Gl., was determined from USN Op. Hjp. aerial photographs taken in February to extend seaward for about 20 mi. to a point close S. of Bigelow Rock. The E. end was determined from these photographs to extPnd seaward for about 33 mi. from the 20-mile seceion between Davis Pen. and Delay Point. Additional study is required to determine whether the large tongue opposite Den- man Gl. should be included as forming the E. end of the ice shelf, as small open water areas (dead water) lie within the portion of the tongue close NNE. of Jones Ridge, a prominent nunatak stand- ing above the lower reaches of Denman Glacier. The existence of this ice shelf was first made known by the USEE under Wilkes, who explored along its E. and NE. front in the Vincennes in February 1840. It was named by the AAE under Mawson, 1911-14, for Sir Ernest Shackleton. Not adopted: Shackleton Shelf, Shackleton Shelf Ice, Termina- tion Sarriere Eis [('aerman]. SHACKLETON INLET: a re-entrant about 10 mi. wide, with Nimrod Gl. at its head, lying between Cape Wilson and Cape Lyttelton, at the W. side of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 82�22'S., 163�00'E. Disc. Uy the BrNAE undcr Scott, 1901-4, and named for Lt. (later Sir) Erriest Shackleton, RNR, whu, with Dr. Eclward A. WiNon, accompanied Scott on his attempted journey to the pole. SHACKLETON PEAK: mountain with perpen- dicular cliffs facing W., about 4,800 ft. in el., stand- in; about 2 mi. E. of Chaigneau Peak on the W. ccast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�13'S., 63�56'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Sir Ernest Shackleton. Sl:.uckleton Shelj Ice: see Shackleton Ice Shelf. SHAGNASTY ISLET: small, rocky ice-free islet lying about 0.4 mi. W. of Lenton Pt. in the N. part of Clowes Bay, close off the S. coast of Signy I., Scuth Orkney Is.; in 60�44'S., 45�38'W. Roughly c iarted in 1933 by DI personnel, and surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS. The name, applied by FIDS, arose from the unpleasant stute of the islet due to its occupation by a large colony of blue-eyed shags (Phal�crocorax atriceps). SHAG ROCK: rock about 0.1 mi. ESE. of Cliff Islet and some 8 mi. W. of Ferin Head, off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�00'S., 65�42'W. Charted and named by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. SHAG ROCKS: group of insular rocks about 240 ft, in el., lying some 115 :ni. WNW. of South Geor- gia; in about 53�33'S., 42�02'W. Shag Rocks, prob- ably so named because shags and other sea birds frequent them, were known to sealers prior to 1823 and probably are identical with the "Aurora Islands" reported in this vicinity by the ship Aurora in 1762. They were charted by DI person- nel on the William Scoresby in 1927. SHALLOW BAY: bay about 10 mi. wide formed by a recession of limited depth in the ice cliffs in the E. part of Mao-Robertson Coast; in about 67�48'S., 67�36'E. Di;,c. by the BANZARE under Mawson on Feb. 12 or 13, 1931 and so named be- cause it formed only a shallow indentatian in the coast line. SHAMBLES GLACIER: steep glacier with very prominent hummocks and crevasses, about 6 mi. wide and of undetermined length, flowing SE. be- tween Mt. Bouvier and Mt. Mangin to Stonec,ouse Bay on the E. side of Adelaide I.; in 67�20'S., 68�15'W. The lower reaches of the glacier were first sighted and surveyed in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot, and resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS. So named by FIDS because of the very broken nature of its surface. SHANNON POINT: point marking the W. side of the entrance to Esbensen Bay, at the SE. end of Bouth G~orgia; in 54�52'S., 36�00'W. The point was chai�ted in 1930 Uy DI personnel on the William Scoresby. Named for Lt. Cdr. R. L. V. Shannon, 27'T APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPNIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA RN, captain of the William Scoresby at the time of _ the survey. SHARBONNEAU, CAPE: rounded, snow-covered headland forming the S. side of the entrance to Lehrke Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 70�50'S., 61�27'W. Members of the East Base of the USAS who explored this coast in 1940 charted this feature as an island, which they named for Charles W. Sharbonneau, carpenter at East Base. It was determined to be a cape of Palmer Pen. in 1947 by a joint sledge party consisting of inembers oi the RARE and the FIDS. Not adopted: Shar- bonneau Island. Sh.arbonneaic Island.� see Sharbonneau, Cape. SHARP PEAK: sharp peak about 1,500 ft. in el., situated in the NE. part of Livingston I., about 2.5 - mi. NW. of High Pt., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�31'S., 60�07'W. The name was applied by DI - personnel on the Disco�ery II who charted the peak in 1935. - SHARP PEAK: peak probably over 4,000 ft. in el., about 4 mi. S. of Ferin Head, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�03'S., 65�18'W. Disc. and named by the BGLE, 1934-57, under Rymill. The name is descriptive. SHEEHAN ISLANDS: group of small islands in the William Scoresby Arch., the highest about 3 1 ft. in el., lying E. of the entrance to William Scoresby Bay off NMac-Robertson Coast; in about 67�22'S., 59�51'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson on Feb. 18, 1931, but erroneously charted as Sheehan Nunatak, lying behind the coast line. Their insularity was determined by DI personnel on the Willi�m Scoresby on Feb. 27, 1936. They were more fully mapped by Norwegian cartogra- phers from aerial photographs taken by a Nor. exp. under Lars Christensen in January and February 1937. Not adopted: Hamarogalten Lidorwegian], Sheehan Nunatak. Sheehan Nunatak: see Sheehan Islands. SHEEP PC NT: point along the S. side of Cook Bay, marking the S. side of the entrance to Prince Olav Hbr., on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'�., 37�08'W. The name appears on a chart based upon a 1929 survey of Prince Olav Hbr. by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming. SHEILA COVE: cove in the SW. part of Jessie Bay on the N. coast of Laurie I., South Orkney Is.; m 60'45'S., 44�46'W. Surveyed and named by the ScotNAE, 1902-4, for Sheila Bruce, daughter of William S. Bruce, leader of the expedition. SHELBY, MOUNT: mountain about 5,000 ft. in el., standing between Dasgit Gl. and Bills Gulch at the head of Trail Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�09'S., 65�50'W. Disc. by members of East Base of USAS, 1939-41. It was photographed from the air in 1947 by the ftARE under Renne, and charted in 1948 by the FIDS. Named by Ronne for Marjorie Shelby who contributed her services as typist and editor in drafting the RARE prospectus, and assisted in general exp. work prior to departure. Shelby Glacier: see East Gould Glacier. SHELTER ISLANDS: group of islets about 0.5 mi, W. of Winter I., in the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�18'W. Charted and named by the BGLE, 1934-37, under Rymill. SHELTER POINT: point on the W. side of Blue Whale Hbr., about 0.3 mi. S. of the entrance, on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�04'S., 37�01'W. Charted by DI personnel in 1930, and so named because the point affords sheiter to vessels anchor- ing on the S. side of it. SHEPARD ISLAND: small island lying at the W. edge of the Getz Ice Shelf off the E. extremity of Hobbs Coast; in about 74�25'S., 132�00'W. Disc. in December 1940 by the USAS and named for John Shepard, Jr., a contributor to the USAS, 1939-41. Not adopted: John Shepard Island. SHEPPARD NUNATAK: conical nunatak about 200 ft. in el., standing near Sheppard Pt., the N. side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�22'S., 56�59'W. This area was flrst explored by a party of the SwedAE, 1901-4. The nunatak was charted by the FIDS and named for R. Sheppard, master of the ship Eagle, who landed the part} which established the F'IDS base at Hope Bay in 1945. SHEPPARD POINT: point marking the N. side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 63�22'S., 56�58'W. Disc. by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the SwedAE, 1901-04, who wintered at :-iope Bay in 1903. Named by the FIDS for R. Sheppard. � Sheriff, Cape; Shirefj, Cape: see Shirreff, Cape. Shetland du Sud, Iles; Shetland Islands: see South Shetland Islands. Shetland Islands: see South Shetland Islands. SHIDELER, MOUNT: peak standing about 12 mi. SE. of Mt. Fitzsimmons in the northern group of the Rockefeller Mtns., on Edward VIII Pen.; 278 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA in about 77�55'S., 155115W. liisc. un Jan. 27, 1929 by members of the ByrdAE on an exploratory flight over this area. SHINGLE COVE: small, sheltered cove in the NW. corner of Iceberg Bay, on the S. coast of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�39'S., 45�35'W. First surveyed by DI personnel in 1933. The name, applied by the F'IDS following their survey of 1948-49, arose from the fine shingie on the landing beach on the S. shore of the cove. SHIPLEY GLACIEft: glacier descending from the high plateau of northern Victoria Land to the W. side of Robertson Bay, where it fronts on Pressure Bay and against Flat and Turret Islands; in about 71�25'S., 169�12'E. This feature was charted by the Northern Party of the BrAE, 1910-13, under Scott. SHIRLEY, MOUNT: crescent-shaped summit- ridge resulting from the glacial sculpturing of a prominent snow-covered cirque overlooicing Emory Land Bay, on Ruppert Coast; in about 75�40'S., 142100'W. Disc. and mapped by the USAS in 1940. Named for Charles C. Shirley, chief photographer at the USAS West Base. Not adopted: Mount Ann Shirley. SHIRftEFF, CAPE: cape at ihe N. tip of the small rocky peni:;;uia which separates Blythe and Ba*ctay Bays, lying near the W. end of the N. coast of Livingston I.; in R2�27'S., 60'48'W. Named by Edward Bransfield in 1820 for Capt. William H. Shirreff, at that time the British commanding ofHcer in the Pacific. Not adopted: Cape Sheriff, Cape Shireff. SHIftAEFF COVE: small cove or anchorage, situated immediately SW. of Cape Shirreff, along the N. side of Livingston I., in the aouth Shetland Is.; in 62�27'S., 60�49'W. Edward Bransfield, Master, RN, named a,,ove in this vicinity for Capt. William H. Shirreff, . ritish commanding ofiicer in the Pacific in 1820. `resent application of the name is based upon the location shown on Capt. George Powell's map published by Laurie in 1822. Not adopted: Shirreff's Cove. Shiskvff's Island: see Clarence Island. SHIVER POINT: point, surmounted by a peak about 2,100 ft. in el., marking the N. side of the entrance to Evans Inlet, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�03'S., 61�25W. Evans Inlet was first sighted from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928. The point was charted during 1947 by the FIDS and named by the Br-APC in 1950. The name is not a personzl name. SFiMIDT, CAPE: cape on the W. coast of Palmer Pen., marking the NW. extremity of the peninsula which separates Hanusse Bay and Lallemand Fjord; in 66�55'S., 67�06'W. First seen and rough- ly surveyed in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. It was sketched from the air in 1937 by the BGLE under Rymill. Named in 1954 by the Br-APC for Prof. Otto Yu. Shmidt, Dir. of the Arctic Inst. at Leningrad, 1930-32, Head of the Chief Administra- tion of the Northern Sea Route, 1932-39, and leader of many Arctic expeditions. Shokalski Str�it: see Schokalsky Bay. SHftOVE POINT: the SE. tip of Candlemas I., in the South Sandwich Is.; in 57�04'S., 26�39'W. The name if the point derives from the day on which it was charted by DI personnel on the Dis- covery II, Shrove Tuesday, March 4, 1930. Sibb�ld, Cape: see Johnson, Cape. SIBBALD, CAPE: sheer, bare cliffs, 2,000 ft. in ei., at the S. margin of Lady Newnes Ice Shelf, in Victoria Land; in about 74�00'S., .166�50'E. Named in February 1841 by a Br. exp, under Ross for Lt. (later Cdr.) John Sibbald, of the Erebus. SICKLE MOUNTAIN: mountain standing on the S. side of Clarke Gl. and about 13 mi. E. of Cape Berteaux, on the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 68�53'S., 66�50'W. So named by Finn Ronne of the East Base of the USAS,1939-41, because its peculiar shape was suggestive of that of a sickie. Sidders, Islotes: see Pi Islets. SIDLEY, MOUNT: peak about 12,000 ft. in el., the most imposing summit of the Executive Com- mittee Ii.ange, in Marie Byrd Land; in about 77�25'S., 129�00'W. Disc. by R. Adm. Richard E. Byrd, Ncv. 18, 1934, and named by him for Mrs. Mabelle Sidley, the daughter of William Horlick, manufacturer, who was a contributor to the Byrd- AE, 1933-35. Not adopted: Mount Mabelle Sidley, Mount Maybelle Horlick Sibley, Mount Maybelle Horlick Sidley, Mount Maybelle Sidley. SIDNEY HERBERT SOUND: a sound extending from Capes Lachman and Scott Keltie on the NW. to the narrows between The Naze and False Island Pt. on the SE., separating Vega I. from J3mes Ross I. and connecting Prince Gustav Chan. with Erebus and Terror Culf; iii about 63�55'S., 57�40'F'. On Jan. 6,1843 Capt. James Clark Ros,, disc. a broa( embayment E. of the sound, which he named Sidney Herbert Bay after the Hon. Sidney Herbert, M.P., First Secretary La the Admiralty. The sound prcper was disc. and charted by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjiild, who included it with 279 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA the broad embayment under the name Sidney Herbert Sou..d. The recommended application restricts the name of the area W. of the narrows be- tween The Naze and False Island Pt.; the embay- ment disc. by Ross forms the W. margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf. Not adopted : Herbert Sound, Sydr.ey Herbert Sound. SIMMERS PEAKS: group of three peaks rising above the icecap in Enderby Land to about 2,700 ft. in el., about 17 mi. SE. of Cape Close and about 12 mi. N. of Mt. Codrington; in about 66�06'S., 52�45'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson in January 1930, and named for R. G. Simmers, meteorologist of the expedition. Sierra du Fief: see Du Fief, Sierra. SIFFREY, CAPE: cape about 7 mi. NW. of Mt. Bransfield, forming the extreme N. tip of Palmer Pen.; in 63�13'S., 57�19'W. Disc. and named by the Fr. exp., 1837-40, under D'Urville. SIGHING PEAK: prominent, isolated, rocky peak, about 2,100 ft. in el., marking the S. side of the entrance to Stonehouse Bay on the E. side of Adelaide I.; in 57�24'S., 67�59'W. First sighted and surveyed in 1909 by the FrAE under Charcot. Resurveyed in 1948 by the FIDS, and so named by them because of the persistent sighing of wind from the summit of this peak even when appar- ently calm at sea level. SIGMA ISLETS: group of small islets and rocks which lie about 2.5 mi. N. cf Eta I. and mark the N. limit of the Melchior Is., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�16'S., 62�55'W. The name Sigma, derived from the 18th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine govt. chart following surveys of these islets by Arg. expeditions in 1942 and 1943. Not adopted: Islotes Avion [Spanish]. SIGNY ISLAND: island about 4 m?. long and less than 3 mi. wide, lying close S. of the middle of Coronation I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'3., 45�38'W. Unnamed, the appearance of this island was first roughly plotted in 1823 by Matthew Brisbane, under the direction of Janies P/eddell. It was more carefully charted by Capt. _ Petter Sorlle, who made a running survey of the island in the 1912-13 season. Named after Capt. SOrlle's wife, Mrs. Signy Sprlle. The island was - roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discavery II, and was surveyed by the FIDS in the period 1947-50. SILLARD ISLETS: two ice-covered islets lying ~ about 1 mi. NW. of Cape Mascart, the NE. ex- tremity of Adelaide I.; in 66�40'S., 67�45'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1908-10, under Charcot. Named for Director Sillard of the French Montevideo Co., � Montevideo, Uruguay, whose companq made re- pairs on Charcot's exp. ship, the Pourquoi-Pas?. - Not adopted: Sillard Islands. Silveyra, Islas: see Omicron Islets. SIMPSON, CAPE: conspicuous rock bluff on the N. end of Ufs I., which rises to a sharp peak about 920 ft. in elevation. This cape forms the E. side of the entrance to Howard Bay along Mac-Robert- son Coast; in about 67�27'S., 61�09'E. Disc. by the BANZARE under Mawson on about Feb. 18, 1931. SIMPSON GLACIER TONGUE: glacier tongue projecting aboul. 2.5 mi. from the N. coast of Vic- toria Land, between Nelson Cliffs and Atkinson Cliffs; in about 71�15'S., 168�47'E. Charted in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, and named for Dr. (later Sir) George C. Simpson, then meteorologist of the expe- dition. He was Dir. of the Meteorological Office, 1920-38, and Pres. of the Royal Meteorological Soc., 1940-42. SIMPSON HEAD: conspicuous promontory about 3,500 ft. in el., which projects S. into the N. side of New Bedford Inlet about 4 mi. NW. of Cape Kidson, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 73�21'S., 60�59'W. Disc. and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the USAS. During 1947 `�he promontory was pho- tographed from the air by members of the ftAF2E, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by ti,e FIDS for Sir George C. Simpson. Simpson Islands: see Simpson Rocks. SIMPSON ROCKS: group of rocks, some of which are submerged, lying about 6 mi. NE. of Cape Melville, King George I., in the South Shet- land Is.; in 61�57'S., 57�23'W. The name Simpson appears on a chart of August 1825 by the British sealer James Weddell, and is now well established in international usage. Not adopted: Simpsons Islands. SIMS ISLAND: small but conspicuous island about 0.5 mi. long and 1,000 ft. in el., lying in Carroll Inlet along George Rryan Coast; in about 73�15'S., 78�45'W. Sighted from the air by mem- bers o: the USAS, iii December 1940, and named for Lt. (jg) L. S. Sims, US]VIC, surgeon on the expedition. 280 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA SINBAD ROCK: low rock about 1.25 mi. WNW. of Square End I., off the NW. side of King George I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�09'S., 59�02'W. The rock was charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, but the name appears to be flrst used on a 1948 Admiralty chart based upon this survey. SINKER ROCK: rock lying off the N. tip of Goudier Islet, near the center of the harbor of Port Lockroy, in the Palmer Arch; in 64�50'S., 63�31'W. P.ocks were charted in this position by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot. So named by the FIDS in 1944 because a sinker was laid nPar this rock for a boat mooring. SIPLE, MOUNT: massive, conical, snow-covered mountain, about 10,200 ft. in el., lying in the angle of the coast line at the E. side of the entrance of Wrigley Gulf, in Marie Byrd Land; in abo��1 73�15'S., 123�00'W. Disc. in December 1940 by members of the USAS in a flight from West Base. Paul A. Siple, for whom the mountain is named, served on the ByrdAE, 1928-30, and 1933-35, and was in command of the West Base of the USAS, 1939-41. He was navigator on all major explora- tory flights from the base, including that on which Mount Siple was first sighted. Not adopted: Mount Ruth Siple, Mount Walker. SIREN BAY: small bay lying in front of Shipley Gl. between Flat and Turret Islands, in northern Victoria Land; in abouf, 71�22'S., 169�12'E. Charted in 1911 by the Northern Party of the BrAE under Scott, 1910-13, and so named by them because they heard a noise like a ship's siren while surveying this area. Not adopted: Syren Bay. Sir George Newnes Gl�cier: see Newnes Glacier. SIRIUS KNOLL: conspicuous, ice-covered knoll about 3,560 ft. in el., standing at the S. side of West Russeli Gl. and n7arking the NE. end of the Detroit Plateau, in the central part of Louis Philippe Pen.; in 63�43'S., 58�36'W. Charted in 1946 by the F'IDS and named after Sirius, the dog star. Sir John Murray Glacier: see Murray Glacier. Sisters, The: see Sostrene Islands. SISTERS, THE: two stacks, or pillar rocks, lying close to the N. tip of Cape Adare, in north- ern Victoria Land; in about 71�17'S., 170�15'E. First charted and named in 1899 by the BrAE, 1898-1900, under Borchgrevink. Not adopted: Sisters, Sisters' Rocks. Sisters Point: see Three Sisters Point. Sisters' Rocks: see Sisters, The. SITKA BAY: small bay about 1 mi. W. of Cape Buller, along the N. coast of South Georg9a; in 53�59'S., 37124'W. The names Sitka Say and Buller Bay have both appeared on maps for this feature for many years. Following a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, the SGS reported that this feature is known locally as Sitka Bay. This latter name is approved on the basis of local usage. Not adopted: Buller Bay. Sjogren Fiord: see Sjogren Glacier. SJbGREN GLACIER: glacier at the SE. end of Louis Philippe Pen. on Palmer Pen., that is nurtured by numerous radial tributaries at its W. side, which merge and move E. to Prince Gustav Chan. some 15 mi. S. of Mt. Roberts; in 64�14'S., 58�52'W. This feature was disc. and charted as a fjord by the SwedAE, 1901-4, under the Norden- skjold. Its true nature was determined in a sur- vey by the FIDS during August 1945. The name commemorates Hj. Sjogren, a patron of Norden- skjold's expedition Not adopted: H. J. Sjogren Fiord, Hj. Sjogren F:ord, Sjorgren Fiord, Sjogren Fiord. Skagen: see ::aint Michael, Mount. SKELTON INLET: a re-entrant about 10 mi. wide, lying in the NW. part of the Moore Em- bayment between Mt. Cocks and the Worcester Range, along the W. edge of Ross Ice Shelf; in about 78�50'S., 161�45'E. Disc. by the BrNAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who named this feature for Lt. Reginald W. Skelton, RN, chief engineer of the exp. ship Discovery. SKILLING ISLET: islet lying immediately NE. of Atriceps It., in the ftobertson Is. group of the South Orkney Is.; in 60�48'S., 45�09'W. Although roughly charted at a much earlier date, the islet was first surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel. Named by the Br-APC after Charles J. Skilling (1931-52) of the FIDS, generai assistant at Signy I., 1949, and member of the sledge party which visited the Robertson Is. in 1949. Skilling died aboard the John Biscoe on April 17, 1952. SKITTLE, 1VIOUNT: prominent rocky moun- tain, about 1,500 ft. in el., forming the N. limit of Saint andrews Bay on the N. coast of South Georgia; in 54�24'S., 36�11'W. The name "Kegel- Berg" (meaning skittle mountain) was given for this feature by a Ger. exp. under Schrader in 1882-83. During the SGS, 1951-52, the moun- tain w�as identified and located. The English form 281 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA of the name, Mount Skittle, was recommended by the Br-APC in 1954. Not adopted: Kegel-Berg [German] Sknapsskjar Rocks: see Skrap Skerries. Skollsberg, Cap: see Skottsberg, Cape. Skomaker Hullet: see Cobblers Cove. SKONTORP COVE: cove in Paradise Hbr., lying about 2 mi. SE. of Bryde I. along the W coast of Palmer Pen.; in 64�54'S., 62�53'W. Probably named for Edvard Skontorp, an outstanding Nor- wegian whale gunner, who commanded a whaler for Salvesen and Co. of Leith, Scotland. Not adopted: Skontrop Cove. Skua Inlet: see Skua Creek. SKUA ISLAND: triangular islet lying between Black I., to the SW., and Winter I. and Galindez I., to the N. and NE., in the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�16'W. Charted and named in 1935 by the BGLE under Rymill. SKUA ISLET: islet immediately NE. of Prion I., in the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Ceorgia; in 54�O1'S., 37�15'W. The islet was charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. Named by DI personnel following their 1929-30 survey of the Bay of Isles. Not adopted: Skua Island. Skuary: see Evans, Cape. Skontrop Cove: see Skontorp Cove. SKOTTSBERG, CAPE: cape forming the S. end of Trinity I., which is separated from the W. coast of Palmer Pen. by Orleans Chan.; in 63�53'3., 60�47'W. The cape was first charted by the Swed- AE, 1901-4, under Nordenskjold, and named by him for Carl Skottsberg, botanist of the expedition. Not adopted: Cap Skollsberg [French]. Skrabskjaer Ricks; Skrapskjar: see Skrap Sker- - ries. SKRAP SKERRIES: two small groups of islets and rocks lying midway between Cape George and Barfl Pt., close off the N. coast of South Georgia; centering in about 54�15'S., 36�19'W. The present name, which dates back to about 1930, derives from the Nu:wegian term "skrapskjaer" or "skrapskjar" formerly used for these islets. Not adopted: Skrabskjaer Ricks, Skrapskjar, Sknaps- skjar Rocks. SKUA CREEK: narrow channel between Skua I. and Winter I. in the Argentine Is., off the W. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 65�15'S., 64�16'W. Charted and r.,amed Skua Inlet in 1935 by the BGLE unde,r Rymill, but in recent years the name Skua Creek has overtaken the earlier name in usage. Not adopted: Skua Inlet. SKUA GULL PEAK: peak, probably about 2,000 ft. in el., with a small lake enclosed near the summit _ which partiall.y thaws during the summer and is bordered by a skua g-ill rookery, standing about 12 mi. ENE. of bit. ;iaunders, in the Edsel Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land; in about 76�49'S., 145�29'W. Disc. and named in November 1934 by the Marie Byrd Land Sledging Party of the Byrd- AE, 1933-35. SKY ROCK: small rock marking the southern extent of the Welcome Its., off the N. coast of South Georgia; in 53�59'S., 37�29'W. Charted and named by DI personnel in 1930. SLADEN, MOUNT: conspicuous pyramid-shaped mountain, about 3,000 ft. in el., standing 1.5 mi. NW. of Saunders Pt. on the S. side of Coronation I., South Orkney Is.; in 60�41'S., 45�18'W. Sur- veyed by the FIDS in 1948-49. Named by the Br-APC for Dr. William J. L. Sladen of the FIDS, medical officer and biologist at Hope Bay in 1948, and at Signy I. in 1950. SLEIPNIR GLACIER: glacier about 10 mi. long, flowing in an easterly direction close S. of Mt. Odin into the W. side of Cabinet Inlet between Balder and Spur Points, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 66�29'S., 63�59'W. Charted in 1947 by the FIDS, who named it after the horse of the mytho- logical Norse god Odin. It was photographed from the air during 1947 by the RARE under Ronne. SLESSOR PEAK: a mainly ice-covered peak, about 7,600 ft. in el., standing at the SW. end of Bruce Plateau on Palmer Pen., and close N. of West Gould Gl.; in 66�31'S., 64�58'W. It rises about 1,000 ft. above the general level of the plateau ice sheet and has a steep rock face on its N. side. First surveyed in 1946-47 by a FIDS sledge party leri by Robert S. Slessor, FIDS medical officer at Stonington I., for whom the peak is named. Slosarczyk Bay; Slossarczyk Bay: see Doubtful Bay. Smaaland Bay: see Doubtful Bay; Smaaland Cove. 282 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTAb;CTICA SMAALAND COVE: cove lying 1.5 mi. WSW. of Doubtful Bay (q.v.) along the SE, coast of South Georgia; in 54�53'S., 36�05'W. The name Doubt- ful Bay was given to this feature during the survey by DI personnei in 1927, and the name Smaaland Bay appeared on their chart for the bay 1.5 mi. ENE. The SGS, 1951-52, reported that the names Doubtful Bay and Smaaland Bay are both well established locally, but that they are always used in the reverse positions shown on the DI chart. In order to conform to local usagc, the name Smaa- land is approved for the feature now described, and the name Doubtful Bay as applied to this fea- ture, is rejected. Cove is considered a more suitable descriptive term than bay. Not adopted: Doubtful Bay (q.v.), Smaaland Bay. SMALL ISLAIvD: island about 1 mi, in extent, lying 1 mi. S. of Intercurrence I. in the Christi- ania ls., at the NE. end of the Palmer Arch.; in 63�57'S., 61�25'W. Though the origin of this name is unknown, it has apreared on maps for over 100 yPa.*s and its usage has been established inter- na+i�inally. Small Razorback Isl�nd: see Little Razorback Island. SMALL ROCK: small rock about 0.2 mi. N. of BerntsPn Pt., lying in the entrance to Borge Bay, off the E. side of Signy I. in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�36'W. The name was probably applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted Borge Bay in 1933. Smedland B�y: see Doubtful Bay. SMILLIE PEAK: rock peak, , ,ut 5,800 ft. in el., which lies on the S. side of the Kohl-Larsen Plateau, at the western end of the Allardyce Range in South Georgia; in 54�17'S., 36�57'W. The peak was surveyed by the SGS, 1951-52. Named by the Br-APC for Gordon Smillie, surveyar with the SGS, 1951-52. SMITH, CAPE: cape forming the NE. .-d of Smith I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�; "S., 62�20'W. The discovery of the South Shetiand Is, was first reported in 1819 by Capt. William Smith, for whom the cape is named. Not adopted: Smiths Cape. SMITH, MOUNT: peak in the Prince Albert Mtns., about 4,500 ft, in el., rising above a moun- tain mass about 10 mi. inland from the coast of Victo:ia Land; in about 76�03'S., 161�45'E. Disc. by tre BrAE, 1901-4, under Scott, who probably named this peak for W. E. Smith, Chief, Naval Constructor, who prepared the p] ans and super- vised constrtLction of the exp. ship Discovery. Not adopted: Srriith Mountains. Smith, Mount: see Barr Smith, Mount. Smith Bay: see 3mith Inlet. SMITH IN:LET: ice-filled inlet receding about 15 mi. in a westerly direction between Cape Boggs and Cape Co:llier, along the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 72�25'S., 62�00'W. This inlet was disc. and charted in 1940 by the USAS, but it was later erroneously sr,.own on charts as "Stefansson In- let." During 1:947 the inlet was photographed from the air by the RARE, under Ronne, who in con- junction with tlle FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by ftonne for R. Adm. Edward H. Smith, USCG, noted Arctic oceanographer and explorer, leader of the hfurion expedition to Labrador Sea and Bsffin BaY ln 1928, and Dir. of the Woods Hole Oceanographic ]'nstitute. Not adopted: Smith Bay, Stefansson Inlet,. SMITH INLE'C: inlet about 8 mi. wide, lying between Capes .Mooxe and Oakeley, in Victoria Land; in about 70�55'S., 167�30'E. Disc. in 1841 by a Br. exp. untler Ross, who named it for Alex- ander J. amith, mate on the exp. ship Erebus. Not adopted: Smyth Inlet. SMITH ISLAND: island about 15 mi, long and about 6.5 mi. wide, lying about 42 mi. W. of Decep- tion I., in the South Shetland Is.; in 62�59'S., 62�32'W. The discovery of t;he South Shetland Is. was first reported in 1819 by Capt. William Smith, for whom this island was named. This island was known to both the American sealers and the Brit- ish as early as 1820, and the name Smith has been established in internatioxial usage for over 100 years. Not adopted: Borodino Island, James Is- land, Mount Pisgah Island, Smith's Isle. SMITH PENINSULA: ice-covered, "dog-legged" peninsula about 25 mi, long and 10 mi. wide, ex- tending in an easterly direction between Keller and Nantucket Inlets, on the E. coast of Palmer Pen.; in 74�25'S., 61�15'W. The peninsula was photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the USAS, and in 1947 by members of the RARE, under Ronne, who in conjunction with the FIDS charted it from the ground. Named by Ronne for Walter Smith, ship's mate, navigator, and trail man with Ronne's expedition. SMITH POINT: small point abuut 150 yards NE. of Besnard Pt. on thc: SE. side of the harbor of Port Lockroy, Wiencke I., in the Palmer Arch.; in 64�50'S., 63�30'W. Disc. by the FrAE, 1903-5, under Charcot. The name appears on a chart 283 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/09: CIA-RDP01-00707R000100080001-9 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES OF ANTARCTICA based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming. - Smiths Island: see Livingston Island. Smitty, Cape: (in about 74�40'S., 61�43'W.) the decision of August 1949 has been VACATED, since no prominent cape exists in the position indicated. Instead, the name Smith has been applied to the peninsula in 74�25'S., 61�15'W. SMOKY WALL: a prominent mountain block, about 6,100 ft. in el., in the Salvesen RangP, South - Georgia; in 54�35'S., 36�11'W. The descriptive name "Wetterwand" (meaning Weather Wall) was given to this mountain by a Ger. exp., 1882-83, under Schrader. It was surveyed by the SGS, 1951-52. When viewed from the NE., its summit is level and regular and has the appearance of a wall. a The descriptive name Smoky Wall was recom- mended by the Br-APC in 1954. Not adopted: Wetterwand [German]. Smolensk Island: see Livingston Island. SMYLEY, CAPE: cape marking the SW. side of the entrance to Ronne Entrance, lying at the W. side of the N. end of the large, irregular-shaped island fronting on Bellingshausen Sea between Carroll Inlet and Ronne Entrance; in about 72�26'S., 78�10'W. Disc. by members of the USAS in December 1940 and named after Capc. William - H. Smyley, American master of the sealing vessel - Ohio during 1841-42. Capt. Smyley, in February 1842, recovered the self-recording thermometer left at Pendulum Cove, Deception I., by Capt. Henry Foster of the Chanticleer, in 1829. The _ minimum reading was reported to be -5� F. SMYTH, CAPE: the S. tip of Sturge I., in the Balleny Is.; in about 67`37'S., 16,4�35'E. In 1841, Capt. James Clark Ross, viewing Sturge I. from a considerable distance, thought it a group of three is12 and named the southernmost Smyth Isiai,.l, after his friend Capt. William Henry Smyth, RN, Ptes. of the Royal Astronomical Soc. Ross' error was discovered in 1904 by Capt. Robert� F. Scott, wha applied the name to the southern- most point on Sturge Island. Smyth Inlet: see Smith Inlet. SNEDEKER GLACIER: channel glacier about 5 mi, wide and 10 mi. Inng, flowing NNE. from the continenta'_ ice to Knox Coast, about 6 mi. E. of DuBeau Gl.; in about 66�28'S., 106�30'E. Deline- ated from aerial photographs taken by USN Op. Iijp., 1946-47, and named by the US-ACAN for Robert H. Snedeker, photo interpreter with USN Op. Wml., 1947-48, who assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along the coast from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast. SNIPE PEAK: peak, about 740 ft. in el., which is the main peak on Moe I., situated close SW. of Signy I. in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�45'S., 45�41'VV. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel. Re- surveyed in 1947 by the FIDS, and so named by them after H.M.S. Snipe, under Cdr. J. G. Forbes, RN, which visited Signy I. on Feb. 7, 1948. SNOW HILL: snow-covered peak about 800 ft. in el., about 0.3 mi. W. of the S. part of Borge Bay, in the east-central part of Signy I., in the South Orkney Is.; in 60�43'S., 45�37'W. Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933. SNOW HILL ISLAND: an almost completely snow-capped island, about 20 mi. long, in a NE.- SW. direction, and 6 mi. wide, lying imniediately SE. of James Ross I., from which it is separated by Admiralty Sound, and S. of the NE. end of Palmer Pen.; in 64�28'S., 57�12'W. It was disc. on Jan. 6, 1843 by a Br. exp. under Ross who, thinking it a part of the mainland, named it Snow Hill because its snow cover stood out in contrast to the b
Agency
About CIA
Organization
Director of the CIA
CIA Museum
News & Stories
Careers
Working at CIA
How We Hire
Student Programs
Browse CIA Jobs
Resources
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)
Center for the Study of Intelligence (CSI)
The World Factbook
Spy Kids
Connect with CIA
Search CIA.gov Site Policies Privacy No FEAR Act Inspector General USA.gov Site Map